WP 8 Climate Energy and Mobility Horizon 2023 2024 en
WP 8 Climate Energy and Mobility Horizon 2023 2024 en
WP 8 Climate Energy and Mobility Horizon 2023 2024 en
Horizon Europe
Table of contents
Introduction ....................................................................................................... 16
Destination – Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes .... 343
Call - Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes ....................................... 348
Conditions for the Call ....................................................................................................... 348
Zero-emission road transport ............................................................................................. 350
Call - Clean and competitive solutions for all transport modes ....................................... 397
Conditions for the Call ....................................................................................................... 397
Zero-emission road transport ............................................................................................. 399
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-01: Smart, low-cost pervasive stationary slow charging and
bi-directional solutions synergic with the grid for EV mass deployment (2ZERO
Partnership) ........................................................................................................................ 399
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-02: Integration and testing of next generation post-800V
electric powertrains (2ZERO Partnership) ......................................................................... 402
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-03: Advanced battery system integration for next generation
vehicles (2ZERO Partnership) ........................................................................................... 404
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-04: Integrated flexible multipoint megawatt charging systems
for electric truck mass deployment (2ZERO Partnership) (2024) ..................................... 406
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-05: Advanced digital development tools to accelerate the
development of software defined vehicles that enable zero-emission mobility (2ZERO
Partnership) ........................................................................................................................ 409
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-06: New designs, shapes, functionalities of Light
Commercial Vehicles (2ZERO Partnership) ...................................................................... 411
Aviation .............................................................................................................................. 412
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-07: Accelerating climate neutral aviation, minimising non-
CO2 emissions.................................................................................................................... 413
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-08: Competitiveness and digital transformation in aviation –
advancing further composite aerostructures ....................................................................... 415
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-09: Impact monitoring of EU Aviation R&I ..................... 416
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-10: Towards a flying testbed for European leadership in
aviation ............................................................................................................................... 418
Waterborne transport .......................................................................................................... 420
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-11: Achieving high voltage, low weight, efficient electric
powertrains for sustainable waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership) ............................ 420
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-12: Combining state-of-the-art emission reduction and
efficiency improvement technologies in ship design and retrofitting for contributing to the
"Fit for 55" package objective by 2030 (ZEWT Partnership) ............................................ 422
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-13: Demonstration of Technologies to minimise underwater
noise generated by waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership) .......................................... 425
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-14: Demonstrating efficient fully DC electric grids within
waterborne transport for large ship applications (ZEWT Partnership) .............................. 427
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-15: Advanced digitalisation and modelling utilizing
operational and other data to support zero emission waterborne transport (ZEWT
Partnership) ........................................................................................................................ 430
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-16: Structuring the Waterborne transport sector, including
through changed business and industrial models in order to achieve commercial zero-
emission waterborne transport (ZEWT Partnership).......................................................... 432
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01-17: Coordinating and supporting the combined activities of
member and associated states towards the objectives of the Zero Emission Waterborne
Transport partnership so as to increase synergies and impact (ZEWT Partnership) ......... 435
Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods
................................................................................................................................................ 444
Conditions for the Call ....................................................................................................... 444
Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM) ............................................. 445
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-01: User-centric development of vehicle technologies and
solutions to optimise the on-board experience and ensure inclusiveness (CCAM
Partnership) ........................................................................................................................ 445
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-02: Generation of scenarios for development, training, virtual
testing and validation of CCAM systems (CCAM Partnership) ........................................ 448
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-03: Infrastructure-enabled solutions for improving the
continuity or extension of Operational Design Domains (ODDs) (CCAM Partnership) .. 451
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-04: Integrating European diversity in the design,
development and implementation of CCAM solutions to support mobility equity (CCAM
Partnership) ........................................................................................................................ 454
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-05: CCAM effects on jobs and education, plans for skills that
match the CCAM development, and prerequisites for employment growth (CCAM
Partnership) ........................................................................................................................ 457
Multimodal transport, infrastructure and logistics ............................................................. 460
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-06: Zero-emission e-commerce and freight delivery and
return choices by retailers, consumers and local authorities .............................................. 460
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-07: Operational automation to support multimodal freight
transport .............................................................................................................................. 462
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-08: Future-proof GHG and environmental emissions factors
for accounting emissions from transport and logistics operations ..................................... 465
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-09: Climate resilient and safe maritime ports .................... 467
Safety and resilience ........................................................................................................... 471
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-10: Better infrastructure safety on urban and secondary rural
roads throughout a combination of adaptable monitoring and maintenance solutions ...... 471
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-11: Aviation safety - Uncertainty quantification for safety
and risk management .......................................................................................................... 473
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-12: New ways of reducing serious injuries and the long-term
consequences of road crashes ............................................................................................. 474
Cross-cutting actions .......................................................................................................... 477
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01-13: Support for dissemination events in the field of Transport
Research ............................................................................................................................. 477
Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods
................................................................................................................................................ 479
Conditions for the Call ....................................................................................................... 479
Connected, Cooperative and Automated Mobility (CCAM) ............................................. 481
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-01: Centralised, reliable, cyber-secure & upgradable in-
vehicle electronic control architectures for CCAM connected to the cloud-edge continuum
(CCAM Partnership) .......................................................................................................... 481
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-02: Scenario-based safety assurance of CCAM and related
HMI in a dynamically evolving transport system (CCAM Partnership)............................ 483
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-03: Orchestration of heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic
within the CCAM ecosystem (CCAM Partnership) ........................................................... 485
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-04: AI for advanced and collective perception and decision
making for CCAM applications (CCAM Partnership) ...................................................... 488
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-05: Robust Knowledge and Know-How transfer for Key-
Deployment Pathways and implementation of the EU-CEM (CCAM Partnership) .......... 491
Multimodal transport, infrastructure and logistics ............................................................. 494
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-06: Optimising multimodal network and traffic management,
harnessing data from infrastructures, mobility of passengers and freight transport .......... 495
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-07: Scaling up logistics innovations supporting freight
transport decarbonisation in an affordable way ................................................................. 497
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-08: Improved transport infrastructure performance –
Innovative digital tools and solutions to monitor and improve the management and
operation of transport infrastructure ................................................................................... 500
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-09: Policies and governance shaping the future transport and
mobility systems ................................................................................................................. 502
Safety and resilience ........................................................................................................... 505
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-10: Ensuring the safety, resilience and security of waterborne
digital systems .................................................................................................................... 505
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-11: Effects of disruptive changes in transport: towards
resilient, safe and energy efficient mobility ....................................................................... 508
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-12: A new framework to improve traffic safety culture in the
EU....................................................................................................................................... 510
2. Technical support for low carbon and renewables policy development and
implementation ................................................................................................................... 517
3. Support to the development, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of climate,
energy and mobility research and innovation policy activities .......................................... 517
4. Extension of the METIS energy model in terms of market design, demand sector
granularity and interface with regions outside of Europe .................................................. 518
5. Development of standardisation methods for eco-design and energy labelling of
photovoltaic products ......................................................................................................... 518
6. Development of a recyclability index for photovoltaic products ................................... 519
7. Comprehensive study on the internalisation of external costs in transport .................... 520
8. Support to R&I strategic planning and implementation with regard to smart energy
systems, ensuring feedback from R&I projects and communities to policy-making
processes............................................................................................................................. 520
9. Study on the macro-economic impacts of the climate transition ................................... 521
10. Dissemination and information activities ..................................................................... 521
11. Support to the revised SET Plan .................................................................................. 521
12. Support action on heat pumps ...................................................................................... 522
Scientific and technical services by the Joint Research Centre ....................................... 525
1. Continuation of the Transport Research and Innovation Monitoring and Information
System ................................................................................................................................ 525
2. Upgrading of the TENtec alternative fuels infrastructure analyses to support research and
policy .................................................................................................................................. 526
3. Support for the design and implementation of cost-effective solutions for zero-emission
HDVs .................................................................................................................................. 527
4. European Storage Inventory ........................................................................................... 527
Introduction
The overarching driver for this cluster is to accelerate the twin green and digital transitions
and associated transformation of our economy, industry and society with a view to achieving
climate neutrality in Europe by 2050. This encompasses the transition to greenhouse gas
neutrality of the energy and mobility sectors by 2050 at the latest (as well as that of other
sectors not covered by this cluster), while boosting their competitiveness, resilience, and
utility for citizens and society. Europe has been at the forefront of climate science and is
committed to keep delivering the knowledge for enabling efficient pathways and just
transitions to climate neutrality.
Activities of this work programme support the implementation of the Paris Agreement and the
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 1 . By creating more jobs, accelerating
economic and social transformation, faster digitalisation and by generating innovation-based
and inclusive growth, activities will aid Europe’s recovery2 in the wake of the COVID-19
crisis, contributing directly to the Commission priorities of a European Green Deal, a Europe
fit for the digital age, and an economy that works for people.
The European Climate Law3 requires the EU economy and society to become climate-neutral
by 2050 in a socially fair and cost-efficient manner and, as an intermediate target, to reduce
net greenhouse gas emissions by at least 55% by 2030 (compared to 1990 levels). To deliver
on these targets, the Commission proposed ‘Fit for 55’ legislative packages in July 4 and
December5 2021.
Following Russia’s military aggression against Ukraine, the European Commission published
the REPowerEU Communication 6 which emphasises the need to ramp up rapidly and
efficiently the clean energy transition. In line with the REPowerEU priorities, this work
programme contributes to move towards the elimination of Europe’s dependency on Russian
fossil fuel imports by bolstering the diversification of Europe’s gas supply7, the electrification
1
Activities in this cluster will contribute to multiple SDGs, with the most direct impact on SDG 7
(Affordable and clean energy), SDG 9 (Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure), SDG 11 (Sustainable
Cities and Communities), and SDG 13 (Climate Action). In addition, SDG 3 (Good health and well-
being), SDG 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation), SDG 8 (Decent work and economic growth), and SDG 12
(Responsible production and consumption) will be positively impacted.
2
Europe's moment: Repair and Prepare for the Next Generation, EC COM (2020) 456 final
3
Regulation (EU) 2021/1119 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 June 2021 establishing
the framework for achieving climate neutrality and amending Regulations (EC) No 401/2009 and (EU)
2018/1999 (‘European Climate Law’)
4
Including actions on renewable energy, energy efficiency, CO2 emission standards for cars and vans,
alternative fuels, energy taxation, and creation of a new Social Climate Fund.
5
Including actions on Trans-European Networks, Intelligent Transport Systems, a European Urban
Mobility Framework, reducing methane emissions in the energy sector, decarbonisation of the EU gas
market, energy performance of buildings, and sustainable carbon cycles.
6
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM%3A2022%3A108%3AFIN
7
Production and integration of renewable gas is supported in various topics of Destination 3.
Research and Innovation plays a central role in accelerating and navigating the necessary
transitions; deploying, demonstrating and de-risking solutions; and engaging citizens in social
innovation. The rate at which European research and innovation actions succeed in
developing, upscaling, implementing, and commercialising innovative solutions will steer
EU’s future competitiveness of its existing and newly emerging industries in European and
global markets.
Cluster 5 supports the EU’s strategic objectives through activities included in this work
programme and through the support of Institutional European Partnerships 11 which are
implemented through dedicated structures. Although the latter activities are not included in
this work programme, it is of great importance to maximise synergy and coherence between
activities regardless of their implementation mode12.
Activities in this work programme will contribute to all Key Strategic Orientations (KSOs)
of the Strategic Plan (KSO C being the one with the most direct contribution):
C. Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable
economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production
systems;
D. Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and
responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality
health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.
8
More energy efficient buildings that use more renewable energy are supported in various topics of
Destination 4. More performant and cost-competitive renewable energy solutions as well as their
integration in the power sector is supported in various topics of Destination 2 and 3.
9
Energy efficiency in industry is addressed in various topics under Destination 4.
10
The use of alternative fuels for maritime transport and aviation is supported in various topics of
Destination 5, the electrification of road transport is supported under Destination 2 and 5. More efficient
mobility and logistic solutions are supported under Destination 6.
11
Clean Hydrogen, Transforming Europe's rail system, Integrated Air Traffic Management, Clean
Aviation
12
Activities specifically targeting fuel cells and hydrogen are primarily supported through calls for
proposals of the European Partnership on Clean Hydrogen. However, in justified cases and in line with
topic descriptions, specific aspects of hydrogen and fuel cells can be supported outside of the Clean
Hydrogen Partnership
13
‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’,
as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
To contribute to these programme-level KSOs, cluster 5 will deliver on six specific expected
impacts. In this work programme, each expected impact has been transformed into a specific
Destination (see table below). This Destination-based work programme structure follows a
thematic centre-of-gravity approach, but activities in a given Destination can of course have a
cross-cutting character and will often contribute to multiple expected impacts. The specific
contribution to the overall expected impacts is explained in the introductory text of each
Destination.
More efficient, clean, sustainable, secure and competitive 3. Sustainable, secure and
energy supply through new solutions for smart grids and competitive energy supply
energy systems based on more performant renewable
energy solutions.
Efficient and sustainable use of energy, accessible for all is 4. Efficient, sustainable and
ensured through a clean energy system and a just inclusive energy use
transition.
Safe, seamless, smart, inclusive, resilient, climate neutral 6. Safe Resilient Transport
and sustainable mobility systems for people and goods and Smart Mobility services
thanks to user-centric technologies and services including for passengers and goods
digital technologies and advanced satellite navigation
services.
According to the intervention logic of this work programme, Destination 1 fosters climate
science and thus helps to identify effective and efficient pathways and responses to climate
change. Destination 2 supports different cross-cutting technologies and solutions for climate,
energy and mobility applications. Destination 3 and 4 focusses mainly on energy issues –
Destination 3 on making energy supply more sustainable, secure and competitive; Destination
4 on reducing energy demand of buildings and industry and enabling their more active role in
a smart energy system. Destination 5 and 6 improve the performance of transport modes and
mobility solutions – Destination 5 increases the competitiveness and climate/environmental
performance of different transport modes; Destination 6 advances mobility services and
solutions at system level for passengers and goods.
Horizon Europe is the EU’s research and innovation support programme in a system of
European and national funding programmes that shares policy objectives. Through the
programme, special attention will be given to ensuring cooperation between universities,
scientific communities and industry, including small and medium enterprises, and citizens and
their representatives, in order to bridge gaps between territories, generations and regional
cultures, especially caring for the needs of the young in shaping Europe’s future. Calls could
be EU Synergies calls, meaning that projects that have been awarded a grant under the call
could have the possibility to also receive funding under other EU programmes, including
relevant shared management funds. In this context, project proposers should consider and
actively seek synergies with, and where appropriate possibilities for further funding from
other R&I-relevant EU, national or regional programmes (such as European Regional
Development Fund (ERDF)14, European Social Fund Plus (ESF+)15, Just Transition Fund16,
LIFE17, Innovation Fund18, InvestEU19, European Defence Fund (EDF)20), where appropriate,
as well as private funds or financial instruments. The ERDF focuses amongst others on the
development and strengthening of regional and local research and innovation ecosystems and
smart economic transformation, in line with regional/national smart specialisation strategies.
It can support investment in research infrastructure, activities for applied research and
innovation, including industrial research, experimental development and feasibility studies,
building research and innovation capacities and uptake of advanced technologies and roll-out
of innovative solutions from the Framework Programmes for research and innovation through
the ERDF.
The EU’s Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) 21 – currently available in all Member
States – aims at financing projects that directly tackle the economic and social impacts from
the COVID-19 crisis and supports the green and digital transition. For project ideas that
directly contribute to these objectives it is advisable to check access to the RRF for a fast and
targeted support.
14
https://ec.europa.eu/regional_policy/en/funding/erdf/
15
https://ec.europa.eu/esf/main.jsp?catId=62&langId=en
16
https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal/actions-being-taken-eu/just-
transition-mechanism/just-transition-funding-sources_en
17
https://ec.europa.eu/environment/archives/life/index.htm
18
https://ec.europa.eu/inea/en/innovation-fund
19
https://ec.europa.eu/commission/priorities/jobs-growth-and-investment/investment-plan-europe-
juncker-plan/whats-next-investeu-programme-2021-2027_en
20
https://defence-industry-space.ec.europa.eu/eu-defence-industry/european-defence-fund-edf_en;While
focusing on civilian applications, there may be synergies with actions conducted under the European
Defence Fund or its precursor programmes (Preparatory Action on Defence Research and European
Defence Industry Development Programme), e.g. in the field of energy storage and management as well
as innovative fuels.
21
https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/recovery-plan-europe_en
With a view to be more effective in achieving impact, proposals are expected to synergise
with other relevant initiatives funded at EU level, including the Knowledge and Innovation
Communities (KICs) of the European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT) 22. The
innovation ecosystems created and nurtured by the EIT KICs (e.g. EIT Climate-KIC, EIT
InnoEnergy, EIT Raw Materials) can in particular contribute to building communities or
platforms for coordination and support actions, sharing knowledge or disseminating and
fostering the exploitation of the project results. Where relevant, and without prejudice to the
direct participation of the EIT KICs in the R&I activities under this destination, proposals are
encouraged to explore other forms and means of service provisions distinct from the EIT
KICs that can be complementary to the considered proposals and their activities.
Collaboration with other innovation communities that can well support the project
implementation and impact is also encouraged. Any such cooperation should be based on
adequate intellectual property management strategies.
Research has proven that Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH) and stakeholders‘
involvement in the design phase of a project is pivotal to facilitate societal buy-in and long-
lasting market integration of a system or technology, so they are addressed in relevant topics
across the six destinations of the Cluster 5 work programme. Activities in this work
programme should also pay attention to potential (biological) sex and (socio-cultural) gender
differences when it comes to users’ preferences and safety issues.
22
https://eit.europa.eu/our-communities/eit-innovation-communities
23
http://mission-innovation.net/our-work/innovation-challenges/
For topics in this cluster, consortia could consider their voluntary contribution in terms of
data, indicators and knowledge to relevant Joint Research Centre (JRC) platforms for
capitalising the knowledge developed in their projects and become more policy relevant:
Life cycle assessment (LCA) and its relevant application to value chain assessment:
European Platform on Life cycle assessment (EPLCA, https://eplca.jrc.ec.europa.eu/)
and making reference to the Environmental footprint method when applying LCA
(https://ec.europa.eu/environment/eussd/smgp/index.htm);
The Transport Research and Innovation Monitoring and Information System: TRIMIS
(https://trimis.ec.europa.eu/);
For the purpose of the technology progress monitoring against the European Green Deal
Objectives, all actions related to hydrogen and fuel cells funded under this work programme
shall report directly or indirectly on an annual basis in a secure online data collection platform
managed by the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking and the European Commission. The
reporting shall consist of filling in the template questionnaire(s) relevant to the project content
(and the technology development and TRL).
The activities implemented under this section will enable the transition to a climate-neutral
and resilient society and economy through improving the knowledge of the Earth system and
the ability to predict and project its changes under different natural and socio-economic
drivers. This includes a better understanding of society’s response and behavioural changes,
allowing a better estimation of the impacts of climate change and the design and evaluation of
solutions and pathways for climate change mitigation and adaptation and related social
transformation.
This Destination contributes directly to the Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientation D
”Making Europe the first digitally led circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy
through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production systems” and
the impact area “Climate change mitigation and adaptation”.
In line with the Strategic Plan, the overall expected impact of this Destination is to contribute
to the “Transition to a climate-neutral and resilient society and economy enabled through
advanced climate science, pathways and responses to climate change (mitigation and
adaptation) and behavioural transformations”, notably through:
Climate services;
Coordination and synergies should be fostered between activities supported under this
destination and those under other destinations of cluster 5, as well as with other clusters of
Horizon Europe.
In particular, complementarities with cluster 4 and cluster 6 should be taken into account by
planning for adequate resources for co-ordination and clustering activities. Following a
systemic approach, this destination concentrates on activities related to climate science and
modelling, whereas cluster 4 supports activities in the area of low-carbon and circular
industry, and cluster 6 contributes to R&I on the implementation of climate change mitigation
and adaptation solutions in the areas covered by cluster 6 (notably Intervention Area (IA) 1 on
biodiversity and nature-based solutions (NBS), Earth observation, IA 4 on seas, oceans and
inland waters…).
Coordination and synergies are also encouraged with the activities funded under the work
programmes on the Horizon Europe missions, in particular the Mission “Adaptation to
Climate Change”, the Mission “Climate Neutral and Smart Cities” and the Mission “Restore
our Ocean and Waters by 2030”. While this destination supports upstream research activities
on climate science, the Missions focus on the testing, demonstration and scale up of solutions
to address the challenges of climate change and environmental degradation.
Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant ongoing and selected projects
for cross-projects cooperation, consultations and joint activities on crosscutting issues and
share of results, as well as participating in joint meetings and communication events. To this
end, proposals should foresee a dedicated work package and/or task and earmark the
appropriate resources accordingly.
Synergies are also sought throughout this destination with the work of the European Space
Agency (ESA), in order to ensure complementarity and mutual benefit regarding research and
innovation actions conducted at the ESA.
2023 2024
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01
Indicative budget(s)24
24
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
25
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
26
Of which EUR 9.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
27
Of which EUR 8.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
28
Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
29
Of which EUR 9.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
30
Of which EUR 3.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
31
Of which EUR 5.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
32
Of which EUR 6.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
33
Of which EUR 1.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
34
Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
35
Of which EUR 2.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
36
Of which EUR 5.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 37.
Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations
regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with
the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through
documentation, availability of model code and input data developed
under the action.
Expected Outcome: Actions are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Better knowledge of the past, present and future of the Earth System, relevant for
regional or international assessments like those of the IPCC.
Advanced data science capacities and skills for climate data analysis, capacity building
and training.
Lasting cooperation between Earth System research, Earth Observation data providers,
Data science and high-performance computing (HPC) infrastructures.
37
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Scope: The EU and its Member States have invested massively in Earth Observation (EO), for
example with the Copernicus Programme, the development of climate and Earth System
Models (ESMs), and their contribution to the implementation of Global Earth Observation
System of Systems (GEOSS), which are yielding unprecedented volumes of data. This topic
aims at spurring the exploitation of these assets through advanced data technologies, including
artificial intelligence techniques like machine learning or explainability, or new statistical
approaches based on the cooperation between “big data” engineers, EO specialists and climate
scientists.
Actions should create new insights in key processes of the Earth system and improve climate
predictions based on advanced exploitation of EO data and their appropriate integration in
existing or new data assimilation or modelling approaches. The activities should also lead to
improved evaluation tools to facilitate the analysis of ESMs by developing new process-
oriented diagnostics to better understand remaining biases and drifts, or unresolved processes
or coupling in models, and improve model parameterisation and tuning. Actions should
develop new tools or approaches to increase the efficiency (i.e. speed) in analysing model
outputs to facilitate the study of such vast amounts of data. Actions should also distil more
tailored, usable and reliable information from models and observations for assessing risks
caused by extreme weather and climate events in Europe in the coming decades and
contribute to an improved detection of climate change on varying space and time scales.
Actions should build on the results of, and cooperate with, past and ongoing scientific
research related to EO and ESMs38, as well as adaptation strategies at global and regional
levels, e.g. the science base supporting the Copernicus Services, ESA data cubes, the relevant
action within the GEO multiannual WP, the EuroHPC JU investments in HPC capabilities or
Destination Earth.
When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and
openness, going well beyond documentation, as much as possible, and extending to aspects,
such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles39.
In particular, beneficiaries of EU funding are required to publish results data in open access
repositories and/or as annexes to publications, and provide full openness of any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved. Projects should take into
account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving
the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under
the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the development of community-based
approaches.
Specific conditions
38
E.g. projects NextGEMS, ESM2025 and projects funded under the call HORIZON-CL5-2022-D1-02-
02
39
FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 40.
Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations
regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with
the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through
documentation, availability of model code and input data developed
under the action.
Expected Outcome: Actions are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
New or improved models for climate predictions or projections, which take into account
climate-related potential tipping points and their impacts and are relevant for major
assessments like those of the IPCC and IPBES.
Increased capacity to identify unknown tipping elements and early warning signals when
a tipping point is approached.
40
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Contribution to mitigation policies with view to the Paris Agreement and the EU
Biodiversity Strategy 2030, taking into account the precautionary principle, with respect
to abrupt responses, hysteresis and other non-linear behaviour of the Earth system.
Input to adaptation strategies for the most affected regions, globally, addressing the risks
of crossing climatic tipping points and related impacts on ecosystems and biodiversity.
Scope: Elements of the Earth system, including ecosystems, can suffer relatively rapid
transitions in response to small changes in forcings, a process known as crossing a tipping
point. Such transitions are often irreversible: the system does not return to its original state
even when the forcing that caused it is brought back to its original value. The transition to a
new state would have a high (even catastrophic) impact across multiple regions, physical
processes, ecosystems and biodiversity, and should therefore be avoided (in line with the
EU’s biodiversity strategy for 2030). Some of these tipping points may have already been
crossed or have a high probability of being crossed during this century, like those caused in
the ocean by warming, acidification and deoxygenation. Early warning signals, reversibility,
hysteresis and resilience should be addressed through appropriate analysis methods.
Mitigation pathways and safe operating spaces for humanity should be assessed and
communicated to targeted audiences.
The ability and/or sensitivity of global Earth system models (ESM) to simulate tipping point
crossings and other non-linear behaviour requires solid process understanding, firmly rooted
in observational evidence, including from paleo-records. These processes need to be correctly
represented in ESMs. The probability and impact of tipping point crossings and abrupt system
changes need to be better quantified for a sound risk analysis (including aspects of
irreversibility), addressing for example impacts on agriculture, fisheries, or health. Further,
the approach to and crossing of tipping points lead to a loss of ecosystem resilience, causing a
compounding effect in ecosystems already stressed due to non-climatic factors, and the
potential for cascading impacts across trophic webs and ecosystems.
Projects should build on the results of and cooperate with, past and ongoing scientific research
related to tipping points, abrupt ecosystems change and potential mitigation and adaptation
strategies at global and regional levels.
When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and
openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects
such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles41.
In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access
repositories and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding
is expected. Finally, projects should take into account, during their lifetime, relevant activities
and initiatives for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code, such as
those resulting from projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02
on the development of community-based approaches.
41
FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Expected Outcome: The objective of this topic is to achieve greater understanding among
policy makers and stakeholders of the climate impact of large-scale deployment of hydrogen
as an energy carrier or industrial feedstock, and options for addressing it. This will inform
policy makers in the context of the European Green Deal, as well as alerting actors in the
private sector to the environmental risks, including water and land use, opportunities and co-
benefits associated with a hydrogen economy.
A rigorous assessment of the ways in which large-scale production, distribution and use
of hydrogen (e.g. as an energy carrier or industrial feedstock) can affect anthropogenic
radiative forcing.
Better monitoring tools (methodologies and instruments) for detecting and quantifying
hydrogen leakage (in situ or through remote sensing).
In each case, it will be necessary to consider direct and indirect radiative forcing, both from
hydrogen (e.g. potential leakages) and from other forcers associated with, or displaced by, its
production, its transport and consumption.
Direct and indirect effects in the atmosphere and their environmental implications
(e.g. on the ozone layer).
Options for mitigating any global warming risks associated with hydrogen
deployment (e.g. through leakage detection technologies).
Consider the extent to which the risks of climate impacts from hydrogen deployment
vary between different uses (e.g. energy, industry, transport).
Projects are encouraged to seek, during their lifetime, collaboration with possible
complementary projects funded by the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on determination of
hydrogen releases from the H2 value chain.
When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and
openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects
such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 42.
In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access
databases and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding
is expected.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 43.
Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations
regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with
the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through
documentation, availability of model code and input data developed
under the action.
42
FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable)
43
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Expected Outcome: This activity is expected to enhance our understanding of the cloud-
aerosol interactions and their impacts in the Earth system and to include developing advanced
algorithms as well as high-resolution models to better reproduce realistic cloud phase and
structures, its interactions with different types of aerosols and their radiative impacts.
Enhanced large community effort in Europe to bring together the latest advances in
science, modelling, in situ, ground-based, oceanic, and airborne remote sensing as well
as satellite observations to tackle the complex cloud-aerosol interactions.
Improved Earth systems models and better long-term climate projections, and/or climate
prediction, in particular at seasonal and decadal time scales.
Use and assimilation of aerosol and cloud products from novel satellites (e.g. Earth
CARE44, MetOp-SG45) for climate model improvement and validation and/or weather
predictions.
Contribution to IPCC assessments and other outputs by addressing this major knowledge
gap in the Earth system and important source of uncertainty in climate models.
Scope: The challenge of this topic is to improve the representation of cloud life cycle, aerosol-
cloud interactions and chemistry, cloud vertical structures, and the radiative properties of the
various aerosol and cloud types that is the largest source of uncertainty in today’s climate
models, and represent an important knowledge gap in Earth system and climate science, and
in the Earth radiation budget in particular. This requires better understanding of multiple
scattering of radiation within the three-dimensional structure of clouds and different direct
and indirect effects of aerosols on radiative transfer. It will lead also to a strengthened
understanding of mechanisms through which clouds and aerosols significantly modify the
planetary albedo and Earth-radiation budget. The science of cloud formation and its impact on
climate should be advanced through an integrated use of in situ and satellite observations in
high-resolution models which reproduce realistic cloud structures and their radiative
properties.
Making use of new and existing, in situ and satellite measurements, including reanalysis,
new parameters such as water isotope composition, and laboratory experiments, in
44
EarthCARE - Earth Online (esa.int)
45
Metop - Second Generation | EUMETSAT
combination with new analysis methods, to advance the scientific understanding of the
complex interactions between aerosols, clouds and climate at a fundamental level.
Linking aerosol and cloud processes to hydrologic cycle and advancing understanding of
their role for evaporation and precipitation in nature and models.
Coordinating with the satellite community where needed e.g. Metop-SG, especially for
supporting the validation needs of new missions such as ESA’s EarthCARE.
Establishing in the course of the projects wide-open access to the observation data
produced within relevant measurement network databases (e.g. ACTRIS).
Contributing to assimilation of cloud data in climate models from the “40 years” record
of satellite data available and other means of cloud observations.
This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency (ESA) and
the EC on Earth System Science. Under the EC-ESA Earth System Science Initiative, both
institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementary collaborative projects,
funded on the EC side through Horizon Europe, and on the ESA side through the ESA
FutureEO programme as part of the ESA Atmosphere Science Cluster 46 and relevant ESA
activities related to the use of the EarthCARE mission.
Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future ESA Atmosphere Science
Cluster projects, including those that will be funded through dedicated coordinated invitations
to tender, and should towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective
coordination.
When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and
openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects
such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles47.
In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or
substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected. Projects should take into
account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving
the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under
46
https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-atmosphere-science-cluster/
47
FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.50 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations
Agreements regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with
the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through
documentation, availability of model code and input data developed
under the action.
Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Helping to translate scientific consensus and knowledge (e.g. IPCC reports) and
government commitments (e.g. under the Paris Agreement), into meaningful corporate
and other non-state climate strategies and actions.
Contribution to the implementation of the Paris Agreement and the European Green Deal
through support to development and scaling up of high-quality voluntary initiatives that
deliver genuine climate benefits in Europe and globally.
Reducing risks of greenwashing, including in the use of offsets, and also of technology-
lock-ins.
Scope: To meet the goals of the Paris Agreement global GHG emissions should reach “net-
zero” by mid-century and be halved by 2030 compared to current levels. This requires
immediate, rapid and large-scale emissions reductions across all sectors of the economy.
Voluntary initiatives and pledges by non-state actors, such as the private sector, financial
institutions, civil society, cities and subnational authorities could help fill the gap, mobilise
finance and accelerate the transformation process. However, the integrity-related concerns of
these actions must first be overcome and require better understanding of the actual climate
impacts and other potential side-effects.
This action should advance the knowledge about the role of voluntary initiatives in achieving
the objectives of the Paris Agreement and the European Green Deal, including consistency
and interactions with global/national government commitments, regulated markets and
between each other. It should address barriers and weaknesses associated with voluntary
initiatives, such as inconsistency of definitions and claims (e.g. net-zero, carbon positive,
carbon negative, climate neutral, etc.), their environmental integrity, fragmentation,
complexity, poor measurement, verification and reporting practices as well as concerns
related to additionality, double counting, transparency, governance, and accounting of the
wider social and ecological consequences.
The action should evaluate the role of compensation schemes in voluntary climate initiatives,
and the implications for transition pathways. To this end, it should improve the understanding
of the impacts of carbon offsets, assess their risks and limitations, investigate how offsets
affect and interact with other emission abatement options, and under which conditions they
could accelerate cost-effective mitigation. It should analyse the scientific integrity of various
existing offsetting schemes, identify their strengths and weaknesses and develop clear
scientific guidance about their proper use to safeguard climate-positive outcomes. This should
include identification of synergies and avoidance of trade-offs with other policy objectives,
such as biodiversity related ones, and full respect of the “do no significant harm” principle.
Any promotion of offsetting schemes is out of scope of this call.
The action should also explore and assess different options for improved monitoring,
reporting and verification of various voluntary climate initiatives, including through
leveraging of satellite-based earth observation such as Copernicus/ Galileo/EGNOS.
Finally, it should enhance the modelling tools and integrated assessment frameworks to better
integrate voluntary climate initiatives into transition pathway analysis and to address the
specific needs of non-state actors (but not necessarily with a single model/tool).
Co-creation with various stakeholders in the private and public sectors, including actors from
developing countries, is expected under this action to ensure that the outcomes produced
remain relevant for the end-users.
Actions should envisage clustering activities with other relevant ongoing and selected projects
for cross-projects cooperation and exchange of results, including as participation in joint
meetings and communication events.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations
Agreements regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with
the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through
documentation, availability of model code and input data developed
under the action.
Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
A broader range of policy options that reflect different visions of sustainability and
resilience based on alternative economic, technological and societal futures and
reflecting different perspectives from economics, (other) social and natural sciences.
Enhanced assessments of 1) energy and material demands and their links to the macro-
economy, 2) behavioural and lifestyle changes, including sufficiency measures and their
representation in integrated assessment models and 3) circular economy approaches to
decrease the use of energy and materials.
Scope: There is an urgent need for a new paradigm that reconciles continued development of
human societies with the maintenance of the Earth system in a resilient and stable state.
Meeting the ambitious goals of the Paris Agreement while simultaneously respecting other
environmental and social constraints would require not only rapid reductions of GHG
emissions and other climate forcers, but also decoupling of economic output from material
throughput, pollution and biodiversity loss. However, empirical evidence demonstrates a
strong relationship between economic growth (expressed in GDP terms) and GHG emissions,
energy use, demand for raw materials, land and other natural resources, as well as pollution.
Projections indicate that, with existing growth trajectories, absolute decoupling on the scale
required could prove extremely challenging.
Actions should advance knowledge on the feasibility of the green growth paradigm in the
context of transition to climate neutrality, including improved understanding of underlying
challenges and opportunities, and by building on the latest scientific evidence. They should
explore alternative (to growth-oriented) socio-economic scenarios (such as, but not limited to,
degrowth, postgrowth, or “Doughnut” economic models) which could support the transition to
climate neutrality. Research should look well beyond general concepts and explore (where
possible quantified) the practical implications, benefits, barriers, conditions for delivering
strong social outcomes and feasibility of pursuing such alternative options as a viable policy
choice within the EU and beyond. In their work, actions should examine the role of
emerging/potential trends (such as digitalisation, circularity, structural changes in the
economy, relocalisation of value chains), geopolitical events and shifts in societal values (e.g.
COVID related) in shaping future socio-economic development and assess their impacts on
the achievement of climate policy objectives. The analysis should also account for the
accelerating impacts of climate change and embrace interlinkages with other policy goals,
notably biodiversity, resource conservation and human development related. Building on
these results, actions should draw conclusions for Nationally Determined Contributions
(NDCs) and long-term strategies under the Paris Agreement.
Improve the understanding of the dynamics between economic growth and energy,
materials’ use, pollution and land demand. This could include assessing whether shifts
within a GDP-based system, such as a greater share of services and recognition of
household labour in national statistics, affect the degree of compatibility of economic
growth with climate and biodiversity goals.
Advance knowledge about the role and potential of lifestyle changes and sufficiency-
oriented measures in the overall strategies towards climate neutrality and in the context
of other environmental goals, improve their quantification and representation in
modelling frameworks and explore the socio-economic, cultural, institutional,
infrastructural, regulatory and other conditions for scaling-up.
Assess the relationship between continued economic growth and societal well-being.
Investigate alternative approaches to delivering social progress and evaluate the well-
being outcomes of measures to transform societies towards climate-neutrality, taking
into account distributional and equity related considerations as well as a broad range of
well-being indicators and differences between social and economic groups.
Assess the risks of disruption to energy, food and other key commodity markets based
on alternative future transition pathways and development paradigms.
The projects are expected to take a truly interdisciplinary approach, leveraging natural,
economic and other social sciences to inform policies capable of delivering on multiple
environmental, economic and social objectives simultaneously while taking into account
constraints related to feasibility and acceptability.
When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and
openness, as much as possible going well beyond model documentation and extending to
aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR
principles48. In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish data and results in
open access databases and/or as annexes to publications.
Successful proposals should establish synergies with the projects resulting from the topic
HORIZON-CL5-2021-D1-01-02: Modelling the role of the circular economy for climate
change mitigation49 as well as with the future project resulting from the topic “HORIZON-
CL5-2024-D1-01-06: The role of climate change foresight for primary and secondary raw
materials supply” as regards implications for resource demand and the associated GHG
emissions.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines (e.g. sociology, economics,
behavioural sciences, gender studies, etc.) and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as
well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant
effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
48
FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
49
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-
details/horizon-cl5-2021-d1-01-02
additionally be used).
Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Improved synergies between national, regional and local Green Deal objectives, in
particular adaptation action.
Better coordinated and more impactful R&I activities on adaptation modelling and risk
assessment.
Scope: The EU strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change50 stresses the need to increase local
resilience, as one of its key implementation actions. The Horizon Europe Mission on
Adaptation to Climate Change has been launched in September 2021 with the aim to support
at least 150 European regions and communities to become climate resilient by 2030. Yet
resources and tools to address adaptation at the local level are often scarce. To improve the
support to local adaptation action it is essential to increase the availability, reliability,
accessibility and resolution of climate information, in combination with non-climatic natural
and anthropogenic drivers, at local and regional scale considering local specificities.
Develop and test user-friendly high-resolution climate physical risk assessments models.
This could include improvements in data acquisition, modelling, tools and methods to
increase resolution of global climate models and regional climate models in combination
with local natural and anthropogenic stressors that underpin risk assessment modelling.
Utilize and test relevant resilience models and assessment methods developed in
previous R&I programme projects (including FP7 and Horizon 2020).
Mission on Adaptation to climate change and be made available to all EU regions and
communities. This work could include improvements in modelling, the design of
adaptation pathways and other relevant tools in this domain.
Impact and risk modelling for decision-makers and other stakeholders, in particular
to support the development of robust decision-making under uncertainty.
To ensure assessments and tools developed by the projects are truly user-friendly, projects
should consider participatory approaches to test such assessments and develop comprehensive
and non-technical guides to use the results and outputs of the project(s), at regional and local
level in representative cases of the climate regions of Europe52.
The use of environmental observations and Earth systems models innovations funded by EU
R&I programmes (FP7, Horizon 2020) is encouraged. This should include using data from the
Copernicus Climate Change Services, and other relevant sources (such as GEOSS).
The project should closely coordinate with and integrate the results of the existing studies and
evidence-based research, namely from projects from topic HORIZON-MISS-2021-CLIMA-
02-03 “Towards asset level modelling of climate risks and adaptation”53, HORIZON-MISS-
2021-CLIMA-02-01 “Development of climate change risk assessments in European regions
and communities based on a transparent and harmonised Climate Risk Assessment
approach”54, and the Study on Adaptation Modelling for Policy Support55.
Proposals should include a mechanism and the resources to establish operational links with
the Mission Adaptation to Climate Change Implementation Platform and Climate-ADAPT
platform (run by the European Environment Agency (EEA) together with DG CLIMA) so
52
As presented in the Working Group II IPCC Report, Chapter 13: Climate Change 2022: Impacts,
Adaptation and Vulnerability. Working Group II Contribution to the IPCC Sixth Assessment Report
53
Funding & tenders (europa.eu)
54
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/portal/screen/opportunities/topic-
details/horizon-miss-2021-clima-02-01
55
https://op.europa.eu/o/opportal-service/download-handler?identifier=cfa86c26-764e-11eb-9ac9-
01aa75ed71a1&format=pdf&language=en&productionSystem=cellar&part=
project results can be fed into the platform for them to be used by Mission participants,
namely regions and communities.
Coordination with the Destination Earth initiative should be explored to ensure the timely
development of “climate replicas” utilising the new state-of-the-art IT infrastructure,
including access to EU high performance computing resources and an operational platform to
upload and integrate the models and data developed in the course of the projects.
The participation of social sciences and humanities is key to address the socio-economic,
decision-making and local governance aspects of this topic. Furthermore, projects should
consider the involvement of citizens and societal actors, to produce meaningful and
significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research activities.
Social science, citizen science and behavioural science for climate action
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Expected Outcome: The purpose of the action is to explore conditions that could lead to the
development of a possible governance framework for experimental research in the area of
solar radiation modification (SRM), which is to be done on a case-by-case basis. SRM is
defined as an approach to reduce solar radiative forcing through means other than through the
reduction of net greenhouse gas emissions. The action should identify, on the basis of a
comprehensive and balanced assessment of the best available scientific knowledge, as well as
the perspectives of stakeholders, whether and how the governance of SRM field research
could work in practice.
The IPCC 6th Assessment Report (Cross-Working Group Box SRM: Solar Radiation
Modification 57 ) concluded that SRM could offset some of the effects of anthropogenic
warming on global and regional climate, especially if combined with emissions reductions,
and with carbon dioxide removal, and phased out gradually. However, a number of risks are
associated with its deployment, and the IPCC found that there is low confidence in our
understanding of the climate response, especially at regional scales. At international level, its
deployment is addressed (and strongly discouraged) by the Convention of Biodiversity due to
its potentially substantial negative effects on biodiversity. Nevertheless, the topic continues to
draw interest, including from non-state actors, as the effects of climate change itself become
more evident.
This action should lead to a better understanding of what the risks and conditions are that
would make field research acceptable or unacceptable to stakeholders. Such enhanced
understanding is sought without prejudice to its potential use in policy-making or regulation.
Scope: In order to achieve the expected outcome, proposals should address all of the
following:
Synthesis of the state of the art regarding the potential contribution of SRM to climate
stabilisation, and its associated risks.
Clarification of what activities constitute SRM, and the extent to which SRM is
permitted, prohibited and/or governed within the ERA at present.
Proposal of principles and guidelines that could be used by a public authority for
permitting, prohibiting or supervising SRM field experiments on a case-by-case basis.
Factors to consider could include inter alia:
56
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
57
Page 2473 of Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Working Group II
Contribution to the IPCC Sixth Assessment Report. Available:
https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar6/wg2/downloads/report/IPCC_AR6_WGII_FullReport.pdf,
An inclusive expert and stakeholder dialogue process, aligned with the principles of
Responsible Research and Innovation (RRI) should be organised in order to inform the
analysis mentioned above.
Whether SRM field research under controlled conditions (e.g. within the ERA or like-
minded jurisdictions) could lessen the risk of its unregulated deployment elsewhere in
the world.
Comparison of the risks of SRM with analogous risk management dilemmas faced by
science and society.
The action should also identify what the characteristics of such a governance framework
should be, taking into account issues such as scientific rigour, risk assessment and public
legitimacy.
Promotion of SRM or conducting of SRM field experiments are outside of the scope of this
action.
Actions are encouraged, where relevant, to explore synergies with other initiatives in Europe
and beyond investigating Solar Radiation Modification from a technological, regulatory
and/or ethical perspective.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce
meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research
activities.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Decision-makers at local, regional, national and European level are able to more
effectively scale up and accelerate behavioural change for systemic transformations
towards climate resilience, knowing more about relevant social tipping points, leverage
points and key governance interventions in this context.
Citizens and civil society have a better understanding of possible individual actions they
may wish to undertake or how to contribute to strategic leverage points that bring about
behavioural change supporting climate resilience at larger scale. This should also include
knowledge or development of possible governance structures and organisational
innovations that would help to galvanise the already existing knowledge and activities in
many parts of society.
Easier assessment of the potential of and progress in scaling up change in behaviour and
creating multiple positive synergies of individual and organisational actions for directing
governance to achieving systemic transformations towards climate resilience.
Scope: No matter how successful our efforts to mitigate further climate change will be, some
impacts are or will be unavoidable in the future and we will have to adapt to a warmer world.
The question is on what terms this adaptation will take place. With the new Strategy on
Adaptation to Climate Change and the recently launched Mission on Adaptation to Climate
Change on this issue, Europe has set out that the direction of this change will be systemic
transformations towards climate neutrality and resilience, by 2050.
As nations, regions, cities and local communities are now developing their vision and
pathways towards climate neutrality and resilience, increased importance is given to the role
of behavioural change, and governance and organisational innovation in achieving the
systemic transformations needed to regain resilience in a harsher climate future to events and
hazards potentially attributable to climate change.
The objectives of this topic are to reach a better understanding on behavioural change and on
how it could be scaled up and connected to the governance of the various drivers of and/or
barriers to climate-friendly/climate-resilient behaviour (including EU, national and local
policies) to reach the goal of climate neutrality and resilience by 2050.
Within this scope, projects are requested to enhance the understanding of:
Social tipping points and leverage points in climate adaptation: to better understand
the social acceptability of non-adaptive behaviours or how new adaptive behaviour
would become widespread (social tipping points); to better understand how a small shift
in one part of a system would generate changes across the system as a whole (leverage
points); to better understand how various systems’ leverage points may eventually lead
to deliberate transformative tipping points; to understand how increasingly serious
threats or consequences of climate change lead to changes of individual and social
perceptions and behaviours, and how it leads to changes in local adaptation policies, new
social organisation forms and actions. This should also include analysis of incentives and
barriers to behavioural change in different spheres of the population (according to
gender, social conditions, educational level, etc.).
58
Changing our ways? Behaviour change and the climate crisis, 2021, Report of the Cambridge
Sustainability Commission on Scaling Behaviour Change.
Projects should focus on all relevant aspects of society, in their interactions with biophysical
and climate adaptation components, including, but not limited to, relevant economic sectors,
education and up-skilling and re-skilling. Moreover, participatory co-creation approaches at
policy making, community, and individual levels, including direct involvement of citizens,
new sustainability-oriented business organisations and societal actors where relevant
considering social innovation, is highly recommended in order to create robust results.
Projects should investigate the dimension of lifestyles and habits and associated factors,
motivators and barriers, and be aware of the role of gender and diversity among populations
and groups of populations, and how various resources and power relations can influence
people’s decisions and willingness to change behaviour.
Projects are expected to contribute to and establish close coordination with the activities of
the Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change. They are strongly encouraged to use the results
of the Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change and the Copernicus Climate Change Service
as testbed to underpin their findings.
General guidance for all other actors at national, regional, or communal level about the
most feasible and effective leverage point potentially leading to transformative tipping
points, including aspects concerning interrelations, alignment and coordination of the
actors/stakeholders.
A science for policy operational framework and indicators for assessing the potential of
and progress in scaling up change in behaviour and for directing governance to
achieving systemic transformations towards climate resilience.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce
meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research
activities.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.
Expected Outcome: Project(s) are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Scope: The dimension of “sustainability and greening of education and training systems” is
still relatively new in the EU context59. Through the Commission’s proposal on learning for
environmental sustainability60 as well as European sustainability competence framework61 –
both published in 2022 – EU Member States/Associated countries have received new impetus
to implement education and training related to the environment and sustainability. For
effective policy-making, including development and revision of curricula and study
programmes, it is necessary to assess and monitor the impact that sustainability-related
education has. The objective of this project is therefore to better understand and to provide
recommendations on how to measure what learners actually learn and how this influences
mind-set and actions on sustainability at the individual and collective level.
Address both inputs to and outcomes of learning 62 and the processes that link them:
Methods that address impact assessment of learning outcomes require taking into
59
EU Green Deal and other key EU initiatives highlight the importance of education and training for the
green transition.
60
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM:2022:11:FIN)
61
https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC128040
62
Learning outcomes relate to what learners know and can do after a “learning intervention”, usually after
an extended period of time (like a study programme). Learning interventions themselves depend on a
range of inputs (inducing investments, policies, curricula design). Learning outcomes are usually
described as knowledge, skills and attitudes that learners have developed in a specific area.
account commitment (e.g. legislation, policy measures, top-level strategies and action
plans), context (governance, structure of education system) implementation (e.g.
funding, governance, curricula, teacher training, sustainable infrastructure and resource
management) and results (e.g. learning outcomes in terms of skills and competences).
Capture the lifelong learning scope and ambition of learning for sustainability: to do so,
it will be important to widen the current focus of monitoring pupils and students (mainly
at secondary level) to both younger and older generations. Moving beyond formal
learning and even beyond education to measuring impact in the wider economy and
society requires taking into account contextual factors - both education-related and non-
educational - that might influence learning outcomes.
Address novel concepts and competences put forward in sustainability and climate
change education, such as participatory and challenge-based education, living labs,
exploratory and futures thinking. Such approaches encourage learners to imagine and
create what does not yet exist, yet they are difficult to capture with pre-defined targets
and indicators. Research should therefore go beyond test-based student assessment,
which often serves to monitor and measure impact and progress in the area and include
aspects such as links with the local community or interdisciplinary, hands-on and socio-
emotional approaches, which are crucial for effective learning for sustainability.
Actions should envisage clustering activities with relevant projects and initiatives, such as the
two Horizon 2020 projects ECF4CLIM and GreenSCENT, the GreenComp (the European
sustainability competence framework developed by the JRC) for cross-projects cooperation,
consultations and joint activities on crosscutting issues, to share their results, as well as to
participate in joint meetings and communication events. To this end, proposals should foresee
a dedicated work package and/or task and earmark the appropriate resources accordingly.
A mapping of policy evaluation methods, monitoring frames and indicators and their
relation with approaches and programs in the area of sustainability and climate change
education, in EU Member States/Associated countries and internationally, with the
objective to identify best practices and reproducible solutions. This should build on work
developed during the UN Decade in Education for Sustainable Development (DESD)
and the Global Action Programme for Sustainable Development (GAP), which include a
“Global Monitoring and Evaluation Framework” as well as evaluation and assessment of
impacts through large-scale testing (including international assessments, such as PISA,
TIMSS, PIRLS), project-based monitoring/assessment, surveys, etc.
This topic also requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of
SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to
produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related
research activities.
International cooperation
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
63
Sub-region 202, as defined by the United Nations Statistics Division:
https://unstats.un.org/unsd/methodology/m49/overview/.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Better informed climate adaptation policy response, stronger adaptive capacity and
climate resilience in Africa, with a focus on the Sub-Saharan region.
Improved synergies between adaptation action and other policy objectives, notably the
Sustainable Development Goals agenda.
Knowledge base to underpin major international scientific assessments such as the IPCC
Assessment Reports.
Scope: The African continent is on the frontline of the climate emergency; it is highly
vulnerable and adaptation to both present and future impacts of climate change is urgent and
crucial to secure its long-term resilience and prosperity but it is challenging in the current
economic context. While the demand for high-quality, actionable climate information and
services is growing, there is a need for more holistic, better connected, more interactive and
more user-oriented approaches across the entire adaptation value chain from knowledge
production to users. This ranges from improved knowledge base, through increased
accessibility, up to enhanced uptake of information and climate services by end-users
spanning policy makers, governmental agencies, local authorities, civil society and the private
sector. The focus of this topic is on countries in Sub-Saharan Africa – given the region’s
limited response capacities coupled with high vulnerability to climate change impacts that
range from droughts, through rising sea levels, cyclones, and floods to rising temperatures and
rainfall anomalies with serious implications, notably, for food and water security.
Actions should:
Improve the understanding of current and future climate related threats (and
opportunities) in Africa in the context of socio-demographic developments, extending
into sectors/domains that are underexplored from climate-risk perspective and including
dynamics between climate, biodiversity, and political/economic risks such as migration,
food security and urbanisation patterns. Actions may address improvements in accuracy
and skill of forecasts/projections, in particular as regards the sub-seasonal-to-seasonal
time scale.
Identify key adaptation challenges, needs and gaps in the broader socio-economic
context, including intersection with other policy objectives such as biodiversity
protection, increase in agricultural productivity and reduction of inequalities.
integrated adaptation and mitigation actions) and the understanding of their socio-
economic determinants and benefits.
Improve and upscale existing and/or develop and test new climate services/tools that
bridge the gap between information availability and uptake by end-users in different
sectors, including through capacity building and addressing issues such as access,
uncertainty, trust, risk perception and management, and other barriers. In either case,
actions should demonstrate a clear path towards broader deployment of the services
developed.
Promote better understanding and enhanced cooperation between various actors such as
regional climate centres, national meteorological services, intermediaries, and end-users.
Direct participation of relevant entities in the projects is strongly encouraged.
Explore and leverage opportunities associated with the digital revolution (including
progress in automation, artificial intelligence, and communications) to improve diffusion
of climate knowledge and promote more efficient service delivery.
Advance knowledge on value assessment of climate services and apply it to the services
developed within projects.
Projects may focus on a specific country/region in Sub-Saharan Africa for more customised
activities but should evaluate and disseminate information on the broader relevance of their
outcomes and options for replication also in other locations.
Actions should pursue active engagement and consultation with relevant stakeholders such as
African government agencies, civil society organisations and citizen groups to harness local
knowledge and to better account for end-user needs, taking into account the gender
dimension. This should include research on co-production of climate information and user
engagement models themselves to define which approaches are most suitable for adaptation
purposes. Moreover, social innovation should be considered in order to achieve the expected
outcomes.
Actions should build on previous work and established structures in the region. Participants
should make use of the latest socio-economic, geophysical, and other relevant data, leveraging
by rapid progress in digital technologies. This should include observational data from the
Copernicus part of the EU Space Programme and other relevant sources (such as in the
context of GEOSS Global Earth Observation System of Systems).
Actions should also take into consideration the results of relevant Horizon 2020 projects, such
as FOCUS-Africa, Down2Earth, CONFER or HABITABLE, in view of progressing the state
of the art and taking the already developed services/tools to the next level.
In line with the Strategy for EU international cooperation in research and innovation
(COM(2021) 252), international cooperation is encouraged and projects should aim at
comprehensive involvement of African researchers and organisations, in view of maximising
the impact and relevance of the projects.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce
meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research.
Applicants should ensure that their project and activities do not exacerbate tensions in the
region and may consider guidelines to integrate conflict sensitivity in climate action projects.
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02
Indicative budget(s)64
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
64
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
65
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
International cooperation
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the specific grants
Agreements awarded by the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST) to
the Chinese partners. The respective options of the Model Grant
Agreement will be applied.
Expected Outcome: The EU and China have committed to become climate neutral (by 2050)
and carbon neutral (by 2060), respectively. Successful proposal(s) will support the transition
to a climate neutral and resilient society as part of the EU-China Climate Change and
Biodiversity Research Flagship (CCB Flagship).
Overview of promising options and associated benefits and challenges in the short,
medium and long-term that are necessary to achieve these climate goals.
Achieved joint of state-of-the-art modelling and dialogue among relevant experts in the
two regions.
Scope: The topic aims at developing a state-of-the-art modelling framework that includes up-
to-date representation of technologies and policies in different pathways that lead to climate
neutrality from a holistic and sectoral perspective. Successful proposal(s) should include joint
work by European and Chinese experts aimed at informing the achievement of each country’s
long-term decarbonisation goal. Actions under this call should consider deep reductions and
pathways to net zero incorporating mitigation of both CO2 and other greenhouse gas
emissions.
Actions should focus on all of the following main areas (the individual bullets are indicative
suggestions for focus within each area):
Opportunities for decarbonisation of industry and agriculture, for reducing net emissions
related to land use, and for mitigation of non-CO2 greenhouse gases. Evaluate the
mitigation potential, co-benefits and side effects, and cost-effectiveness of selected
technologies in key industries and their potential contribution to a sustainable, secure
and affordable transition.
CCUS technology to improve the efficacy of CO2 capture and the understanding of
storage potential and security in key regions and in industries.
Improved knowledge concerning the policies needed to ensure the transformation of the
different sectors from fossil fuel-based to net-zero carbon emitters.
b) Socio-economic implications
Opportunities and challenges related to consumer behaviour and lifestyle changes (e.g.
consumer choices, changes in ways of living and working).
Global implications of EU and China decarbonisation (e.g. through trade and commodity
markets, impacts on climate action in third countries).
This topic is part of the EU-China flagship initiative on Climate Change and Biodiversity,
which will promote substantial coordinated and balanced cooperation between the EU and
China, and is within the scope of the Administrative Arrangement between the European
Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China
(MOST) on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support collaborative
research projects under the Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) and the Food,
Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) flagship initiatives.
Interactions with other actions developed under the EU-China Climate Change and
Biodiversity Research Flagship and/or the Flagship on Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies
are encouraged.
The envisaged knowledge relates only to policy, modelling and pathways definition and
planning. Development of specific technologies above TRL 4 are out of the scope of this
topic.
Actions should:
Build on existing modelling work in both regions that has identified credible pathways to
net zero emissions, continuing to develop and refine such pathways.
Ensure that EU and China pathways fit into a consistent global framework (e.g. in terms
of global carbon budget and use of scarce commodities).
Focus on key milestones and enabling conditions needed in the short-term (e.g. by 2030,
2035) and medium-term (e.g. by 2040) to achieve each region’s net zero goals. Such
milestones and conditions are not limited to emissions levels but can include
technological roadmaps for key regions and industries, as well as, regulatory, market
penetration and socio-economic developments.
Consider different geographical scales and the role of cities in the transition pathways.
Include stakeholder engagement activities aimed at linking the vision set out in pathways
with the actions needed to achieve them (e.g. How mature does a certain technology
have to be by when? Is this achievable?).
When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and
openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects
such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles66.
In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access
databases and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding
66
FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
is expected. Projects should take into account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and
initiatives for ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code, such as
those resulting from projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02
on the development of community-based approaches.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce
meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research
activities.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Grants awarded under this topic will be linked to the specific grants
Agreements awarded by the Ministry of Science and Technology, China (MOST) to
the Chinese partners. The respective options of the Model Grant
Agreement will be applied.
Expected Outcome: Blue carbon, understood as coastal marine ecosystems such as seagrass,
saltmarshes and mangroves are reported under the chapter of the IPCC inventory guidelines
devoted to wetlands. The project aims to investigate this reporting and whether other
ecosystems could be included.
Develop and test methods for measuring, modelling, and monitoring emissions and
removals of greenhouse gases.
Propose and test a portfolio of methods for managing blue carbon to reduce emissions
and increase sequestration.
Cover representative sample sites on European coasts and those of the People’s Republic
of China.
Assess the current and potential contribution of blue carbon to national greenhouse gas
inventories and reporting to UNFCCC and determine how the verification and
monitoring could be improved.
Identify whether and how net carbon removals through algae cultivation and human
activity in other coastal ecosystems could be quantified.
Engage with international bodies and researchers tackling the same issue.
Development of specific technologies above TRL 4 are out of the scope of this topic.
This topic is part of the EU-China flagship initiative on Climate Change and Biodiversity,
which will promote substantial coordinated and balanced cooperation between the EU and
China, and is within the scope of the Administrative Arrangement between the European
Commission and the Ministry of Science and Technology of the People’s Republic of China
(MOST) on a Co-funding Mechanism for the period 2021-2024 to support collaborative
research projects under the Climate Change and Biodiversity (CCB) and the Food,
Agriculture and Biotechnologies (FAB) flagship initiatives.
Interactions with other actions developed under the EU-China Climate Change and
Biodiversity Research Flagship and/or the Flagship on Food, Agriculture and Biotechnologies
are encouraged.
Actions should, during their lifetime and within the framework applicable to the cooperation
with Chinese entities, establish synergies with relevant Horizon Europe projects and
initiatives, such as under cluster 5 destination 1 topic D1-5: Enhanced quantification and
understanding of natural and anthropogenic methane emissions and sinks, as well as under
cluster 6, in particular topic HORIZON-CL6-2023-CLIMATE: Ocean and coastal waters
carbon- and biodiversity-rich ecosystems and habitats in Europe and the Polar Regions,
Copernicus Marine Services and the Mission Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030.
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01
Indicative budget(s)67
67
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
68
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations
Agreements regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with
the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through
documentation, availability of model code and input data developed
under the action.
Expected Outcome: This activity is expected to foster and enhance collaboration between the
modelling and observing (satellite, ground-based, airborne) communities and advance towards
an enhanced global and regional assessment of the methane sources and sinks from land and
the ocean, their short and long-term evolution as well as the related natural and anthropogenic
processes and impacts on atmospheric chemistry and dynamics and on Earth radiation
budgets. The expected outcomes hereafter are complying with the recommendations
formulated by the user community during the ESA ATMOS-2021 conference69.
Enhanced science base in Europe to perform global and regional (European) scale high-
resolution assessment of the methane sources and sinks in relevant environments, their
short and long-term changes, the related natural and anthropogenic sources, and impacts
on atmospheric chemistry and dynamics.
Clear policy advice on current and future climate contributions of methane on global and
regional (European) scale, including elaboration on effective mitigation options.
Scope: The challenge of this topic is to further quantify and understand natural and
anthropogenic methane emissions based on carefully selected European land sites and
European sea sites with unprecedented resolution in space and time that should leverage the
latest advances in observations from satellite, ground-based, and airborne, together with
advances in reconciling inverse and bottom-up modelling approaches.
Running these campaigns during an extended period of time and planning them beyond
the duration of the projects, building on existing measurement infrastructures and
69
https://atmos2021.esa.int/
70
https://www.globalcarbonproject.org/
71
https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/eu_methane_strategy.pdf
initiatives, in order to support the validation of satellite products, but as well to support
the development of new and enhancement of existing models and data assimilation
techniques.
Evaluating temporal change in methane release over centuries at selected, relevant sites
from existing long-time series.
Advancing towards an integrated methane observing system (on “facility scale”) that
capitalises on the latest advances in observations from satellite, in situ, ground-based
remote sensing and airborne instruments as well as results from citizen observations.
Advancing the capacity of models and data assimilation techniques, related to methane
emissions through specifically exploiting novel medium and high-resolution satellite
data (e.g. GHGSat, PRISMA, Sentinel-2, Landsat-8/9, Worldview-3).
Delivering inverse modelling to separate methane sources and sinks and to attribute
inverse modelling estimated fluxes to specific processes building on sufficient spatial
resolution to identify the origin, for instance, of large local emissions.
This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency (ESA) and
the EC on Earth System Science. Under the EC-ESA Earth System Science Initiative, both
institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementary collaborative projects,
funded on the EC side through Horizon Europe, and on the ESA side through the ESA
FutureEO programme as part of the ESA Atmosphere Science Cluster 72 and relevant ESA
activities related to the use of the TROPOMI and other relevant missions.
Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future ESA Atmosphere Science
Cluster projects, including those that will be funded through dedicated coordinated invitations
to tender, and should towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective
coordination.
ESA will contribute to this effort by providing a dedicated Earth observation satellite
scientific component to complement, collaborate and coordinate with this activity. In
particular, ESA will contribute with dedicated set of complementary scientific activities with
special focus on exploring and exploiting the new capabilities offered by TROPOMI in
combination with other relevant European and international satellite missions including novel
very high-resolution observations.
When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and
openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects
72
https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-atmosphere-science-cluster/
such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 73.
In particular, beneficiaries are strongly encouraged to publish results data in open access
repositories and/or as annexes to publications. In addition, full openness of any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with the use of EU funding
is expected.
Projects should take into account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for
ensuring and improving the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting
from projects funded under the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the
development of community-based approaches.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.
Expected Outcome: Actions are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Advanced knowledge on the impacts of climate change and different natural and socio-
economic drivers on inland ice and permafrost, and its global repercussions, including
climate-ecosystem interactions, which is relevant to international initiatives, such as the
World Climate Research Programme (WCRP)74‘s Climate and Cryosphere Project, or
the IPBES.
Further developed and improved climate and Earth System Models (ESMs) that inform
the international climate assessments (e.g. CMIP models, CORDEX) and support the
73
FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
74
https://www.wcrp-climate.org/
development of “digital twins” under the Destination Earth Initiative and the evolution
of Copernicus.
Scope: Snow cover, ice sheets and glaciers affect not only the Earth radiation balance and the
global climate, but also continental climate systems, the weather of circumpolar regions and
their terrestrial and oceanic carbon dynamics, ecosystems, and sea level. Snow and ice cover
regulate the properties of the ground underneath and are interlinked with permafrost in areas
where average ambient air temperature is below 0°C.
The research actions should contribute to observing, modelling, and projecting the
characteristics, volume, and dynamic of inland ice and permafrost in relevant regions,
impacting regional and global climate, taking inter-seasonal, annual, decadal, as well as long-
term (centuries) changes into account.
The actions should enhance the understanding of the ice sheet or glacier dynamics and
evaluate reversibility or irreversibility of changes on multi-decadal to centennial timescales.
Furthermore, actions should quantify other impacts caused by the thawing of the inland ice or
permafrost at regional or global levels, like the contribution to sea level rise and stratification
or impact on biogeochemistry and ocean currents.
Actions should assess the impact of changing land ice, snow cover, or permafrost on local or
regional water cycle and economic supplies and services, evaluate the impact of ice processes
on human livelihood and cultures, and identify imminent, medium and long-term potential
impacts on ecosystem shifts at local and regional scale.
The actions should provide data, tools, and assessments relevant at regional and local scales to
support climate change adaptation and explore, identify and verify ecosystems management
techniques to allow better adaptation and maintenance of ecosystem services in a changing
land-ice landscape.
Actions should build upon and cooperate with relevant Horizon funded projects (e.g., Arctic
PASSION, OceanIce, PolarRES, CRiceS, iCUPE), the EU Polar Cluster, the Copernicus
Climate Change Service, the Copernicus Marine Environment Monitoring Service, the
Copernicus Land Monitoring Service and the GEO initiative.
This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency (ESA) and
the EC on Earth System Science. Under the initiative, both institutions aim at coordinating
efforts to support complementarities between the Horizon Europe and ESA FutureEO
programme.
ESA will contribute to this topic with existing and planned projects focused on improving the
observation, understanding and prediction of inland ice, including snow cover, glaciers and
ice sheets and permafrost thaw, and their interaction and feedbacks with the Earth and climate
system. Relevant ESA activities will be implemented under the Polar Science Cluster75.
Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future ESA Polar Science Cluster
projects, including those that will be funded through dedicated coordinated invitations to
tender, and should towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective
coordination.
When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and
openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects
such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles11.
In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or
substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected. Projects should take into
account, during their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving
the quality of scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under
the topic HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the development of community-based
approaches.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
75
https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-polar-science-cluster/
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 76.
Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations
regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with
the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through
documentation, availability of model code and input data developed
under the action.
Expected Outcome: The projects funded under this topic will assess climate variability
building on past climate and environmental datasets.
Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:
Better process understanding of past climate changes, their variability and interactions
with ecosystems, leading to improved Earth system models based on paleoclimate data.
Assessment of driving and feedback mechanisms (e.g., the carbon cycle evolution and
water cycle process), and precise timing and dynamics of deglaciation and glaciation.
Future climate change scenarios produced in light of documented past changes in climate
and ice sheets, in particular warm climates/high sea-level situations, and abrupt
transitions.
Strengthened Earth system models integrating paleoclimate data, e.g. models of ice
sheet, ocean, ecosystem and atmospheric components, enabling understanding of future
climate.
76
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Synthesis of climate variations that will serve as fundamental bases for IPCC future
assessment and benchmarks for model inter-comparisons.
Scope: The geological and ice-core records provide long-term information on the conditions
and processes that can drive physical, ecological, and social systems during interglacial
periods, deglaciations and abrupt climatic events. The challenge of the research under this
topic is to test Earth system models over selected past climate scenarios, outside the range of
variability recorded over the past centuries.
Using paleo-archives at high resolution to extend the instrumental time series for better
understating of the proxy records and for improved quantification of their uncertainties.
Development of Earth system models with outputs that allow a more direct comparison
to paleo-data, modelling climate variability, thresholds, and impacts across timescales
from years to millennia (e.g., isotope-enabled general circulation models with dynamic
ice sheet components that represent relevant feedbacks).
Identification of climate tipping points, cascading effects, and environmental limits using
paleo data and model experiments.
Documenting and quantifying the natural climate variability, in terms of amplitude, time
(onset, duration, frequency) and space (location, extension).
The projects should rely on paleoclimatic data from scientific drilling campaigns, and other
appropriate sources.
When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and
openness, as much as possible going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects
such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR principles 77.
In addition, full openness of any new modules, models or tools developed from scratch or
substantially improved with the use of EU funding is expected.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following
outcomes:
Enhance our knowledge and inform policy makers on the positive and negative impacts
of trade and trade policy on the climate. Additionally, where relevant, broader effects on
the environment, in particular biodiversity, pollution and natural resources depletion may
also be considered.
Improve and enlarge the toolbox of models and other research techniques as well as
available data and its processing to analyse the impact of trade and trade policy on the
climate.
Study and quantification of the effects of trade on the climate and the environment
77
FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
Estimate the net effect of trade: clarify/quantify how much of trade related
emissions would still take place in the context of the domestic economy without
international trade. While trade-related emissions are an important part of total
world emissions, not enough is known about the counterfactual, i.e. emissions
profiles in the absence of international trade.
Study the effects stemming from changes in the use of resources attributable to
international trade, both in terms of efficiency gains (e.g. in energy and material
use) and in terms of changes in the climate impacts associated with production and
consumption, and whether externalities are likely to be internalised. For specific
sectors, the action should look into emissions linked to the production in different
countries versus transport emissions in trade to those countries.
Study the public perception vs. the reality of trade impacting on the environment
and climate: while in the public debate trade is often associated with increased
emissions related to the scale effect, technique and composition effects point to
positive impacts in certain cases. Case studies should also include concrete
examples of cases where public perception of trade effects on emissions and real
effects diverge.
Study and quantification of the effects of trade policy on the climate and the
environment
What do the expansion of global value chains, offshoring and their fragmentation
(and a possible reversal of such trends) mean for the climate and climate-related
trade policy: the project(s) should analyse the effectiveness of climate and trade
policies in such an international economic context.
The role of trade policy as a tool to address the free rider problems in climate
policies: since addressing climate change is a global public good, free-rider
problems persist. To what extend can trade incentives and the trade policy toolbox
help overcoming these?
Analyse the coherence between trade policies, climate policies and other policies
such as nutrition-food, resources policies and development policies that affect the
impacts on the climate and the environment. Analyse how these policies affect the
trade-off between food security and conservation of natural resources (such as
forests and water resources).
Impact of trade and foreign direct investment (FDI) on the productivity of sectors
(do more productive sectors/producers tend to be cleaner?): the project(s) should
endogenise (Global Trade Analysis Project (GTAP) sector productivity to trade
beyond a Melitz-type of framework, including the separation of energy efficiency
effects among the productivity effects. Currently since, technological change is
mostly exogenous or only roughly calibrated in Computable General Equilibrium
(CGE) models, technique effects on carbon leakage cannot fully be captured.
Transport-related pollution: the project(s) should create a transport mode matrix for
GTAP sectors per countries and their related emissions.
Enlarge/split the GTAP sectors list for emission-intensive sectors: the project(s)
should create/improve the GTAP sector matrix for emission-intensive sectors.
Actions are also encouraged to explore and promote synergies between the use of modelling
approaches in international trade analysis and in comparable macroeconomic modelling in
climate policy, for example, in Integrated Assessment Modelling.
International cooperation with research clusters, which have specific knowledge in areas of
this call, is encouraged.
The project should also include dissemination and capacity-building for the findings and tools
created among policy makers at the EU and Member States/Associated countries level.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Beneficiaries will be subject to the following additional obligations
Agreements regarding open science practices: Open access to any new modules,
models or tools developed from scratch or substantially improved with
the use of EU funding under the action must be ensured through
documentation, availability of model code and input data developed
under the action.
Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following
expected outcomes:
Extended use of modelling, climate change scenarios and mitigation pathways based on
provision of tailor-made tools, trainings, and services to end-users.
Improved knowledge base to inform the UNFCCC processes, including the design and
revision of post-2030 NDCs and the Global Stocktake in 2028, as well as major
international scientific assessments such as the IPCC and IPBES reports.
Moreover, while countries have put forward plans, strategies, and announcements to reach
“net-zero” targets, these commitments are hard to compare due to varying definitions, ranging
from “zero-carbon” to “net-zero CO2” and “net-zero greenhouse gases” whereas choosing
different gases, different (time)scales and different aggregation methods can lead to very
different climate outcomes. To address these concerns, actions should define principles for
high-integrity, more coherent climate commitments and review processes.
Projects should contribute to strengthening of national climate policies, NDCs and long-term
strategies, by developing next generation low-emission transformation pathways, with
increased sectoral detail, and fostering more holistic and more integrative approaches that
promote synergies and minimise trade-offs between mitigation, adaptation, biodiversity and
other policy objectives. They should support the creation of tools that evaluate the existing
NDCs and facilitate monitoring processes.
Increase the understanding of the role of ecosystems, in particular land use, in NDCs and
other climate commitments identifying options for enhancing transparency and
coherence with global models and pathways.
Enhance knowledge about the role of non-CO2 gases in meeting the temperature goals
of the Paris Agreement and the implications for the transition pathways of countries and
sectors.
Improve the integration of climate impacts and risks in mitigation pathway analysis,
including cost-benefit analysis.
Co-creation with various stakeholders in the private and public sectors is expected under this
topic to ensure that the outcomes produced remain relevant for their end-users. Actions should
contribute to improving accessibility of climate change scenarios and models by non-
specialist audiences, for example through development and delivery of dedicated services and
tools that facilitate user-friendly access and proper use.
Actions may cover a set of regions or be focussed on a specific one and explore it in greater
detail. However, in all cases consortia should benchmark their results with global mitigation
pathways.
Synergies with projects resulting from the topic D1-9. 2023 - Science for successful, high-
integrity voluntary climate initiatives should be established as regards the role of non-state
voluntary climate initiatives in achieving the objectives of the Paris Agreement, and with
projects resulting from the Horizon 2020 topic LC-CLA-02-2019 -Negative emissions and
land-use based mitigation assessment81 as regards latest methodological developments.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines including ethics and the
involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in
order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the
related research activities.
78
“African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.
79
https://www.un.org/development/desa/dpad/wp-content/uploads/sites/45/publication/ldc_list.pdf
80
as per, for example, http://www.globalcarbonatlas.org/en/CO2-emissions
81
https://cordis.europa.eu/programme/id/H2020_LC-CLA-02-2019
When dealing with models, actions should promote the highest standards of transparency and
openness, as much as possible going well beyond model documentation and extending to
aspects such as assumptions, code and data that is managed in compliance with the FAIR
principles82. In particular, beneficiaries are required to publish data and results in open access
databases and/or as annexes to publications. Projects should also take into account, during
their lifetime, relevant activities and initiatives for ensuring and improving the quality of
scientific software and code, such as those resulting from projects funded under the topic
HORIZON-INFRA-2023-EOSC-01-02 on the development of community-based approaches.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.
Expected Outcome: The successful proposal will support the transition to a digital and low
carbon society in the context of the European Green Deal with a particular emphasis on
climate change and raw material value chains. In particular, it should contribute to all of the
following expected outcomes:
Short-, medium-, and long-term scenarios of changes in the type, origin and quantity of
raw materials (metals/minerals) required for the twin transition.
Geo-referenced projections for the changes to the greenhouse gas and energy footprint
associated with the supply of these primary and secondary raw materials with a view to
facilitating their use in integrated assessment models.
82
FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable).
Models and data contributing to the development of the European Commission’s Raw
Materials Information System83.
Scope: Achieving enhanced digitalisation and a low carbon society will involve a change in
the type and quantity of the raw materials required by the economy. This can result in
geopolitical shifts in extraction and processing, as well as an increase in the extraction,
processing, and recycling of many minerals and metals, including ones that have so far been
only marginally important. Materials are likely to be extracted from increasingly lower grade
ores and hostile environments, from mining wastes, as well as through recycling. Ceteris
paribus, this would involve a general increase in the energy required to supply raw materials,
as well as associated greenhouse gas emissions and changes in some other environmental
impacts (such as related to transport and land take for mineral extraction and waste disposal).
It will also involve changes in technologies and substitution to materials with lesser
environmental impact, some of which not sufficiently well understood. This can include
consideration of substitution and circular use of materials.
This action will improve knowledge concerning the options, and challenges, in the short,
medium, and long-term associated with the provision of raw materials required for the twin
transition with a focus on interlinkages with climate change.
Sectors, technologies and material value chains to be analysed will be selected on a justified
basis. The project will analyse changes to the carbon footprint associated with supply options
for a justified selection of primary and secondary raw materials for short, medium and long-
term time horizons. Options analysed will relate to raw materials likely to have large changes
in supply due to the twin transition, where important geopolitical and technological changes
are likely in relation to the twin transition and circularity.
The analyses should build on established life cycle assessment and product environmental
footprint requirements, as relevant, and contribute to their further development. Modelling
should be detailed to account for geo-political/site-specific changes in supply, technologies,
and e.g. energy consumption. Scenarios will build on, as far as available, existing demand
scenarios from European Commission modelling activities, and are expected to take into
account the relevant EU policies (Fit-for-55 package, carbon neutrality by 2050). Scenarios
are expected to account for the foreseen variation and innovation advances in extraction,
processing, recovery, recycling and other technologies along the value chains, including
changes to the energy mixes involved at specific locations.
The proposal will include the involvement of experts for the different technologies related to
the primary and secondary raw material options selected as well as representatives of the
integrated assessment modelling community.
83
https://rmis.jrc.ec.europa.eu/
This action will develop state-of-the-art knowledge (models and databases) in relation to
climate change and the implications of different options associated with the twin transition
and the related increases in supply of some raw materials.
The action will build on existing modelling work for the supply and demand of primary and
secondary raw materials and expand them to reflect typical transition pathways, to highlight
the implications on climate change.
The action will align to established requirements of existing methodological and data
frameworks such as for life cycle assessment and product environmental footprint.
Proposals should consider the involvement of the European Commission’s Joint Research
Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consist of interacting in relation to the EC’s Raw
Materials Information System and its underlying sectorial value chain analyses in the contexts
of geopolitical foresight, life cycle assessment, and circular economy.
Climate-ecosystem interactions
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.
Enhanced understanding and characterisation of the terrestrial carbon pools and fluxes,
including through taking account of hydrological exchanges, with unprecedented
accuracies and spatial scales, building on the advent of a new generation of satellite
missions (e.g., ESA’s BIOMASS, FLEX, Sentinel missions, NASA’s NISAR, GEDI,
ICESat-2 etc…), that radically change the way the terrestrial carbon cycle can be
observed.
Improved methods for the monitoring of key ecosystems state in Europe, regarding
terrestrial carbon, including e.g. forestry, croplands, peatlands, inland water, extensive
grasslands, tundra, tidal marshes, seagrass, and mangroves, and tackling key gaps in
observations, e.g. age-structure, species richness, canopy structure (including use of
Terrestrial Laser Scanning), observations of wood density, interaction with hydrology
and exchange with the atmosphere in particular observations of biological volatile
organic compounds, CO2, CH4, N2O, and black carbon/particulates emissions.
Improved understanding of impacts on the carbon cycle of extreme events (wind throw,
drought, pest outbreaks, fire), and of the impacts of anthropogenic disturbance including
degradation and behaviour and recovery of forest post-disturbance.
Novel monitoring frameworks combining remote and proximate sensing techniques with
machine learning and edge computing.
Scope: The main challenge of this topic is to develop an enhanced capacity to better
characterise and reduce uncertainties of the carbon cycle related to key terrestrial European
ecosystems as a function of anthropogenic emissions, environmental forcing conditions, and
management practices. In order for this challenge to be met, actions should be performed at
spatial resolutions required to represent the mechanisms by which human interventions
necessary to move towards net-zero carbon balance, can be quantified. Further, the dynamics
and response of vegetation to climate change, short- and long-term stress, natural dynamics
(e.g. fire), and especially change in frequency, form and severity of extreme events, need to
be better understood and quantified.
Extending and complementing satellite observations with elements linked to the LUCAS
survey of Eurostat, to the EU Soil Observatory (EUSO) initiatives on integrated soil
monitoring systems, and to research infrastructure e.g. eLTER and ICOS, as well as
through comparison with past data and through coordination with Earth observation
efforts (spectral signature characterisation, biophysical and biogeochemical observations
commensurate with satellite resolutions, aircraft / unmanned aerial vehicle campaigns).
Specific efforts to develop carbon and land surface models consistent with specific
variables or outputs that can be directly interfaced or compared with satellite
observations e.g. above ground biomass, soil moisture, solar induced fluorescence,
disturbance dynamics e.g. fire, and inclusion of additional key processes (coupling with
Nitrogen and Phosphorus cycles and water, CO2 fertilisation, assimilation of
photosynthesis rates from global observation for direct gross primary production
estimation).
A significant coordination effort and collaboration with the relevant activities of major
international scientific groups (e.g., IPCC, Global Carbon Project), the Copernicus
Atmosphere Monitoring Service and the ESA Carbon Science Cluster84.
This topic is part of a coordination initiative between the European Space Agency (ESA) and
the EC on Earth System Science. Under the EC-ESA Earth System Science Initiative, both
institutions aim at coordinating efforts to support complementary collaborative projects,
funded on the EC side through Horizon Europe, and on the ESA side through the ESA
FutureEO programme as part of the ESA Carbon Science Cluster.
84
https://eo4society.esa.int/communities/scientists/esa-carbon-science-cluster/
Proposals should address the collaboration with ongoing or future ESA projects, including
those that will be funded through dedicated coordinated invitations to tender, and should
towards this end include sufficient means and resources for effective coordination.
Applicants should ensure coordination with complementary projects funded under the ESA
Carbon Science Cluster of the FutureEO programme including relevant ESA activities related
to the use of the novel BIOMASS 85 and FLEX 86 missions and potentially the Copernicus
CO2M87 mission in the future.
85
https://earth.esa.int/eogateway/missions/biomass
86
https://earth.esa.int/eogateway/missions/flex
87
https://www.esa.int/Applications/Observing_the_Earth/Copernicus/Copernicus_Sentinel_Expa
nsion_missionshttps://www.eumetsat.int/copernicus-co2m-science-support
This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations
(KSO):
C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable
economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production
systems;
D: Creating a more resilient, inclusive and democratic European society, prepared and
responsive to threats and disasters, addressing inequalities and providing high-quality
health care, and empowering all citizens to act in the green and digital transitions.
Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people
The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to the “Clean and
sustainable transition of the energy and transport sectors towards climate neutrality
facilitated by innovative cross-cutting solutions”, notably through:
88
The bulk of activities are supported by the Institutional Partnership ‘Clean Hydrogen’.
89
Communities and cities are mainly supported under the Mission on Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities,
and through the co-funded Partnership ‘Driving Urban Transition’, implemented in this work
programme as a grant to identified beneficiary.
90
Citizens engagement as well as social sciences and humanities are mainstreamed across multiple topics
across various Destinations in this work programme.
91
‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’,
as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
terms of safety, cost, user convenience, fast charging and environmental footprint), in
parallel supporting the creation of a competitive, circular, and sustainable European
battery manufacturing value chain (more detailed information below).
Nurturing the development of emerging technologies with high potential to enable zero-
greenhouse gas and negative emissions in energy and transport (more detailed
information below).
Batteries will enable the rollout of zero-emission mobility and renewable energy storage,
contributing to the European Green Deal and supporting the UN SDGs by creating a vibrant,
responsible and sustainable market. Besides climate neutrality, batteries also contribute to
other UN SDGs directly and indirectly such as enabling of decentralized and off-grid energy
solutions.
The strategic pathway is, on the one hand, for Europe to rapidly regain technological
competitiveness in order to capture a significant market share of the new and fast-growing
rechargeable battery market, and, on the other hand, to invest in longer term research on
future battery technologies to establish Europe's long term technological leadership and
industrial competitiveness
The Partnership “Towards a competitive European industrial battery value chain for stationary
applications and e-mobility”, with as short name Batt4EU, to which all battery-related topics
under this Destination will contribute, aims to establish world-leading sustainable and circular
European battery value chain to drive transformation towards a carbon-neutral society.
The main impacts to be generated by topics targeting the battery value chain under this
Destination are:
Significant contribution to the policy needs of the European Green Deal through new
solutions for circularity and recycling of batteries.
Relevant topics supported under this Destination complement the activities supported under
Pillars I or III. They address emerging technologies that can enable the climate transition with
a technology-neutral bottom-up approach. Research in this area is mostly technological in
nature but should also, where relevant, be accompanied by assessments of environmental,
social and economic impacts, by identification of regulatory needs, and by activities
supporting the creation of value chains to build up new ecosystems of stakeholders working
on breakthrough technologies.
The main expected impacts to be generated by the topic targeting breakthrough technologies
and climate solutions under this Destination are:
2023 2024
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01
Indicative budget(s)92
92
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
93
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
94
Of which EUR 11.02 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
95
Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
96
Of which EUR 7.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
97
Of which EUR 7.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
98
Of which EUR 6.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
99
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
99
Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget.
100
Of which EUR 2.00 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget.
101
Of which EUR 1.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the
green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependency on third countries for
critical raw materials by promoting resource efficiency.
Use of European post-mining (or post-extraction, in the case of e.g. geothermal fluids)
primary materials and secondary material sources such as tailings (e.g., as a source of
nickel, cobalt and lithium) or underutilised battery raw materials deposits and extend the
local refining capacity of battery-grade materials, to reduce the dependency on imported
materials and to limit supply risks.
Scope: Proposals are expected to cover research and innovation activities with focus on
improved battery metal and material production, refining and recovery while minimizing
environmental impact of downstream processing by addressing all of the following points:
Addressing zero waste and zero discharge strategies for the valorisation of the generated
waste materials during the refining processes by: improving the reuse of waste where
CRM are present; Increasing the sustainability of batteries materials by reducing the use
of chemicals and energy use in the downstream processing considering the objectives of
the proposed Batteries Regulation as evaluated by LCA or similar approaches; using safe
and low impact disposal methodologies for those materials that cannot be recycled.
Pre-assessing recycling concepts by their life cycle sustainability and safety impacts (in
line with Safe and Sustainable by Design Framework103 to be set by the Commission for
assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and which should be
considered as a reference in the proposal) and studying overall techno-economical
solutions for recovery systems in order to minimize cost, environmental impact and
system losses.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
102
COM(2020) 798 final, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council
concerning batteries and waste batteries, repealing Directive 2006/66/EC and amending Regulation
(EU) No 2019/1020
103
See documents defining the SSbD framework and criteria on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-
innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-
materials-and-chemicals_en
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).
Proposals should indicate to which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for
chemicals and materials104 they will contribute.
Projects may collaborate and/or contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support
Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08.
International cooperation with Africa, the Mediterranean Region, and the United States is
encouraged.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
104
https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-
enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the
green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependencies for critical raw
materials by promoting a circular economy.
Achievement of the recycling efficiency and material recovery targets as described in the
proposed Batteries Regulation105 by industries, especially for low metal and low material
value components.
Safeguarding of the sustainability, low CO2 footprint, low chemicals usage and minimal
emissions of newly developed recycling processes.
Scope: Proposals should focus on improved and verified circularity of collected, dismantled
and pre-treated battery waste feeds (Strong interaction with call “Advanced sustainable and
safe pre-processing technologies for End-of-Life batteries recycling (2024)” is encouraged).
All recycling concepts should address waste stream(s) in question in a comprehensive
manner, aiming at the maximal recovery of input elements and components, rather than
selected fractions. Focus on all concepts should be kept on recycling process development
considering specific areas of improvement for each of the possible processes of battery
recycling; a maximised material recovery and recycling efficiency, operational energy
efficiency, less waste water, mass- and energy balance, purity of the recycled material and
verified holistically decreased carbon footprint supported by life cycle assessment. Battery
development is out of the scope, interaction with other projects is, however, encouraged.
New recycling concepts targeting the recycling of economically low value materials,
(e.g. from Lithium-iron phosphate or sodium-ion …) are expected to be covered. To
enable recycling of low value battery compositions, new recycling concepts should be
developed, including direct recycling routes that may include selective material recovery
technologies and the reconditioning of the active materials. The additional recovery and
recycling of non-cathode component materials are encouraged.
Highly efficient recycling of battery manufacturing scrap, whether emanating from lab-
scale or large production, are expected to be covered, for example including direct
recycling concepts to re-introduce the materials in the battery production chain,
including the handling and processing of relevant semi-material.
105
COM(2020) 798 final, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council
concerning batteries and waste batteries, repealing Directive 2006/66/EC and amending Regulation
(EU) No 2019/1020
Highly robust or flexible processes for the recycling of material streams of varying
composition and quality may be covered.
Material feeds from other industries (e.g. Ni/Co rich materials) may be introduced into
the recycling concepts.
Material feeds from future battery technologies with an expected market introduction no
later than 2025 may be included.
The processing of side streams (e.g. waste waters and other waste products) may be
targeted.
All proposed recycling concepts are expected to be pre-assessed for their economical,
ecological and safety impact.
Proposals are encouraged to establish links with those submitted under topic HORIZON-CL5-
2024-D2-01-01, “Advanced sustainable and safe pre-processing technologies for End-of-life
(EOL) battery recycling”.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).
Proposals should indicate to which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for
chemicals and materials106 they will contribute.
Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research
Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of providing added value regarding various
aspects of battery sustainability.
Specific conditions
106
https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-
enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
The capacity to go beyond single process consideration with potential perspective on the
process chain.
The implementation and the transfer of digital twins into existing and future battery cell
production plants.
Optimise product quality, improving the resource efficiency and, consequently, the
production time and cost of battery cells in the manufacturing process at the targeted
scale.
Scope: The battery production chain consists of diverse multi-disciplinary, rather novel
processes with numerous influencing factors and interdependencies. Digital twins, as a core
element of the accelerating digitisation in manufacturing, bear the potential to improve
planning and operation of current and future battery production system. With their connection
of advanced digital models and most up-to-date data, decision support or even autonomous
control of battery production processes and process chains is enabled. First applications can
be found in research and partly also in industrial practice – however, those still tend to be
rather specific, covering just selected aspects of digital twins (e.g. just specific models) and
are often hardly transferable between production stages and between different battery
configurations in terms of the underlying IT architectures and models. Proposals are expected
to address all following points:
1. Developing digital twins of battery cell manufacturing routes at pilot line level that
incorporate appropriate models but also their connection to real manufacturing plants,
e.g. to support process development and operation, battery cells optimisation, accelerate
the set-up of effective manufacturing processes for the next generation battery cells or to
demonstrate the capability for predictive maintenance.
2. Design robust digital tools integrating multi-physics, data-driven models and hybrid
modelling.
3. Flexible Digital Twins capable to evolve to different battery chemistries, new disruptive
materials as well as new manufacturing processes (the model would be chemistry neutral
so easily adaptable to new disruptive materials and chemistries).
5. Propose applications that will enable to overcome single process considerations towards
process chain perspectives.
This call topic addresses the need of increasing the level of autonomy to the whole battery cell
value chain (with special emphasis in the manufacturing). Plans for the exploitation and
dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic should include a strong
business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this
Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability,
commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).
This topic is building upon the BATTERY 2030+ Roadmap108 and will build upon the shared
data infrastructure, standards and protocols developed within this initiative, and in particular
the BIG-MAP109 project. Projects are expected to collaborate and contribute to the activities
of the Coordination and Support Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-
107
See https://emmc.eu
108
https://battery2030.eu/research/roadmap/
109
https://www.big-map.eu/
01-08. The proposal will cover the contribution and collaboration to the Coordination and
Support Action.”
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal
Agreements entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.
Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Battery pack and Battery Management System (BMS) design for single module
operation or recombination (reconfiguration) of modules or battery packs for
consolidated and new battery technologies.
Safe, accessible and reliable operation of batteries and compatible with the battery
passport concept.
Battery system design to enable disassembly and reconfiguration for second life.
Environmental impact assessment, from both positive and negative aspects, for adapting
EV batteries to second life applications.
Scope: This topic aims at developing an open and interoperable BMS and suitable battery
system design for stationary ESS, enabling a better integration of second life applications for
used batteries. To strengthen European battery production ecosystem, projects are encouraged
to implement batteries produced in Europe, especially with respect to 1st life batteries, at
large or pilot plant scale.
In order to fulfil these objectives, activity in all of the following fields is expected:
The BMS could be used for first and second life batteries in stationary applications, e.g.,
microgrids, uninterrupted power supply, hybrid (different types of chemistries and
batteries, multi-battery management systems) and circular power system, ensuring safety
during operation.
The BMS and system design should be technology agnostic and not exclusive to second
life EV batteries and should ideally cover consolidated technologies as well as new
110
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Development and validation of open-source algorithms and BMS, allowing for the
integration of second life batteries including approaches as semi-empirical, data-driven,
and multi-physics supported battery state estimators. Recommendations for the
development of standards related to the battery state defining parameters, e.g., State of
Health and safety assessment at the end of first life applications.
Development of BMS software that can be adapted via firmware update to other
communication protocols, estimation algorithms and models.
Design of accessible and adaptable BMS in order to customize the BMS to the
requirements of the second life use case, including improved battery models for
improved BMS design.
Projects are expected to share information with projects emanating from topic
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02-03 where relevant and conform to all relevant EU
standardisation requirements.
The proposal should take into account pending amendments to the Renewable Energy
Directive, including Article 20A dealing with access to battery SOX information.
Proposals are expected to establish links with the results of the following topics -
HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-09: Physics and data-based battery management for
optimised battery utilisation (Batteries Partnership), HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-10:
Streamlined collection and reversed logistics, fully automated, safe and cost-efficient
sorting, dismantling and second use before recycling (Batteries Partnership) and
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating
the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research
Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of performing experimental or desk-top
research on battery performance or safety.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
Demonstration of hybrid energy storage technologies for long duration storage (from at
least 12 hours to days) and provision of multiple grid services with improved technical
performances (increased power and energy density with respect to single electrical
energy storage system +20%, reduced storage system losses -10%, improved HESS
cycle life +15%, improved reliability and availability +15%), sustainability, as well as
increased safety during operation, transport and storage.
Enable improved levelized cost of storage supported by design optimisation and optimal
service stacking, putting the cost of storage on the path to fall below 0.05 €/kWh/cycle
by 2030 (for storage durations > 12 hours) while reducing the use of critical raw
materials (CRMs).
Scope: The objective is to design and demonstrate in at least three different use cases a
Hybrid Energy Storage System (HESS) capable of long duration storage and provision of
multiple services for supporting the electrical grid and EV charging infrastructure.
Design and demonstrate a sustainable and safe HESS either combining different battery
technologies, including next-gen technologies, or combining batteries and other
electrostatic/electrochemical storage technologies (e.g., supercapacitors) aiming at
providing long duration storage while ensuring the possibility of service-stacking and
enabling ultra-fast services. Use of second life battery modules is within the scope. The
proposed storage solution should be scalable and modular and show clear innovation
with respect to the state of the art (new materials or new designs), always bearing in
mind the objectives of sustainability and performance. Proper power conversion devices
should be selected or customized for enabling an efficient operation of the hybrid storage
in grid-connected, grid-following and grid-forming modes.
Perform a life cycle assessment of the HESS starting from the design phases to ensure its
sustainability along the entire value chain, also avoiding, whenever possible, or limiting
the use of CRMs.
Develop and validate management policies and control systems (battery management
systems and energy management systems) for HESS that maximise the benefits of a
hybrid storage, facilitate asset management and participation in electricity and service
markets. Pending amendments to the Renewable Energy Directive to be taken into
account in development of the BMS.
Demonstrate HESS usage in at least three different use cases in collaboration with
relevant stakeholders (e.g., DSO, EV charging infrastructure owners) and its integration
in standard grid architectures (Smart Grids Architecture Model – SGAM) ensuring
interoperability for most use cases of energy storage systems (e.g., provision of services
to the European grid, supporting islanded and weak distribution grids, load levelling for
charging stations).
Analyse business cases of the proposed hybrid solution considering electricity and
balancing markets of three representative EU Member States/Associated Countries, also
assessing the applications where HESS provides improved techno-economic
performances compared to non-is hybridized storage systems.
Proposals are expected to establish links with projects funded under the following topic:
HORIZON-CL5-2022-D3-01-10 - Interoperable solutions for flexibility services using
distributed energy storage.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 111 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating
the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
111
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Cross-cutting
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Contribute to the goals of the European Hydrogen strategy to support the European
Green Deal and progress towards climate neutrality by 2030.
Scope: The Staff Working Document on hydrogen highlighting the EU R&I support for
implementing the Green Deal hydrogen strategy and contributing to a roadmap of actions
called for better synergies at European and national level as well as between European and
Member States programmes and activities. A single-entry approach for testing hydrogen
production technology was identified as the Open Innovation Test Bed (OITB).
Open Innovation Test Beds were first conceived in the Horizon 2020 work programme. They
are entities, established in at least three Member States or Associated Countries, offering
access to physical facilities, capabilities and services required for the development, testing
and upscaling of technology in industrial environments. OITBs will upgrade existing or
support the setting of new public and private test beds, pilot lines, and demonstrators to
develop, test and upscale technologies and services for new innovative products for specific
technology domains.
The applicants are required to implement the set-up of an Open Innovation Test Bed (OITB)
for hydrogen production technologies. The proposal should address the following:
Provide a technology assessment base line for future developments of the technology
being tested.
The OITB needs to be operational within the first six month of the start of the project.
Access to the OITB opened to all potential customers. Open access in this context means that
any interested party, from Europe and globally, can access test beds' facilities and services
independently whether they are part of the consortium or not. It is critical that any interested
party from the EU or Associated Countries can access the test beds at fair conditions and
pricing and with transparent and mutual obligations with regards to, for instance, security,
safety and intellectual property rights.
It is expected that SMEs will have access the test beds at the same conditions as any other
entity from the EU or Associated Countries. For SMEs as core targeted user group, the test
beds will offer a range of services which are of specific interest to them, e.g. regulatory
support and the development of innovative materials that SMEs frequently cannot afford on
their own. Proposals should demonstrate a solid and measurable outreach strategy towards
SMEs and innovators outside the consortium.
As OITB aims at providing a full service along all the steps of the technological development
of a physical innovation, all needed expertise has to be provided to users through a Single-
Entry Point (SEP). The SEP is a separate legal entity of which the legal structure is up to the
partners involved; however, the consortium needs to come up with a convincing structure that
shows its capacity to work together as well as ensure sustainability during the implementation
of the grant. If necessary, each test bed will acquire complementary services from other
112
https://www.clean-hydrogen.europa.eu/system/files/2022-
02/Clean%20Hydrogen%20JU%20SRIA%20-%20approved%20by%20GB%20-
%20clean%20for%20publication%20%28ID%2013246486%29.pdf
The proposal needs to present a credible business plan aiming at future sustainability and
operation of the OITB, included after the grant ends. It should set a framework for the
definition of the access conditions to their facilities and services respecting transparency and
fair access conditions.
Projects should collaborate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on aspects that
require integration of hydrogen and are expected to contribute and participate to the activities
of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory. Where applicable, proposals are
expected to complete and/or extend the range of Open Innovation Test Beds that are existing
or under development, including those funded under topic HORIZON-CL4-2022-
RESILIENCE-01-20.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to all of the
following outcomes:
Scope: The aim of this topic is to promote and facilitate technologically, financially, and
operationally mature projects from Horizon 2020 to reach deployment phase by means of
developing synergies with other EU funding programmes, namely the ETS Innovation Fund.
The topic aims to support four separate coordination and support actions (CSA), each
respectively focussing on one of the following areas:
For each individual CSA, consortia should include partners from at least 3 different Horizon
2020 projects having developed mature technological innovations 115 with high potential of
deployment under IF116,117. However, depending on the specific sector the consortium focuses
on, and on the number of Horizon 2020 projects that have already reached an adequate stage
of maturity, a higher number of Horizon 2020 projects represented per individual consortium
is preferred.
113
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
114
Proposals may include CCU, CCS or CCUS approaches.
115
In particular projects aiming at a high TRL level, e.g Horizon 2020 Innovation actions
116
https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/funding-climate-action/innovation-fund/large-scale-projects_en
117
https://ec.europa.eu/clima/eu-action/funding-climate-action/innovation-fund/small-scale-projects_en
Each CSA should produce as the final output a number118 of sound proposals119 (including
detailed plans for scalability, commercialisation, and financial models) to be presented to the
IF.
Consortia should mobilise (either through internal competences in the consortia or through
outsourcing) the needed expertise for the preparation of sound proposals, keeping in mind the
ETS IF evaluation criteria: 1) Project maturity, 2) GHG emissions avoidance potential, 3)
Degree of innovation, 4) Degree of technical, financial, and operational synergies within the
consortium.
Work in collaboration with key R&I organisations and industrial associations in their
respective areas including Horizon Europe public-private partnerships such
Processes4Planet, Clean Steel, Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking, and Clean Energy
Transition/Batt4EU.
Devote sufficient resources to collaborate among the proposals selected in the different
areas in particular to organise joint activities to promote the mobilisation of the financial
and technical expertise needed for the elaboration of sound IF proposals.
Organise joint open events within their specific area with key industrial stakeholders to
share lessons learnt and to promote synergies between Horizon Europe and the IF (e.g.
organising open key information dissemination workshops with a larger group of
Horizon 2020 projects).
Cooperate with IF to seek advice and give feedback on lessons learnt to EU innovation
funding opportunities, and to prepare a written report detailing the process and
achievements within the respective specific area.
Whilst the topic primarily focuses on supporting the project pipeline from Horizon 2020 to
the Innovation Fund, the scope of this topic is not limited to the Innovation Fund, and the
promotion of projects to deployment including other relevant funding means either at EU or
national/regional levels (such as Regional & Cohesion funds, Recovery and Resilience
Facility, Important Projects of Common European Interest) is also desirable.
118
The final number will be decided by the consortia depending on the specific sector and the number of
mature projects funded by Horizon 2020.
119
Individual proposals for the IF will not be considered public deliverables to ensure full confidentiality.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 37.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant This action is intended to be implemented in the form of an amendment
Agreements of the grant agreement concluded pursuant to topic HORIZON-CL5-
2021-D2-01-16.
For the additional activities covered by this action:
Total indicative The total indicative budget for the co-funded European Partnership is
budget EUR 130 million for the period 2021-2027.
Expected Outcome: This topic is for continuation of the Driving Urban Transition (DUT) co-
funded partnership to enable it to roll out its full strategy and action plan and assist cities in
their sustainability and climate neutrality transitions and by doing so enable the EU to achieve
targets set out by the European Green Deal and fulfil its commitments related to the UN
Agenda 2030, the Urban Agenda for the EU, the Habitat III New Urban Agenda and the Paris
Agreement, European cities need to engage urgently in sustainability and climate-neutrality
transitions.
Science and evidence-based implementation of the European Green Deal, the Urban
Agenda for the EU and other European, national, regional and local urban-relevant
policies and strategies.
Scope: The objective of this action is to continue to provide support to the European “Driving
Urban Transition” Co-funded Partnership identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan
2021-2024 and first implemented under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16: Co-
Funded Partnership: Driving Urban Transitions (DUT), and in particular to fund additional
activities (which may also be undertaken by additional partners) in view of its intended scope
and duration, and in accordance with Article 24(2) of the Horizon Europe Regulation.
The proposal should capitalise upon new collaboration opportunities offered by the
Association Agreements to Horizon Europe, the “Climate neutral and smart cities” mission
and the global Urban Transitions Mission (UTM) mission of Mission Innovation to enhance
its expertise, capacities, critical mass and broaden its geographical coverage and outreach
capacity. With respect to the latter, mutually benefitting international outreach, collaboration
and cooperation with global and international cities and research funding networks should be
pursued to align strategies and research agenda and promote scientific evidence and good
practice for urban policy on international level.
Taking into account that the present action is a continuation of the topic HORIZON-CL5-
2021-D2-01-16 and foresees an amendment to an existing grant agreement, the proposal
should describe plans, activities and initiatives that would enable the DUT to ensure, as
appropriate, a seamless pursuance of its strategy, objectives and actions to fill important gaps
in knowledge, evidence, innovation, technology, data, capacity and skills, integrated
approaches, foster inclusive and participatory governance structures and assist cities at
European (and, as appropriate, global level) in designing and implementing their
sustainability and climate neutrality transitions.
The proposal should elaborate on modalities to scale-up synergies with the works of the
NetZeroCities mission platform and relevant projects such as the CapaCITIES networks, the
CRAFT platform, the looming Global Knowledge Exchange Centre and, as appropriate, with
the missions supporting TRAMI project, to underpin the implementation of the “Climate
neutral and smart cities” mission and ensure coherence and complementarity of activities and
leverage of knowledge and investment possibilities.
Interfaces to public procurement and investment programmes and links with Urban Innovative
Actions (UIA) under the Urban Agenda for the EU, European Urban Initiative (EUI) under
cohesion policy, ESIF, private funds, etc. should be explored to support take-up and larger
scale implementation of tested approaches and solutions.
The consortium which applied to and received funding under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-
D2-01-16 is uniquely placed to submit a proposal to continue the envisioned partnership. Not
only did this consortium submit the proposal leading to the identification of the partnership in
the Horizon Europe strategic planning 2021-2024, it has so far been implementing the
partnership through co-funded calls in the year 2022 based on this planning and further to the
HE WP 21/22 topic. In this context, the current consortium has particular expertise in relation
to the objectives of the Partnership, the activities to be implemented in particular 2022 and
2023 FSTP calls or other calls/scope of calls clearly required/envisioned pursuant to initial
proposal/partnership, and other relevant aspects of the action. In practice, another consortium
could not continue the activities of the Partnership underway without significant disruption to
the ongoing activities, if at all.
While the award of a grant to continue the Partnership in accordance with this call should be
based on a proposal submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under topic
HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-16 and the additional activities (which may include additional
partners) to be funded by the grant should be subject to an evaluation, this evaluation should
take into account the existing context and the scope of the initial evaluation as relevant, and
related obligations enshrined in the grant agreement.
The Commission envisages to include new actions in its future work programmes to provide
continued support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02
Indicative budget(s)120
120
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Building on the results of earlier research projects on advanced solid-state
materials, the objective of this topic is to demonstrate, at cell level, the scale-up of advanced
solid-state materials for anodes, cathodes, electrolytes and, where applicable, separators with
performances and costs compatible for mobility markets.
Safety: with a technology compatible with the level 4 EUCAR at module/pack level
for automotive (level 2 for aviation and waterborne applications).
Materials and cells design with mechanical properties and constraints that enable
large scale production processes at a competitive cost, especially in terms of
pressure conditions at cell and module level.
Cell materials and designs which are compatible with a recycling process that respects
the requirements as put forward in the proposed Batteries Regulation122.
Develop or leverage the materials-specific models and digital tools for material and cell
design to identify the best combinations of materials and speed up the cell optimisation
process.
Ensure high ionic conductivity (> 0.5mS/cm2) and stability of the solid electrolyte.
Integrate high voltage cathode (> 4V) to reach the KPIs for mobility as listed in the
Expected Outcomes section.
Propose and evaluate interfaces and coating solutions especially to suppress dendrite
growth and enable a stable solid-electrolyte interphase (SEI) and cathode-electrolyte
interphase (CEI).
Optimise the cell design with respect to all the cell components to meet high energy
density objectives.
122
COM(2020) 798 final, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council
concerning batteries and waste batteries, repealing Directive 2006/66/EC and amending Regulation
(EU) No 2019/1020
Demonstrate the potential for scale up of materials, cells and sustainable industrial
processing methods with cells reaching a capacity of several Ah, produced in a statistical
meaningful number to demonstrate the process repeatability.
Project publications should adhere to the guidelines for publication of research results, as
laid out by the "Batteries Europe - Reporting Methodologies" report, subject to the need
to maintain confidentiality for future commercial exploitation.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating
the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Improved sustainability and recyclability, in line with the recycled content, recycling
efficiency and material recovery targets included in the proposed Batteries Regulation 123.
A defined concept for demonstrable, highly sustainable, circular manufacturing for the
selected advanced materials at Gigafactory scale, with sustainability measured in terms
of recognised economic, environmental, social and ethical metrics.
Scope: This topic aims at developing safer materials for high-performing cells by targeted
modification in main cell components, namely the cathode, anode, separator and electrolyte.
Solutions to common safety hazards have to be covered through a comprehensive design of
new materials for at least three of following components:
Doping strategies or surface coating materials leading to more robust and effective
cathode electrolyte interphase (CEI).
Design high-voltage cathodes and high voltage anodes in order to combine them in
a high energy cell, with sufficiently high operating voltage to avoid
stripping/plating of lithium.
123
COM(2020) 798 final, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council
concerning batteries and waste batteries, repealing Directive 2006/66/EC and amending Regulation
(EU) No 2019/1020
New stable anode materials and electrode designs with non-swelling, or low degree of
expansion over the whole cell lifetime, with no decomposition/exfoliation, high
resistance against Li-dendrite formation – specially at high anode rate capabilities, and
favouring the formation of a thermally stable, and low-resistivity SEI. Development can
include the following approaches/strategies at different levels:
Design and development of new systems with higher standard potential compared
to lithium stripping/plating. (High SiOx, Si/C, etc. content).
New electrolyte formulations with shear thickening, flame retardant and over-
charge/discharge properties, maintained high ionic conductivity, broad electrochemical
stability i.e., voltage-operating window, and high onset point for Li-dendrite formation,
SEI decomposition and CEI effectiveness. Development can include the following
approaches/strategies at different levels:
(Multi-)functional additives for SEI and CEI stabilisation and protection on anode
and cathode such as flame-retardant additives or solvents, ionic conductivity
boosters, stability window promoters, etc.
Addition of selective particles (i.e. oxides, etc.) to hinder mechanical abuse and
improve shear thickening behaviour.
New separator materials with flame retardant and improved ion transport capabilities,
high melting point, and mechanical stability
New binder materials with thermal, mechanical and electrochemical stability (self-
healing systems), low ionic and electrical resistance, improved adhesion and cohesion,
and preventing swelling and porosity reduction in electrodes.
Projects need to justify the relevance of the selected components which will be addressed and
how the new materials, and the combination of them, will lead to better safety outcomes. To
the extent possible the safety and sustainability of developed materials should be assessed in
alignment with the Commission Recommendation on safe and sustainable by design
chemicals and materials124.
124
Commission Recommendation (EU/2022/2510) establishing a European assessment framework for
‘safe and sustainable by design’ chemicals and materials.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).
Projects may collaborate and/or contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support
Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Eligibility conditions The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following
exceptions apply:
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning,
navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must
make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and
services may additionally be used).
The Joint Research Centre (JRC) may participate as member of the
consortium selected for funding.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and financial The rules are described in General Annex G. The following
set-up of the Grant exceptions apply:
Agreements The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit
legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible
costs.
Expected Outcome: Stakeholders engaged with the battery value chain need to be provided
with accurate, reliable and immutable battery information e.g. related to ESGE
(Environmental, Social, Governance & Economic) indicators and monitor thermal runaway at
any stage of the value chain. Furthermore, the proposed Batteries Regulation 125 and future
regulations will extend the due diligence to all domains of the battery value chain in the
upcoming years. The EU Data Strategy is setting a clear architectural approach to federated
data and is enabling a great opportunity to boost the EU dataspace on batteries.
The availability of shared, interoperable, and trusted data for improving recycling and second
life application might promote new business, assuring workforce and transportation safety.
Indicators such as SoH (State of Health), SoS (State of Safety), SoP (State of Power) should
be calculated in accurate, reliable, immutable, and standardized way, based on historical data
(usage profile, working temperatures, etc.) of the battery or cells.
A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the
green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependencies for critical raw
materials by promoting resource efficiency.
A Digital Product Passport (DPP), a proper tracking and blockchain solution, DLT
(Distributed Ledger Technology)-solution or an equivalent solution that allows for built-
in data authenticity verification, along the value chain, with no data duplication,
avoiding data manipulation assuring privacy by design, with a low power consumption
and promoting data interoperability.
A set of transparent calculation methods for the relevant battery indicators stored in the
DPP, which can be used as a base to set future standards.
A demonstration of new business models in the different parts of the battery value chains
and of circular data extraction, based on data sharing.
A solution which has been tested throughout the entire battery value chain.
At least 2 real life pilots capable to exploit data generated by DPP and to test two of the
innovative solutions proposed.
125
COM(2020) 798 final, Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council
concerning batteries and waste batteries, repealing Directive 2006/66/EC and amending Regulation
(EU) No 2019/1020
Boost of the use of recycled and reusable material to reduce energy usage/CO2 footprint.
Increase of competitiveness of the European battery industry across the value chain
(from mines and refiners to cell manufacturers to cell integrators).
Be applicable to 3 or more use cases among the main transport or mobile applications
(such as road, waterborne, airborne and rail transport, as well as non-road mobile
machinery and industrial applications), with the aim to maximize the impact on the
European industry.
Be able to facilitate real-time data recognition for different indicators and at local device
- even when the battery ceases to be part of the Energy Storage System (ESS).
Engage a variety of stakeholders along the whole battery value chain to assure the
continuous traceability and assure that accountability will not be lost from raw or
recycled raw material to first and second life and recycling.
Validate its interoperable data sharing strategy by adopting a unique battery data space
and testing of interoperability between different subsystems (mobility, energy, etc.) is
encouraged.
Develop a safety second life-battery certification protocol, and hazard alerts system to
assure liability and protection during transport, and second use.
Focus on the lithium-ion battery chemistries currently on the market - or reaching the
market in the short term, with the potential to quickly adapt to next-generation battery
chemistries and assess its safety tracking.
Projects need to be compliant with the following EU strategy and regulations framework:
1. Green Deal and in particular Circular Economy Action Plan’s Sustainable Product
Initiative,
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).
Proposals should interface with the project(s) funded under the topic DIGITAL-2021-
TRUST-01-DIGIPASS “Digital Product Passport: sustainable and circular systems” and
notably its activities regarding batteries. They should also establish cooperation and
complementarity with the selected proposal under the topic HORIZON-CL4-2022-
RESILIENCE-01-05 “Technological solutions for tracking raw material flows in complex
supply chains”, which is tracking raw material flows for batteries value chains and others.
They should furthermore establish collaboration with the partnership “Battery Passport” under
the Global Battery Alliance 126 . In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international
cooperation is encouraged, in particular with the USA, Japan and South Korea.
Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research
Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of providing added value regarding various
aspects of battery sustainability, performance or safety.
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01
126
https://www.globalbattery.org/battery-passport/
Indicative budget(s)127
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
127
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
128
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: The pre-treatment process is the first and indispensable step in recycling
Lithium-ion batteries (LIBs), which significantly affects the recycling rate of the spent
devices and the extraction rate of the high-value metals in the subsequent metallurgical
processes. The batteries also contain toxic chemicals, which should be preventatively
separated to promote environmental protection and sustainability. Moreover, the pre-treatment
processes also help to reduce the scrap volume and allow the separation of the battery
components.
1. A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the
green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependencies for critical raw
materials by promoting a circular economy.
2. The direction of the EU battery industry towards the zero-waste concept by developing
holistic, materials and energy efficient recycling processes that can increase the content
of recovered mass and by improving the cooperation between recyclers and battery
manufacturing through a vertical integration strategy, for those cases where battery
and/or component repurposing is not a viable option.
5. Safe technologies aimed at improved recovery yield, increased quality and purity level
of the recycled/recovered materials, improved impurity removal.
Scope: The current EOL LIB recycling technologies are focused on improving the recovering
efficiency of Cobalt that is the most valuable material. However, other no-Co battery contents
need to be extracted in one go to develop recycling processes with economic, societal and
environmental perspectives. They, for instance, include low-density plastics, metal shells and
foils, binders, separators, organic solvents, Li salt, anode active materials. Successful
separation methods have the potential to enrich the constituent of targeted materials and
improve the profit for recycling.
In recent years, several pre-treatment processes were tested at least at lab-scale (usually
mechanical, thermal and chemical options). The goal is to develop and integrate new
advanced pre-processing concepts that enable more efficient and safe technologies for
recycling EoL LIBs. Substantial improvements should be achieved in the processes
environmental and economic viability and in the circular economy, narrowing the
sustainability gaps in the whole battery recyclates pre-treatment.
1. Battery sorting at component level that should be more efficient, accurate, also including
recommendations for the standardisation of labelling of battery components, due to the
huge variation of physical configurations, cell types and chemistries, with the aim of re-
using the suitable components.
2. Advanced pre-processing methods including (but not limited to) physical, mechanical,
dry, thermal and aqueous pre-treatment methods that allow improved pre-concentration
while minimising as much as possible waste side products.
4. Electrolyte valorisation through the development of sustainable and safe processes for
the recovery of Li-salts.
5. Separation of all the strategic battery materials that should be integrated into
existing/innovative recycling processes to mitigate potential effect of impurities.
6. Recovery of electrode current collectors (Al and Cu) that should be improved by
developing more efficient separation methods of the metal foils from the electrode
materials and easier removal of the organic binder.
7. Other recoverable not-active materials from the EoL battery (solvent as EC, DEC, DMC,
binders, separator).
8. Pre-assessing concepts by their life cycle sustainability and safety impacts and studying
overall techno-economical solutions for recovery systems in order to minimize cost,
environmental impact and system losses.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).
Pre-treatment should not impede on second life, according to the principles of the waste
hierarchy.
The topic will generate insights that may be of use for on-going research and innovation on
new recycling processes and concepts from topic HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-01-02.
Projects may collaborate and/or contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support
Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08.
Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research
Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of providing added value regarding various
aspects of battery sustainability.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal
Agreements entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.
Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 129.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the
green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependencies for critical raw
materials.
Development of post-lithium cell chemistries with target cell- and system-level cost,
safety, energy density and power metrics suitable for the selected stationary energy
storage markets.
Credible projected storage costs of less than 0.05 €/kWh/cycle by 2030, particularly for
applications with a (minimum) storage durations of up to 8 hours.
129
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Set out a clear route to a feasible, European-based supply chain that reduces reliance on
critical raw materials, substituting with abundant, non-toxic, inherently safe raw
materials and minimises the impact of possible international trade disruptions and
customs tariffs, taking account of the requirements for a range of stationary storage use
cases.
Projected product cycling life 5,000 cycles in conditions operating conditions typical of
the selected application.
A battery storage solution, that works safely and efficiently across a wide range of
ambient conditions.
A defined concept for demonstrable, highly sustainable, circular manufacturing for the
selected battery type, with sustainability measured in terms of recognised economic,
environmental, social and ethical metrics.
Scope: Non-lithium-based batteries have the potential to provide solutions for integration of
renewables by providing energy storage solutions, either stand-alone, or as part of larger grid.
Proposals are invited for projects which advance the development of non-Li battery systems,
show their potential to be manufactured at scale at a cost the market will bear, and which meet
regulatory requirements (including regulations for the recycling/re-use of batteries).
Projects may target any stationary storage applications, from a few kWh in small-scale
domestic behind-the-meter units, to many MWh in large utility-scale front-of-meter
installations.
Whilst stationary storage packaging constraints may not be as stringent as mobile applications
in terms of volume and mass, total cost (€/kWh/cycle) and safety are critical to proving
technological and commercial viability. Safety concerns become especially prominent as
installation sizes increase due to the huge amount of stored chemical energy.
Develop and demonstrate sustainable and safe non-lithium battery solutions from
abundant, non-toxic raw materials, capable of deployment in a large share of stationary
energy-storage markets aligning the safety and sustainability assessment with the
Commission Recommendation on safe and sustainable by design chemicals and
materials130.
130
Commission Recommendation (EU/2022/2510) establishing a European assessment framework for
‘safe and sustainable by design’ chemicals and materials.
Prove the battery system’s sustainability and compatibility with a European supply
chain.
Risks will be demonstrably managed to the lowest possible level and within standard
acceptable societal limits for toxicity and safety.
Develop new materials that improve techno-economic performances and/or the ability to
meet sustainability targets.
Show how cell and system design and material improvements optimise techno-economic
performance by defining (i) technical and commercial targets, and (ii) quantified success
criteria/KPIs by which progress toward achieving the targets may be evaluated during
both development and validation phases of the project.
Provide evidence of current and future sustainability, viable European supply chains and
rigorous analyses of the complex sustainability and recyclability issues including
compatibility with regulation, including recycling regulations.
BMS development is within scope where relevant but should not be the main focus of the
project. In any case, developments of the BMS need to take into account the renewable energy
directive and any pending amendments, notably for the requirements for real-time access to
the data of the BMS.
Projects which, in addition, demonstrate the suitability of the solution under development for
other emerging energy storage markets, such as motive power for off-road and transport
applications with similar system requirements are encouraged.
Projects focussed on materials discovery for novel chemistries are out of scope. However,
material refinements of known chemistries undertaken to achieve performance, sustainability,
safety and cost targets are in scope.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating
the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Proposals should indicate to which chapters of the Strategic Research and Innovation Plan for
chemicals and materials131 they will contribute.
In order to achieve the expected outcomes, international cooperation is encouraged for use
cases, particularly with India, Africa and Australia.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected contribute to all the following outcomes:
A European economic base which is stronger, more resilient, competitive and fit for the
green and digital transitions, by reducing strategic dependencies for critical raw
materials by promoting a circular approach to manufacturing and resource efficiency.
Advancing circular and sustainable design and business practices relating to advanced
batteries and associated value chains.
131
https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-
enabling-technologies/advanced-materials-and-chemicals_en
Improving the life cycle sustainability performance of batteries produced in the EU, both
in terms of reducing environmental impacts and maximising socio-economic benefits,
including increased closed-loop practices.
Supporting the achievement of established EU recycling efficiency targets for 2030 and
beyond.
Contribution to the following outcomes is optional, depending on the scope of the project:
Enabling tools and best practice for multiple industry sectors in order to improve the
European industrial ambitions and global leadership beyond batteries.
Scope: Proposals should cover at least two of three scope categories (business models, cross-
industry tools, sustainable design) and at least three bullet points in total:
Business models
Development of new business models and social innovations that promote the
sustainable mobilisation of resources.
Cross-industry tools
Sustainable design
Innovations in battery design and architecture at all levels (system, pack, cell)
supporting dismantling and recycling at the end of life. These could include the
choice of materials and assembly methods and should not compromise the
performance.
Research and design of batteries from recycled materials and fully recyclable.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).
Projects may collaborate and/or contribute to the activities of the Coordination and Support
Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08.
Proposals could consider the involvement of the European Commission's Joint Research
Centre (JRC) whose contribution could consists of providing added value regarding various
aspects of battery sustainability.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Batteries have complex and dynamic processes taking place in and
between materials and at the interfaces/interphases within a battery cell. For each new battery
chemistry explored, new challenges in understanding these processes are revealed. To
accelerate the finding of new materials and their combinations for both existing and future
battery chemistries the iterative and fragmented trial and error approach used today needs to
be replaced since it is slow and insufficient.
To accelerate the discovery of battery interfaces, materials and new sustainable concepts with
high energy and/or power performance there is a need to develop a fully autonomous and
chemistry neutral Materials Acceleration Platform (MAP) for battery materials and interfaces.
This is a key and long-term challenge for European battery community. The aim is to
integrate advanced multi-scale computational modelling, materials synthesis, characterisation
and testing to perform closed-loop autonomous materials findings and interphase engineering
that would accelerate by at least a factor of five the discovery of new battery chemistries with
ultra-high performances.
Building upon the shared data infrastructure, standards and protocols developed in the
BATTERY 2030+ initiative, this call topic addresses the need of increasing the level of
autonomy in the MAP-based discovery and development process. The proposal should also
cover the contribution and collaboration to the BATTERY 2030+ large scale initiative.
Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes
Develop new tools and methods for significantly accelerating the development and
optimisation of battery materials and interfaces, in order to increase the competitiveness
of the battery material and cell industry in Europe.
Demonstrate a robotic system that is capable of material synthesis for inorganic, organic
or hybrid compounds following standard synthesis routes via automated characterisation
of intermediate and final products and autonomous decision-making.
Deploy predictive hybrid physics- and data-driven models for the spatio-temporal
evolution of battery interfaces and demonstrate inverse design of a battery
material/interface.
Scope:
Infrastructure tools for secure remote data access, data analysis and predictive
modelling: Develop a FAIR132 data infrastructure for raw and curated experimental and
modelling data, which can be accessed remotely and securely by relevant stakeholders,
including industry. Develop the software infrastructure required to operate this platform,
also with regard to future reproducibility and further exploitation of the results of the
research activities. The software should provide specific access right and allow remote
data access, complemented by distributed workflows using software-agnostic workflow
engines that provide rapid-prototyping. Inverse materials design using hybrid physics-
and data-driven battery interface genome models should also be demonstrated.
132
FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable)
Autonomous synthesis robotics and orchestration software: The transition from low/no
automated robotics for the synthesis of battery materials requires several R&I steps
towards fully autonomous systems. Within the scope of this proposed call are partially
autonomous systems following standard synthesis routes for inorganic and organic
battery materials, especially also multi-step and high-temperature synthesis, that so far
are challenging to automate for high throughput. AI-based orchestration and
optimisation software modules and packages specifically targeting battery materials and
interfaces are also central to the scope.
Inverse design and AI-assisted scale-bridging models for multiple time- and length-scale
processes: To develop scale-bridging models correctly describing the multiple
mechanisms occurring at atomistic scale and the mesoscopic scale on the cell level. The
new model approaches should be able to incorporate data from the advanced sensing in
virtual design optimisation and battery control algorithms for SoX estimation. Sensitivity
analysis and uncertainty quantification of the developed SoX models is also a
requirement to assess the robustness of the developed models. These models should
achieve a challenge based rational balance of accuracy and computational effort. They
should accurately describe the actual state of the system, but also enable diagnosis and
prediction, e.g., when self-healing procedures should be initiated. Multiscale Modelling
approaches should be developed for the control of safety between BOL (Beginning Of
Life) and EOL (End of Life) of a battery system by different uses and diagnosing the
safety state of a battery system by innovative methods.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Scope: This topic focusses on the development of novel bottom-up technological solutions
with breakthrough potential across all parts of the energy sector value chain, as well as all
energy-related aspects in the transport sector.
Projects supported under this topic should consider at least one of the following areas:
The following areas should not be covered, as they fall within either partnerships or other
calls:
Renewable energy technologies covered under the call D3-1-49 on ‘Next generation of
renewable technologies) and renewable hydrogen production.
Batteries and especially long-term electricity storage technologies, covered under D3-2-
17 as well as flow batteries.
Material research.
The proposal should: i) present a robust research methodology including ambitious yet
realistic conversion efficiency targets to be validated in the lab ii) establish the technological
feasibility of the proposed concept iii) include a proper assessment of environmental, social,
and economic benefits and iv) consider the applicability of the proposed technology in various
sectors.
In developing its concept, the proposal should address the following aspects:
Low environmental impact (e.g. on climate change and pollution) quantified based on
Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) framework.
Prospective life cycle approach to be done with the relevant information that can be gathered
at such TRL level.
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02
Indicative budget(s)133
133
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
134
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Eligibility conditions The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following
exceptions apply:
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning,
navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must
make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and
services may additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and financial The rules are described in General Annex G. The following
set-up of the Grant exceptions apply:
Agreements The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit
legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible
costs.
Expected Outcome: As Li metal anodes will be needed for the Gen 4b, Gen 4c and Gen 5
batteries, it is important to create a European production chain for their manufacturing, in
order to guarantee secure supply chains for the next generation battery producers with a focus
on high performance and recyclability for Gen 4b, Gen4c or Gen5 cells.
4. Ensure stability of Li during handling, processing and operation using coatings or other
protective technologies (e.g. barriers/protective layers).
6. Homogeneous Li films with thickness below 20µm, contributing towards energy density
levels of 400-500 Wh/kg.
7. The developed process should be compatible with recycling targets (with respect to
purification of scrap with protective coating) and assure recyclability to more than 70%
of Li metal in battery waste, (90% Li metal for production scrap).
A demonstration of the performance of Li at cell level in SoA benchmark cell (at least TRL5
with at least 1 Ah capacity). Validation in Generation 4b, 4c and/or Generation 5 cells is
highly encouraged.
Scope: Proposals under this topic are expected to cover all of the following bullet points:
Control of the passivation of Li metal films, and to understand how the passivation is
linked with the dry room conditions and requirements. The goal is to find the optimal
way: high passivation and lower quality dry room, or low passivation and higher quality
dry room, and how these selections are linked with cost, energy consumption and
performance of the cells.
The project is expected to also guarantee safety of the Li film production and handling, which
has to be demonstrated in a process that is compatible for large scale production.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).
The project is encouraged to cooperate with projects stemming from call topic HORIZON-
CL5-2023-01-01 Technologies for sustainable, low carbon and cost-efficient downstream
processing and production of battery-grade materials.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
the relevant manufacturing techniques which are affecting performance, safety and costs;
Cell designs which will allow for full and easy recyclability at the end of their life.
This topic also aims at evaluating the possible manufacturing compatibility with existing
lithium-ion production infrastructure.
Conversion systems based on metallic anodes with enhanced safety, delivering on cost,
performance, sustainability and recyclability, with clear prospects for the feasibility of
the scale-up of the manufacturing processes.
135
As defined in the Batteries Europe Strategic Research Agenda
https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/documents/batteries_europe_strategic_research_agenda_dece
mber_2020__1.pdf
Metallic anode protection and/or activation for conversion systems (polymer, ceramic
and hybrid electrolytes) with increased safety, cycle life and low cost.
Post lithium-ion cells based on cations other than lithium with long cycle-life (Sodium-
ion is excluded and covered by topic HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01-02 ).
In addition, projects are expected to contribute to creating rechargeable batteries that will
work in realistic environments, are recyclable and with low environmental impact, and have
safe manufacturing processes. To the extent possible the safety and sustainability of
developed materials should be assessed in alignment with the Commission Recommendation
on safe and sustainable by design chemicals and materials136.
Translating these outcomes into indicative KPIs to guide the R&I efforts, projects are
expected to show a credible technical pathway to achieve all the following targets by 2030
and beyond:
A safe behaviour at cell level: expected EUCAR Hazard level below 4 for automotive;
level 2 for aviation and waterborne applications;
Specific energy at cell level targeting 500 Wh/kg, and volumetric energy density at cell
level targeting 600 Wh/l;
Scope: Proposals should address improvements in sustainable materials designs137 to reach the
manufacturability and high safety of the selected technology.
Successful projects are expected to cover at least three of the following bullet points:
Improvement of materials:
Scalable and manufacturable surface coating materials for metallic anode protection
and/or activation (e.g. CVD, PLD, ALD…) to increase safety and cycle life.
Binders with high chemical and thermal stability to reduce toxicity and enable the
use of water-based manufacturing processes.
136
Commission Recommendation (EU/2022/2510) establishing a European assessment framework for
‘safe and sustainable by design’ chemicals and materials.
137
The future Commission initiative for Safe and Sustainable by Design [Reference to updated industrial
research site on Europa.eu to be added which will link to the relevant Commission documents. Already
available ‘Review of safety and sustainability dimensions, aspects, methods, indicators, and tools’,
under consultation ‘Framework for the definition of criteria and evaluation procedure for chemicals and
materials’.] will set a framework for assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and
should be considered as a baseline for proposals.
Design and development of new cell technologies with higher capacities compared
to Li-ion cells.
New efficient and sustainable catalysts that can promote polysulfide conversion in
Metal-S batteries or the oxygen evolution/reduction reactions in rechargeable
Metal-air batteries.
Innovative cell design ensuring high performances, low cost and ready for
recycling.
Design production with low environmental impact, safe and healthy environment
for workers, low energy consumption.
Projects are encouraged to demonstrate also techno-economic suitability of the solution for
other emerging markets, such as motive power for off-road applications, or energy storage
applications.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation and deployment (feasibility study, business plan).
Projects are expected to collaborate and contribute to the activities of the Coordination and
Support Action defined under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D2-01-08, including the
definition of a long-term research roadmap for this topic.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
This topic focuses on delivering a safe and sustainable by design approach for batteries
reduced in size and weight which will deliver the performance necessary for mobile
applications. The objective is to ruggedise energy storage packs by enlarging the
environmental and operational conditions in which they can operate, while maintaining a high
level of performance and achieving a reduction in the size and weight of the battery pack.
An increase of the net useful mass and volumetric energy density of the battery system
between 10% and 30% compared to the state-of-the-art battery systems.
The improvement of the safety by design measures throughout the battery lifetime and
during operation.
The solutions should be demonstrated and validated at application level and should comply
with all relevant standards (performance and safety). They are also encouraged to contribute
to standardisation of measures for safe thermal management.
Scope: Projects should achieve size and weight reduction by integrating different technologies
such as:
The use of lightweight and multi-functional materials (including, but not limited to, the
use of nanomaterials) that are safe and sustainable by design in alignment with
Commission Recommendation (EU/2022/2510) and lightweight structures for battery
casing.
To reach those targets, improvements in both components in the cell and in the pack will be
considered.
Proposals are expected to also address innovations in the manufacturing processes that result
in size and weight reduction of the packs.
In addition, projects are expected to improve battery performance and safety by demonstrating
innovative thermal management systems, which enhance fast charging capability or high-
power application during operational lifetime (heating and cooling).
Finally, projects should enhance the safety throughout the full battery lifetime and for failure
conditions by developing and demonstrating safe by design measures, for example such as:
The projects are to focus on the battery system level, i.e., on the integration of battery cells
into a battery system (e.g., a battery pack), considering mechanical, electrical and thermal
aspects.
The integration of battery systems into larger systems of application (e.g., into vehicles
structure) can be part of scope (e.g. cell to casing integration) as long as it can be
demonstrated as a possibility to reduce overall packaging space, battery weight and battery
performance improvement.
All solutions are expected to consider optimal design for manufacturing, end of life
management and LCA analysis and disassembly.
The Commission initiative for Safe and Sustainable by Design 138 will set a framework for
assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and which should be considered
as a reference in the proposal.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating
the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
138
See documents defining the SSbD framework and criteria on: https://ec.europa.eu/info/research-and-
innovation/research-area/industrial-research-and-innovation/key-enabling-technologies/advanced-
materials-and-chemicals_en
The transition of the energy system will rely on reducing the overall energy demand and
making the energy supply side climate neutral, in current and future climate conditions. R&I
actions will help to make the energy supply side cleaner, more secure, and competitive by
boosting cost performance and reliability of a broad portfolio of renewable energy solutions,
in line with societal needs and preferences. Furthermore, R&I activities will underpin the
modernisation of the energy networks to support energy system integration, including the
progressive electrification of demand side sectors (buildings, mobility, industry) and
integration of other climate neutral, renewable energy carriers, such as clean hydrogen.
Innovative energy storage solutions (including chemical, mechanical, electrical and thermal
storage) are a key element of such energy system and R&I actions will advance their
technological readiness for industrial-scale and domestic applications. Carbon Capture,
Utilisation and Storage (CCUS) is a CO2 emission abatement option that holds great potential
and R&I actions will accelerate the development of CCUS in electricity generation and
industry applications.
This destination contributes to the activities of the Strategic Energy Technology Plan (SET
Plan) and its implementation working groups.
This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations
(KSO):
C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable
economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production
systems;
Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;
The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to “More efficient,
clean, sustainable, secure and competitive energy supply through new solutions for smart
139
‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’,
as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
grids and energy systems based on more performant renewable energy solutions”, notably
through
ii. Ensuring cost-effective uninterrupted and affordable supply of energy to households and
industries in a scenario of high penetration of variable renewables and other new low
carbon energy supply. This includes more efficient approaches to managing smart and
cyber-secure energy grids and optimisation the interaction between producers,
consumers, networks, infrastructures and vectors (more detailed information below).
iii. Accelerating the development of Carbon Capture, Use and Storage (CCUS) as a CO2
emission mitigation option in electricity generation and industry applications (including
also conversion of CO2 to products) (more detailed information below).
In line with the “do not significantly harm” principle for the environment, research and
innovation actions for all renewable energy technologies aim to also improve the
environmental sustainability of the technologies, delivering products with reduced greenhouse
gas emissions and improved environmental performance regarding water use, circularity,
pollution, and ecosystems. For biofuels and bioenergy improving the environmental
sustainability is associated to the biomass conversion part of the value chain and the quality of
140
Direct solar fuels are in this context renewable synthetic fuels made by direct conversion routes from
solar to chemical energy
the product, while air pollution associated to combustion in engines falls in the scope of other
destinations in Cluster 5 and other environmental aspects will be under Cluster 6.
Synergies with activities in cluster 4 are necessary for integrating renewable energy
technologies and solutions in energy consuming industries and ensure that renewable energy
solutions do not harm the environment. Complementarities with cluster 6 concern mainly
biomass-related activities and with EIC low technology readiness level actions.
All renewable energy technologies are addressed as they have all a strong international market
potential, and it will be coherent with the EU policy of industrial leadership worldwide.
PV, wind energy and heat pumps, encompassing the most readily available renewable
energy technologies to reduce the EU’s dependence on fossil fuels. (17 topics)
The remainder of the topics also contributes to the objective of decreasing the EU’s
dependence on fossil fuels, with the focus either on specific renewable energy sectors
(bioenergy, geothermal, hydropower, ocean energy and solar thermal) or on cross-
technology activities (next generation renewable energy, market measures, international
cooperation). (18 topics)
Reduced cost and improved efficiency of sustainable renewable energy and renewable
fuel technologies and their value chains.
Support de-risking of sustainable renewable energy and fuel technologies with a view to
their commercial exploitation to contribute to the 2030 “Fit for 55” targets increasing the
share of renewable electricity, heat and fuels in the EU energy consumption (in
particular, 40% renewable energy overall, 2.2% advanced biofuels and 2.6% renewable
fuels of non-biological origin).
Enhanced security and autonomy of energy supply in the EU, while accelerating the
green transition.
Affordable, secure and sustainable energy solutions to diversify gas supplies in the EU
by increasing the level of biomethane.
Reinforced European scientific basis and European export potential for renewable
energy technologies through international collaborations (e.g., the AU-EU Climate
Change and Sustainable Energy partnership, the missions and innovation communities of
Mission Innovation 2.0).
Enhanced sustainability of renewable energy and renewable fuels value chains, taking
fully into account circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects in line
with the European Green Deal priorities.
More effective market uptake of sustainable renewable energy and fuel technologies to
support their commercialisation and provide inputs to policy making.
Increased resilience of the energy system, based on improved and/or new technologies
and energy vectors, to control the system and maintain system stability under difficult
circumstances.
Increased flexibility and resilience of the energy system to plan and operate different
networks for different energy carriers simultaneously in a coordinated manner that will
also contribute to climate neutrality of hard-to-electrify sectors.
Innovative data-driven services for consumers that empower them to engage in the
energy transition. Enhanced consumer satisfaction and increased system flexibility
thanks to enabling consumers to benefit from new energy services and facilitating their
investment and engagement in the energy transition.
Improved energy storage and energy vector technologies, in particular technologies for
long-term storage of electricity and heat.
Foster the European market for new energy services and business models as well as
tested standardised and open interfaces of energy devices through a higher degree of
interoperability, increased data availability and easier data exchange.
More effective and efficient solutions for transporting and seamlessly integrating off-
shore energy with new electricity transmission technologies, in particular using
superconducting technologies, power electronics and hybrid Alternate Current – Direct
Current grid solutions as well as MT HVDC (Multi Terminal High Voltage Direct
Current) solutions.
Development of cyber-security and privacy tools and technologies tailor-made for the
specific requirements of the energy system.
Proven feasibility of integrating CO2 capture, CO2 storage and CO2 use in industrial
facilities and to maximize the efforts to close the carbon cycle. Demonstrating these
technologies at industrial scale should pave the way for subsequent first-of-a-kind
industrial projects.
Reduced cost of the CCUS value chain, with CO2 capture being still the most relevant
stumbling block for a wider application of CCUS. Develop innovative technology for
CO2 conversion to reduce the need for pre-concentration and/or purification.
Assess the environmental impacts and risks, in the short, medium and long term, of
CCUS technologies, with respect to the Do No Significant Harm principle, and to inter-
generational solidarity.
2023 2024
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-01
Indicative budget(s)141
141
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
142
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
143
Of which EUR 17.60 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
144
Of which EUR 8.90 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
145
Of which EUR 7.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
146
Of which EUR 7.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
147
Of which EUR 10.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
148
06
148
Of which EUR 10.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
149
Of which EUR 10.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
150
Of which EUR 22.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
151
Of which EUR 6.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
152
Of which EUR 11.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
153
Of which EUR 10.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
154
Of which EUR 12.30 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
155
Of which EUR 7.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
156
Of which EUR 16.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
157
Of which EUR 10.10 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
158
Of which EUR 22.02 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.
additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome:
Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:
Increase the roll-out of local or regional renewable energy system solutions for
electricity, heat and fuel needs and contribute to their market up-take in Europe.
Create new sustainable jobs linked to local or regional renewable energy system value
chains and enhance economic growth in local or regional European communities.
Scope: The EU energy system strongly relies on centralised electricity generation and on fuel
imports, with 95% of its oil and 84% of its gas consumption sourced from outside the EU.
The REPowerEU Plan proposes a set of actions to reduce the EU’s dependence on fossil fuels
and diversify its energy supply ‘well before 2030’. The three pillars of the plan are to ramp up
the production of green energy, diversify our energy supplies, and reduce our demand for
fossil gas, coal and oil.
Renewable energy valleys are understood as decentralised renewable energy systems that
offer a viable and efficient solution to the challenges mentioned above. For example, local
production and consumption, reduced transmission and distribution losses thanks to the
reliance on local networks for energy needs, greater operational flexibility and reduced
dependence on expensive fuel imports all contribute to a higher energy autonomy, a more
secure supply, and lower, more stable overall energy costs, including for individual citizens.
In addition, this alleviates a part of the load on the centralised grid and avoids blockages by
the capacity of the grid.
production and storage of renewable energy from different local renewable energy
sources providing multiple renewable energy carriers (e.g., electricity, heat, renewable
fuels, bio-methane, biogas, hydrogen), fully covering the local energy needs on an
annual basis.
Consideration of different end users (e.g. buildings, mobility, industry, industrial parks)
of the multiple renewable energy carriers.
Reduction of energy use and energy losses through the integration of effective and
innovative energy-efficient solutions.
Development and testing of a digital twin of the specific local energy grid for all types of
energy carriers (i.e., electricity, heat, fuels including gases) for operational analysis,
detailed energy forecasting and local grid management.
Scenario analysis using the digital twin to constantly improve multiple carrier grid
management, planning, data gathering/handling and cyber security.
Regarding the development of the renewable energy technologies value chains, fostering
the participation of the local industry and other stakeholders, including citizens, Energy
Communities and the Energy Communities Repository 159 as appropriate, therefore
generating local jobs, skills, economic growth and benefits for citizens. As such,
providing support to the participation of citizens in the design, implementation and
exploitation of renewable energy, in order to increase acceptability. Where applicable,
synergies with other economic sectors than the energy sector may be considered.
Regarding the local or regional renewable energy system developed, assessment of its
stability, robustness, and fitness to the local resources and needs, including
understanding consumer behaviour.
Assessment of costs avoidance from fossil fuels imports in line with REPowerEU to
decrease the dependence on such imports.
Assessment - both at the design phase and during operation - of environmental and
socio-economic impacts (positive and negative) for the local community or region, and
development of measures to mitigate the negative impacts.
159
https://energy.ec.europa.eu/topics/markets-and-consumers/energy-communities_en
The renewable energy valleys can take diverse configurations, such as peri-urban settings,
(agro-) industrial clusters or remote or islanded areas. They can also take the form of either
distinct but combined systems or unique poly-generation systems (i.e., in the same
infrastructure) to deliver multiple energy carriers from combined renewable energy resources
and technologies.
The proposal should indicate how the operation and maintenance of the living lab will be
guaranteed after the end of the project.
Technological developments for hydrogen production and storage are addressed in the frame
of the Clean Hydrogen European Partnership and are therefore excluded from this call, but
proposals may include the integration of such devices in the demonstration.
Proposals are expected to foresee coordination and collaboration with similar EU-funded
projects (in particular, those that will be funded under this topic) for policy relevant issues
such as regulatory framework, business models and obstacles to innovation.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Contribute to the Renovation Wave, the Mission on climate-neutral and smart Cities and
the New European Bauhaus initiative.
Decrease costs and enhance lifetime, quality, reliability and sustainability with new
approaches for both PV module and BOS with the development of industrialized
production of customized products and of prefabricated modular solutions, which
incorporate an integrated life cycle approach.
Develop energy integration and social behaviour concepts to maximize the energy
matching between PV production and local buildings consumption, supported by new
tools and business models to ensure their economic effectiveness.
Demonstrations are expected to be carried out in more than one different construction
typologies (residential buildings, tertiary building [hospitals, schools, public administration
buildings, etc.]), or civil infrastructures (roadways, noise barriers, parking lots, bridges, etc.)
and in more than one location in Europe.
A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case
and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The
exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and
deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be
potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Projects are expected to contribute to the New European Bauhaus (NEB) initiative 160 by
interacting with the NEB Community, NEBLab and other relevant actions of the NEB
initiative through sharing information, best practice, and, where relevant, results.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal to a clean energy system and the
achievement of the net zero-emissions target. To this end, it is important to enhance
affordability, sustainability and exploit the modularity and synergies of application of PV
technologies.
Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
160
https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
Expand the potential application and minimise the environmental impact of Floating PV
(FPV) technology for inland and offshore waters.
Significant improvement of FPV designs that reduce both CAPEX and OPEX, maximize
energy output and thus reduce LCoE.
Develop (and verify) predictive yield models including dynamic behaviour of the PV
floats, temperature effects and wave induced mismatch losses, depending on the
application environment (wave height class) and scale of implementation.
Demonstrate advanced module and system concepts of adequate scale (min 5 MW) for
electrical output optimisation considering the disturbance of environmental factors to the
electrical output characteristics of PV modules and systems.
Demonstrate system components that satisfy the structural and functional requirements
for the entire lifecycle (coping with soiling and fouling, degradation, corrosion,
environmental stress cracking, UV stabilisation, exposure to water, salinity, humidity,
algae growth, toxicity). Address reliability and performance loss rates through the
development of accelerated stress testing specifically for FPV applications, operational
data, and visual inspection of FPV systems.
A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case
and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The
exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and
deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be
potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Renewable energy integration in the industrial sector is a key step in
achieving low-carbon production systems. Solar systems for industrial process heat and power
are gaining attention towards this goal and have the potential for significant scale up,
particularly in areas that combine a large and diverse industrial sector with rich solar
resources. Therefore, project results are expected to contribute to the following expected
outcome:
Energy efficient solar resource integration in the industrial sector for achieving low-
carbon, emission-free production systems.
Scope: Industrial processes need considerable amounts of heat and power. Much of the
demand for process heat, roughly 50% among the most energy-intensive manufacturing
industries, including food and beverages and pulp and paper, occurs at temperatures of 400 °C
or less. The Solar Thermal (ST) medium-temperature process heat or cogeneration with
electricity can be an effective way to transition to clean energy sources and displace
conventional fossil fuel use in industry. On the other side, Photovoltaic (PV) systems convert
sun-light to direct current (DC) electricity and the electricity can be used to power or heat
industrial processes directly (or via the grid) with electric heating technologies. The two solar
technologies (PV and ST) are not competing but can be suitably integrated in an energy
system to best benefit of the different features offered by the two options. This high synergy
output would allow a useful integration of solar in many industrial processes.
on the process integration concept (presenting opportunities for energy efficiency and
heat recovery) and process control, to reduce process power and heat demand to its
practical minimum for an energy efficient solar energy supply (possibly including
storage) investment.
Demonstrate the potential of hybrid approaches (PV and ST) that produce heat and
electricity to power a broad range of manufacturing end uses. A plan for the exploitation
and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and sound
exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation
plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment
(feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially
used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Improved performance of offshore wind turbines and efficient use of the marine space.
Reinforced European offshore wind turbine value chain, supporting local companies and
creating local jobs and skills.
Reduce the possible impacts of offshore wind turbines on protected species and habitats.
Reduced use of primary raw materials and reduced dependency on scarce raw materials.
Scope: The objective is to bring major innovations in the design and manufacturing of large
offshore wind farms, aiming at >15 MW for fixed bottom offshore applications and >12 MW
for floating offshore installations.
Attention can be paid to substantially reducing the wind turbine mass (rotor/nacelle/tower) as
well as on advanced lean marine-compatible substructures, advanced (dynamic) cabling and
connectors, including floating platforms and its moorings. Innovations such as compact
generators, smart blades, reliable drive trains, can be investigated alongside new turbine
designs. Innovative low-cost substructures with suitable geotechnical and hydro-dynamic
properties should be developed using long-lasting, anti-fouling, corrosion resistant materials
with high damping properties.
The projects should exploit improved understanding of the issues related to materials in the
upscaling of wind energy turbines/systems (stresses and strains, delamination, etc.)
The innovations should contribute to sustainability considering circularity in the design phase,
less (or no) use of (critical) raw materials and decreasing negative environmental and social
impacts. They should also contribute to the mitigation of the possible impacts to protected
species and habitats.
Such development will allow further deployment of offshore wind energy conversion systems
and dramatically increase the offshore wind potential while reducing public acceptability
barriers (noise, visual impact).
The active participation of relevant industrial partners and technology suppliers is essential to
form a multisectoral, multidisciplinary consortium able to achieve the full impact of the
project.
This R&I need is identified in the offshore renewable energy strategy (COM(2020) 741 final)
that describes that further R&I action is needed in critical raw material substitution, reducing
the environmental impacts of offshore technologies, and job creation.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 161.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Support de-risking the technology, boost scale-up of advanced biofuels for aviation and
/or shipping and contribute to their market up-take.
Respond to short- and medium-term needs for renewable fuels in aviation and /or
shipping.
Support better integration of advanced biofuel technologies in aviation and /or shipping.
161
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
A reduced cost or at least cost parity with existing biofuels for use in aviation and/or shipping
is expected, as for example the hydro processed esters and fatty acids (HEFA) for aviation
and the biodiesel for shipping. Proposals should provide information and assessment about the
economic feasibility and the potential of scaling-up the technology at commercial scale as
appropriate. The exploitation plans should include preliminary feasibility study and business
plan also indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as private equity,
the InvestEU, the EU Catalyst Partnership and the Innovation Fund).
GHG reduction from fossil equivalents above the state of the art should be shown.
The sustainability and GHG reduction should be addressed on a life-cycle assessment basis.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Support de-risking the technology, boost scale-up of synthetic renewable fuel for
aviation and /or shipping and contribute to their market up-take.
Respond to short- and medium-term needs for renewable fuels in aviation and /or
shipping.
Support better integration of synthetic renewable fuel technologies in aviation and /or
shipping.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
The tidal energy farms have to be connected to the electricity grid. To focus on the
technologies with the greatest chances of success, the single tidal device to be used in the
array deployment is expected to be satisfactorily demonstrated at full scale before, with
limited changes to incorporate the learnings. Any change on the tidal device may be
incremental but should not involve fundamental changes to the device design or composition.’
The innovation component should mainly lie on the pilot farm systems and supporting
industrial manufacturing activities that enable a cost-effective and high-performance pilot
farm. The project is expected to deploy a tidal energy farm with a minimum capacity of 4
MW and operate the farm at least 2 years in the lifetime of the project. After the project it is
expected that the farm will continue to be operated for at least 8 years.
The project should develop and execute an effective operation and maintenance programme.
Proposals are expected to address also all the following for both the supporting infrastructure
for the farm and for the individual devices themselves:
Projects are requested to demonstrate the technologies at sea while respecting existing
environmental regulatory framework. Necessary mitigation measures should be
integrated to protect habitats and species. Present an environmental monitoring plan to
be implemented during the demonstration action. Environmental monitoring data should
be open source and be shared with EMODNET and the IEA OES environmental task.
The project has to include a clear go/no go moment ahead of entering the deployment phase.
Before this go/no-go moment, the project has to deliver the detailed engineering plans, a
The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation,
and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial model) indicating the possible
funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Data from the pilot structures should be collected to understand the performance and
behaviour of the structure and the surrounding environmental condition, to optimise the
concept and understand the environmental impact of tidal energy harvesting.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 162 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
162
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected
outcome:
Make sustainable seasonal storage solutions available to data centres to allow year-round
optimised operation in urban environments in an integrated way to supply heat to
neighbouring district heating system(s), agriculture and/or industry optimising use of
excess heating energy and required cooling energy.
Storage solutions with high round-trip efficiency, low dependence on critical raw materials,
low land/space footprint will be considered as advantage.
Scope: Two main obstacles arise in relation to the reuse of waste heat from data centres:
First, data centres produce more waste heat in summer/when it is hot outside. The PUE
(Power use effectiveness) of data centres vary considerably along the year, because in
winter they can resort to free cooling (using fresh air from the outside), while in summer
they need to ventilate more and use heat pumps to cool down the outside air. As a result,
an important part of data centres’ waste heat is produced when less people need it (at
least for domestic heating purposes).
Second, the heat produced is of poor quality (low temperatures and often light heat
vector), so that even for immediate use it is often not economically viable to use heat
pumps to “concentrate” it (increase temperature and, if necessary, communicate it to a
heavier vector).
Combining waste heat reuse with heat storage would allow data centres to better valorise their
waste heat in winter (under the form of residential heating for instance) while storing this heat
during hotter periods. From an economic perspective, the increase of waste heat that can be
valorised and sold by the data centre during the appropriate seasons may partially compensate
the additional costs of cooling during summer months. Such technologies may subsequently
apply to other industries generating important amounts of low temperature – low density heat.
Selected projects will test and further develop seasonal heat storage technologies through an
integrated pilot that includes at least the following technologies:
Heating and cooling exchange system for the data centre and the district heating system.
For efficiency purposes, the storage technology should be able to store the heat for a long time
(up to 6 months), with as little energy losses as possible, and using as few compressor steps as
possible. The storage technology should also be non-hazardous and be deployable close to
dwelling areas without posing a threat to them. Additionally, a specific consideration should
be given to the cyber-physical security of the combined storage and restitution system.
Optionally, the project could involve heat pump manufacturers to explore the benefits of heat
pump technologies to the overall heat storage facility.
Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial
model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the
Innovation Fund).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Increase the reliability of the energy system by enhancing flexibility and efficiency of
the European electricity grid to make it ready for the needed drastic increase of the
renewable energy share and more resilient to future shocks (such as cyber-attacks)
through scenario analysis and modelling.
Improve the data exchange between TSOs and DSOs and between network operators and
the market players, leveraging data exchange from prosumers.
Creation of new services for companies and public authorities based on the digital twin.
Scope: To deal with the rising complexity of the Energy System(s), and the impact of the fast-
changing energy market reality on the energy system, a digital twin of the electricity grid is a
key digital solution to support network operators and market players in performing a well-
informed decision-making. It is key tool to accelerate the innovation cycle and to reduce the
inertia of the energy sector when it comes to the integration of digital solutions in the energy
system in order to make it more efficient, resilient and able to integrate higher shares of
renewable energies. Digital transformation of the energy system is thus essential to meet the
objectives of REPowerEU.
Create, develop and test a Digital Twin of the Electricity Grid that covers dynamic
monitoring, (smart) grid planning, secure operation, forecasting and scenario analysis.
Promote new ways for energy companies, to share data and break the data-silos -
simplifying the data maintenance and exchange process - through a dynamic monitoring
of the whole system.
Synchronize data from various systems, including at least 5 TSO, 5 DSO and 5 market
parties that are not related in terms of ownership and with varying levels of infrastructure
maturity.
Use the Digital twin for multi-facetted resilience scenario analysis to investigate how the
electricity grid responds to stimuli or shocks (e.g. RES integration, cyber-attacks) and
what answers can be provided.
Test and pilot the applications of science and innovation in the energy sector (e.g. testing
the combination of key digital technologies such as High Performance Computing, Big
Data, AI, IoT and Cloud Computing) in order to foster the rapid development new
services based on them [e.g. Load Balancing, Power Management, Consumer Services,
Demand forecasting real time and interactive computing]. These new services should
help to enhance the flexibility and resilience of the EU energy system.
To ensure interoperability and integration into the grid and the federated European digital
infrastructure, specific demonstrators will make use of operational end-to-end architectures,
digital platforms and other data exchange infrastructure for the energy and cross-sector
systems being developed under ongoing Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe as well as under other
EU programs such as the Digital Europe Program and Connecting Europe Facility.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 163 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
163
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Scope: Projects are expected to implement the activities in (1), the practical demonstration in
(2) and the recommendations in (3) as described below:
1. Development of R&I activities, methodologies and tools for at least two of the sub-topics
(A, B, C or D). These can be developed/complemented among them and/or with others
pertinent to each sub-topic:
Integration with the UPS systems, innovative generation, sustainable (hybrid) energy
storage, etc.
Cost Benefit Analysis of the savings compared with the standard AC powered data
centre.
As a supporting reference for data centres, The EU Code of Conduct Data Centres
Energy Efficiency can be used.
Installation of intelligent DC system complete of all the related components (e.g., RES,
DC bus, sockets, LED lighting, heat pumps, EV charging stations, sustainable storage
systems, etc. The components can be either DC-based or AC-based and appropriately
adapted to work within the DC grid.
Analysis and identification of the main barriers (technical and non-technical) for the
development and deployment of MVDC and LVDC systems.
Demonstration of increased energy efficiency measures such as, for example the use of
variable-speed motors, led lighting, storage systems, etc.
Systems grounding to avoid stray currents and corrosion phenomenon from DC systems
such as e.g., rail applications.
Simulation, analysis, design, test and demonstration of all the IT needed for the grid
automation.
Analysis and definition of possible operating framework and business models for ports
acting as energy hubs.
Analysis, report and recommendations on the potential of the ports as energy hubs with
related planning for its development within the energy transition.
2. Demonstration, test and validation of at least two of the sub-topics developed in (1) (A, B,
C or D) in at least two pilots in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 22.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 164.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least two of the following
outcomes:
164
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
the AC system. Storage solutions should aim at high round-trip efficiency, low
dependence on critical raw materials, low land/space footprint.
Scope: Projects are expected to implement the activities in (1) or in (2) and the corresponding
practical demonstration in (3) as described below:
1. R&I, methodologies and tools involving the activities listed below. These can be
developed/complemented with others pertinent to the topic:
Development of smaller, more compact and/or lower voltage, higher current converter
topologies, including floating that can result in significant cost savings offshore.
2. Boost SF6-free technologies in high and medium voltage equipment, as well as a regulatory
roadmap for replacement and new assets (HV: TRL 4-5; MV: TRL 6-8):
3. Demonstration, test and validation of the activities developed in (1) or in (2) in at least two
pilots in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 165 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected
outcomes:
165
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Increased availability, robustness, and safety of sustainable and efficient energy storage
solutions to reduce energy losses, increase cost effectiveness and improve the
environmental footprint of the energy system.
Scope: Development of novel storage technologies, going beyond the state of the art, which
are providing best-fit in form of CAPEX, OPEX, efficiency and sustainability and are adapted
to specific needs of the energy system. Examples for such specific needs are responsiveness to
energy system flexibility need, necessary storage amount or specific requirements due to off-
grid situations. Focus is on longer-duration technologies, compared to lithium-ion technology,
which is currently dominating new storage projects. In scope are novel chemical, mechanical,
thermic storage technology solutions, excluding batteries and hydrogen. Innovative storage
solutions should show clear innovation with respect to the state of the art e.g. through use of
new advanced materials or new design solutions, always bearing in mind the objective of
sustainability and circular economy, minimizing the environmental footprint, which should be
underpinned by an LCA. The developed solutions should be highly performant in respect of
expected future investment and operational costs and business cases in existing or emerging
energy markets and go beyond the state-of-the art of existing storage solutions in respect of
two or more of the following parameters:
Sustainability;
Lifetime;
Projects should address to the extent appropriate intelligent energy management systems,
economic viability studies validated by industry and assessment of large-scale replication
potential.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 166 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Increased availability, robustness and safety of sustainable and efficient choices for
energy storage to increase security of supply, reduce energy losses, cost effectiveness
and improve the environmental footprint of the energy system.
166
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Scope: Demonstration of innovative heat and/or cooling storage technologies, going beyond
the state of the art, which address long-term energy storage up to cross-seasonal storage.
Large-scale solutions are expected to be embedded into
and/or integrate heat supply (industry waste heat) and demand for heat for industrial
processes.
They should optimise CAPEX, OPEX and round-trip efficiency of heat storage, as well as
circularity and sustainability of the system and its components, which are expected to be non-
toxic, highly durable and reasonably easy to recycle. Land (space) footprint is also an
important aspect which should be taken into account. An LCA should be performed. Strategic
independence is to be considered, i.e. use of abundant materials whenever it is possible.
The demonstration projects should address the required methodologies for the predictive
maintenance and control of the whole system.
Maximum use of all available thermal energy sources as well as systemic approach to
integration into energy system is to be ensured.
Projects should address economic viability studies validated by industry and assessment of
large-scale replication potential. The exploitation plans should include business plan
indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as private equity,
InvestEU, EU Catalyst Partnership and the Innovation Fund).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 18.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 for digital energy solutions
Readiness Level by the end of the project starting from general purpose digital solutions
of at least TRL 5-6 – see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Innovation in data-driven energy services by 3rd parties through fast spreading, market
uptake and validation under critical operating conditions in a real environment of
transparent, accessible and reliable highly distributed open platforms, frameworks and
mechanisms for data exchange and storage to support innovative services (for flexibility,
RES integration, etc.) across the EU, based on Open Source developed solutions.
Full set of relevant commonly agreed digital standards applicable to the energy sector
through extension and update of existing standards and new standards filling
standardisation gaps.
Scope:
The action should develop solutions that aim at increasing the integration of renewable
energy sources, as well as the local generation and consumption of energy and
processing of data by developing and piloting at scale open source, environmentally
friendly, easily upgradeable and energy-efficient cloud-edge solutions. The application
space should include but is not limited to bi-directional EV charging, smart buildings
and homes. Solutions are expected to be based on commonly agreed open standards. To
the greatest extent possible, they should be building on the common European cloud-
edge infrastructure as well as making use of and contributing to the emerging common
European data spaces in the fields of energy and mobility. Further, they should support a
more decentralised environment for grid flexibility and energy services, based on digital
enablers such as artificial intelligence, swarm computing and IoT.
Validation should be done at least three pilot sites in at least three Member
States/Associated Countries and could include under “financial support to third parties”
an open call for additional services using up to 10% of the total budget to attract further
users and suppliers, in particular SMEs. The modalities of the open call will be defined
by the consortium, based on the concrete needs of the project. The appropriate level of
data localisation and processing (cloud, edge, far edge, etc.) should be defined on-the-fly
by AI algorithms to optimise latency, energy consumption, security, and other important
parameters. The solutions must demonstrate critical operation capability such as low-
battery, fault tolerance, and harsh weather conditions to ensure the resilient operation.
To ensure the interoperability among the solutions and with other European IoT research
and innovation efforts in the energy and other sectors and the integration into the grid,
the project will make use of operational end-to-end architectures, digital platforms and
other data exchange infrastructure for the energy system being developed under ongoing
EU programmes and other relevant initiatives167. Preferably semantically interoperable
interactions, as enabled by the ETSI SAREF ontologies, should be used. The projects
will be expected to contribute to the piloting, uptake and further development of relevant
standards.
Solutions should include a credible market uptake plan of developed solutions across the
EU, in as diverse types of regions and electricity grids (in terms of climate, size,
economic activities), and enable 3rd parties, in particular SMEs, to use the developed
solutions as a basis to build their innovative data-driven energy services innovations for
energy consumers on top of the developed solution. These solutions should collaborate
where relevant with the Testing and Experimentation Facility (TEF) for the energy
sector.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 168, actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
167
For example, Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, Digital Europe Program and Connecting Europe Facility,
the Data Space design principles of Open DEI, the project supported under the Interoperability
Community CSA and aligned with the Digital Europe Data Centre Support Centre, etc.
168
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other
relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be
considered, when relevant.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.60 million.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
Organisational, logistic and secretarial support provided to the SET Plan Implementation
Working Group on HVDC.
Smooth implementation through supporting the actions of the SET Plan for HVDC and
DC Technologies in the coming years for the offshore as well as onshore grid
development.
Scope: The Implementation Working Group (IWG) on HVDC was set up in 2021 to address
specifically the grid development needs deriving from a renewable-based energy system, as
called by the Green Deal. With the perspective of the installation of 60 GW of offshore wind
and at least 1 GW of ocean energy by 2030 (300 GW and 40 GW by 2050), the Offshore
Renewable Energy Strategy has been the triggering event for the creation of the WG. The
activities of the IWG range from the support to the development of DC Technologies and
Systems to the fostering of the collaboration and coordination within the SET Plan countries
to ensure their active involvement.
The support action is intended to facilitate the work of the IWG by providing support to the
Implementation Plan on HVDC with activities focusing on:
Dissemination and networking activities with other existing ETIPs and IWGs (e.g., joint
workshops, thematic conferences, webinar series, regular exchanges, etc.).
Organisation and management of documents and files with feed-in of relevant outputs of
this CSA into the SET Plan information system (SETIS).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 40.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: The demo project is expected to use the CO2 from one or more capture
sites and build or use a transport infrastructure, incl. shipping if needed, to the selected
storage site where the CO2 will be injected. Practical experience with a demo project of that
kind will increase the knowledge of the full CCS value chain including risk mitigation
(financial, technical, and regulatory) taking into account the experience and results from
previous research projects. Beside others this might include
preparation of storage sites (depleted oil and gas reservoirs, saline aquifers, basalt rocks)
The demo project is expected to be the basis and orientation for future full-size projects.
Scope: The development of regional CCUS clusters and their connection to European CO2
transport and storage infrastructures that enables cross-border cooperation across regions is
crucial for reaching net-zero GHG emissions by 2050. The CCUS technology is not
sufficiently operational in Europe yet. To overcome the remaining challenges, further R&I of
CO2 transport and storage demo projects is needed.
Proposals will aim at the development of new demonstration projects connecting CO2 sources
with potential storage sites. Proposals are expected to include a sound assessment of their
environmental challenges and risks and feasibility studies focusing on the possible synergies
between related projects.
The key options for CO2 transportation are pipeline transport using new or repurposed
infrastructure incl. shipping or other transport modes. The expected demo projects should
assess the repurposing of existing pipeline networks and/or the creation of new CO2
transport infrastructure,
identify and evaluate the benefits and costs (including economic, environmental, social),
identify barriers to developing such an infrastructure and what action would be required
to overcome these.
A successful CO2 transport and storage demo project might require a European transport and
storage network with cross-border connections as not all countries have sufficient storage
capacity for their CO2 emissions.
The selection of the storage site for the project is expected to be based on a detailed
assessment. This should include a geological characterisation, including faults and facture
systems; analysis of initial stress field and geo-mechanical behaviour of the storage
formations and seals under varying stress and pore-pressure conditions; estimation of storage
capacity; accurate modelling of injectivity; overall storage risk assessment, including induced
seismicity and blow-out or blockage during injection, and including proposed mitigation
action. The assessment should include site-specific solutions for CO2 injection strategies,
pressure management, mitigation of induced seismicity, and MMV (measurement, monitoring
and verification).
For CO2 transport and geological storage, in particular onshore, public acceptability is
paramount. Therefore, projects are expected to identify and engage relevant end users and
societal stakeholders (such as civil society organisations, non-governmental organisations,
and local associations) in deliberative activities, so as to analyse their concerns and needs
using appropriate techniques and methods from the social sciences and humanities. This
should include attention to, significant differences in potential regional consequences where
the CO2 stored comes from power versus industry. Projects, therefore, could consider the
inclusion of relevant SSH expertise in order to enhance the societal impact of the related
research activities.
Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial
model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the
Innovation Fund).
Projects are strongly encouraged to join the EU CCUS knowledge sharing project network.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 71.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant This action is intended to be implemented in the form of an amendment
Agreements of the grant agreement concluded pursuant to topic HORIZON-CL5-
2021-D3-01-04.
Total indicative The total indicative budget for the co-funded European Partnership is
budget EUR 210 million for the period 2021-2027.
Expected Outcome: This topic is for the continuation of the Clean Energy Transition Co-fund
partnership (CET Partnership), i.e. EU contribution in WP 2023-2024.
A wider systemic transition and energy supply required for the climate transition in all
sectors of society; enabling the transition of the built environment, transport, industry
and other sectors to clean, low carbon energy.
And finally, an energy system that meets the needs of different parts of society, in
different geographical locations (urban and rural) and different groups.
It aims at empowering the energy transition and contribute to the EU’s goal of becoming the
first climate-neutral continent by 2050, by pooling national and regional R&I funding for a
broad variety of technologies and system solutions required to make the transition. It will
foster transnational innovation ecosystems from the very local and regional level, up to the
transnational European level, thus overcoming a fragmented European landscape. The CET
Partnership enables national and regional R&I programme owners and managers from
Member States and Associated Countries to align their priorities and implement annual joint
calls from 2022 to 2027. They also organise joint accompanying activities to enable a
dynamic learning process, extract strategic knowledge and maximise the impact to accelerate
the upscaling, replication and market diffusion of innovative solutions. This will foster the up-
take of cost-effective clean energy technologies.
The common vision of the CET Partnership is already manifested in its Strategic Research
and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) that has been co-created with the involved countries, the EU
SET Plan Implementation Working Groups and ETIPs, all energy relevant ERA-Nets as well
as the EERA joint programmes (over 500 editors, co-authors, commenters and discussants).
The SRIA articulates the common goal of (1) building a transnational transformative Joint
Programming Platform, (2) developing and demonstrating technology and solutions for the
transition of energy systems, and finally (3) building innovation ecosystems that support
capacity building at all levels.
The objective of this action is to continue to provide support to the European Clean Energy
Transition Co-fund Partnership identified in the Horizon Europe Strategic Plan 2021-2024
and first implemented under the topic HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04, and in particular to
fund additional activities (which may also be undertaken by additional partners) in view of its
intended scope and duration, and in accordance with Article 24(2) of the Horizon Europe
Regulation.
The new geopolitical and energy market realities require to drastically accelerate the clean
energy transition and increase energy independence from unreliable suppliers and volatile
fossil fuels. In support to the objectives of REPowerEU169 it is expected that the partnership
explores pathways and develop new actions to reinforce R&I investments accelerating the
clean energy transition and to reinforce the utilisation of R&I results.
It is expected that the European Clean Energy Transition Co-fund Partnership considers also
to reinforce the ambition of the planned 2023 joint call and will continue the implementation
of its SRIA by setting up joint calls in 2024 and 2025. The partnership can consider to set-up
also joint calls without co-funding of from the Union.
Taking into account that the present action is a continuation of the topic HORIZON-CL5-
2021-D3-01-04 and foresees an amendment to an existing grant agreement, the proposal
should also present in a separate document the additional activities (which may include
additional partners) to be covered by the award in terms of how they would be reflected in the
grant agreement.
While the award of a grant to continue the Partnership in accordance with this call should be
based on a proposal submitted by the coordinator of the consortium funded under the topic
HORIZON-CL5-2021-D3-01-04 and the additional activities (which may include additional
partners) to be funded by the grant should be subject to an evaluation, this evaluation should
take into account the existing context and the scope of the initial evaluation as relevant, and
related obligations enshrined in the grant agreement.
The Commission envisages to include new actions in its future work programmes to provide
continued support to the partnership for the duration of Horizon Europe.
169
REPowerEU: affordable, secure and sustainable energy for Europe | European Commission (europa.eu)
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02
Indicative budget(s)170
170
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
171
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Advance the European scientific basis and increase technology competitiveness and
technology export potential in the area of bioenergy.
Reduced cost and improved technical performance and efficiency of bio-based heat
and/or CHP.
Scope: Development of novel near zero-emission bio-based heat and/or CHP technologies,
which allow for highly efficient use of sustainable solid biomass residues, going hand in hand
with close to zero emissions for particles and harmful gaseous emissions including NOx, SOx,
aromatics etc. Flexibility for different biomass fuels and power/heat ratios featuring a wide
range of temperatures for heat supply as well as technological interfaces for carbon capture as
well as high cost-efficiency for the consumer are to be included.
The near zero-emission solution has to be implemented and assessed for the running biomass-
based heat and/or CHP system at pilot scale. Cost performance and environmental impact
should be assessed and improved in comparison to state-of-the-art emissions capture and
cleaning systems.
Socio-economic aspects including SDGs when applying such solutions in regions in transition
from coal, lignite, peat, or other fossil fuels should be analysed and illustrated in the proposal.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Scope: Support will be given to novel thermal energy storage solutions for CSP plants. The
thermal energy storage solutions proposed will have to be more efficient, cost effective and
reliable than current commercial solutions and achieve similar performance in terms of cycles.
The applicants should convincingly present that the storage solution that is developed has the
potential to be applied at commercial level.
Projects should consider the possible impact on human health and assess the sustainability of
the proposed solutions in environmental and socio-economic terms, taking into consideration
the global value chains. Applicants are encouraged to consider a ‘circularity by design’
approach.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Scope: Support will be given to innovative solutions to manufacture components and/or sub-
systems and/or systems for solar thermal applications. The manufacturing solutions should
increase the production output and reduce the cost vis-à-vis current production lines. The
solutions should integrate quality controls and be flexible enough to adapt to various solar
thermal applications.
The proposal should assess and optimize the requirements in terms of materials needed to
produce the components and/or sub-systems and/or systems.
The plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this
topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy. The exploitation
plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment
(feasibility study, business plan), indicating the possible funding sources to be used (in
particular, the Innovation Fund).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following
expected outcomes:
Scope: Support will be given to develop innovative heat pumps and/or heat pump
components. The innovative heat pumps and/or heat pump components should be more
efficient and more reliable than current commercial solutions. They should be safe and
affordable.
The proposal should assess and optimize the requirements in terms of materials needed to
produce the heat pumps and/or heat pump components.
Applicants should apply a ‘circularity by design’ approach and assess the sustainability of the
proposed solutions from a life cycle perspective. Among others, they should estimate the
carbon footprint expressed in gCO2e/kWh of heat and/or cold delivered.
The requirements of the final users and/or installers should be properly assessed (e.g., in terms
of 'plug-and-play' installation, day-to-day operation, maintenance, space requirements, noise,
integration with networks and/or other devices, demand response capability, etc.).
Proposals investigating heat pumps with a capacity >12 kW are expected to use refrigerants
with 100-year Global Warming Potential (GWP) < 150 (timeframe based on the Fourth
Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)).
Proposals should consider standardisation activities as part of their R&I approach, with a view
to bringing their technologies closer to the market.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
1. The development and application of new tools and techniques for a wider range of
geologically complex geothermal resources/reservoirs and
Technical and economic validation is expected of the innovative exploration and production
approaches and tools and methods which are expected to increase the precision for
geologically based resource assessment, the target definition of exploratory drilling, and to
improve the characterisation and prediction of reservoir geology and long-term reservoir
performance. Moving beyond the state of the art by demonstrating the application of new
tools, developing new approaches and taking advantage of improved software and computing
power, the drilling success will be increased by 20% in 2030 and 50% in 2035 thereby
reducing the exploration costs.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Geothermal energy will be widely deployed and competitively priced, underpinned with
reduced capital, operational and maintenance costs. Geothermal and geological thermal
storage facilities as support system will be a backbone of the heating grid .
Improved system integration of geothermal heat and power plants coping with changing
demand for electricity, heat and cooling and intermittent renewable power generation.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial
model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the
Innovation Fund).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Reinforce the European scientific basis and European technology export potential for
advanced biofuel technologies.
Scope: Development of next generation technologies for the production of novel advanced
liquid and gaseous biofuels from biogenic residues and wastes including CO2 and organic
part of wastewater or micro-algae (including cyanobacteria), through chemical,
electrochemical, biochemical, biological and thermochemical pathways, or a combination of
them. Focus should be on the high conversion efficiency and the low to near-zero carbon
emissions from the overall production. Overall, proposals are expected to improve
competitiveness and minimize GHG emissions through synergies with renewable hydrogen
and other renewable energy technologies for processing energy. The new technologies should
also address specifically uses in fuel cells for all transport modes for electricity generation
from biofuels used as renewable energy carriers with high conversion efficiency and low
pollution. The sustainability and GHG emissions should be assessed by an LCA and ways
along the value chain to reduce them to and below net zero should be developed.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least 3 of the following
expected outcomes:
Enhanced sustainability of aviation and/or shipping fuels, taking fully into account
circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects in line with the European
Green Deal priorities.
Reinforced European scientific basis and European export potential for renewable
energy technologies through international collaborations (e.g., the AU-EU Climate
Change and Sustainable Energy partnership, the missions and innovation communities of
Mission Innovation 2.0).
Increasing the European energy security and reliability by enlarging the renewable
feedstock basis for aviation and maritime fuels as well as maintaining and fostering the
European global leadership in affordable, secure and sustainable microalgae-based
and/or direct solar fuel renewable energy technologies.
Scope: Development of microalgae and/or direct solar fuel production and purification
technologies for making advanced aviation and /or shipping fuels from microalgae and/or
direct sun use a techno-economic feasible, cost-effective and sustainable option for large-
scale use of microalgae-based and/or solar-based advanced fuels in aviation and /or shipping.
Specific focus should be on purification of microalgae biomass and /or direct solar fuel
components and delivery to advanced algae-based fuels and /or direct solar fuels for aviation
and/or shipping. Acknowledging problems of culture or system contamination and the
specific challenge of energy-efficient product purification, the specific techno-economic
challenges of microalgae and/or direct solar fuels for renewable fuel production should be
addressed with novel and innovative technologies, by taking in particular into account effects
on CAPEX, OPEX, energy efficiency, GHG balance and circularity of materials and process
streams. Proposals should also address systemic constraints and opportunities for scaling-up
algae-based and/or solar fuel technologies.
Direct solar fuels are in this context renewable synthetic fuels made by direct conversion
routes from solar to chemical energy. Photovoltaic systems with separate fuel production and
hydrogen as a fuel end-product is excluded.
The sustainability and GHG reduction should be addressed on a life-cycle assessment basis
including circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects.
Projects are expected where possible to collaborate with and contribute to the activities of the
Coordination and Support Action funded under the topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-
RESILIENCE-01-16
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 172.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Refurbish, upgrade and increase existing hydropower capacity to make it fit for market
and digital challenges of the future power system and for supporting increasing shares of
variable renewable energy sources.
172
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 173.
173
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Reduction of LCOE.
Scope: Power take-off (PTO) and control systems (including "prime mover" (waves to
mechanical power) as well as the ancillary equipment like gearboxes, generators, and power
electronics, power controllers, grid interfaces and other items) are key subsystems of wave
energy converters. PTO and control systems can be improved to increase the efficiency of the
whole converter, to increase reliability by controlling for instance the structuring health and
power electronics, and to avoid extreme events that might compromise device survivability.
Control systems dynamically adapt to and mitigate the forces of the continually changing
ocean conditions. This can prevent damage during extreme events, contribute to increased
performance and the viability of the technology. The manufacturing and testing of prototypes
are relatively costly, and it is imperative that data from the demonstration are available to
avoid repeating early engineering mistakes. Validation of the innovative concepts is expected
to be done in realistic environments at small scale for longer periods or by onshore testing and
controlled lab testing. If validation is done onshore the project should demonstrate that they
can make use of existing test rigs or develop a test rig for the project, which can be used after
the project by other developers. Development and demonstration of the PTO technology
should be combined with control strategies as their requirements are inherently coupled. In
the validation it is expected that key performance indicators are used based on international
recognized metrics
In the development of the PTO system the ‘circularity by design’ principle should be used.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
PV modules with higher efficiencies and lower costs, paving the way for mass
production.
Proposals are expected to develop architectures approaching the theoretical efficiency limit of
c-Si cells and providing the direction for even higher mass-production industrial cell
performance (for example by reducing surface recombination in silicon, lowering
recombination losses at metal contacts, maximizing light trapping in silicon, etc.), with:
2. Innovative texturisation and light-trapping concepts for thin and ultrathin c-Si solar cells.
4. Low-cost and Ag-free metallisation, TCOs using abundant materials (In-free), such as
AZO.
5. Direct bandgap architectures for very high efficiencies and/or thinner cells.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Increase the lifetime, efficiency and minimise the environmental impact of Perovskite
PV.
Enlarge with novel perovskite device architectures the integration and application
possibilities of PV technology.
Scope: The record power conversion efficiency of small-area perovskite solar cells has
impressively exceeded 25%. For commercial application, scaling up the device area to
fabricate efficient perovskite solar modules is the necessary next step. However, there is still a
certain efficiency gap between the large and small size. To minimise this gap proposals are
expected to:
Identify and tackle complex stability issues at the device and module level (related to the
processes involved in the fabrication).
Develop updated test protocols and perform outdoor field performance testing of the
perovskite modules.
A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case
and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The
exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and
deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be
potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Applicants can seek possibilities of involving the EC JRC. The JRC may provide
characterisation, validation and certification of the performance of photovoltaic solar devices.
It may also perform pre-normative research to develop appropriate characterisation methods
for such devices as a precursor to the adoption of international standards as well as addressing
stability, lifetime and environmental issues. This task shall be performed within the European
Solar Test Installation (ESTI) an accredited ISO17025 calibration laboratory for all
photovoltaic technologies.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Therefore, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Scope: Proposals are expected to demonstrate technical solutions, processes and models,
which increase a PV system's operational performance, stability and reliability. The
introduction of novel PV technologies and novel PV system designs makes the need of
increased field performance and reliability a continuous industry demand.
Apply edge AI and Big Data to improve the energy yield (advanced module control,
self-reconfigurable topologies, etc.), module and plant models, monitoring and yield
forecasting considering user behaviour and modelling of the entire electricity system
including storage.
Build large (time and scale-wise), wide (including not only yield but multisensory
operational, thermal, mechanical and environmental data) and possibly publicly
available datasets to enable, foster and empower AI for Digital PV at European scale.
Enable AI-based energy trading at plant level, taking care of specific climates
/applications / conditions (snow, dust, environmental pollution, water…)/user
behaviours.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 174.
174
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Accurate and precise energy yield prediction to ease investment decisions based on
accurate simulations that take into account simultaneously predictions on Renewable
Energy Production, Energy Consumption and Price Predictions.
Enhanced digital transformation of wind energy sector by delivering the next generation
of digital twins.
Scope: The expected growth of both on-and offshore wind energy is enormous and many new
wind parks are planned for the coming years. Experience from the existing wind farms shows
the importance of a proper micrositing of the wind turbines as well their efficient
interconnection within the farm. In addition, bringing wind farms together into clusters
toward a wind power plant concept might induce long distance negative interaction between
the farms, reducing their expected efficiency. This might happen both on- and offshore. The
high amount of connected wind power and the expected increase during the coming years,
requires that this technology has to be prepared to take a more important role as of its
contribution to the reliability and security of the electricity system. The objective of this topic
is to develop new digital twins to optimise the exploitation of individual wind farms (onshore,
bottom-fixed offshore and floating offshore) as well as wind farm clusters, in view of
transforming them into virtual power plants delivering a more reliable and secure electricity
system. Such a digital twin is expected to integrate [at least three of the following bullet
points]:
1. Wind and weather forecast models relevant for the full wind power production system
(turbines, grid, transmission) (including the effects of external physical conditions such
as temperatures, rain, turbulences, waves, and currents).
2. Spatial modelling: medium (within wind farms) to long distance (between/along wind
farm clusters) wake effects.
The digital twin will improve accurate energy yield prediction and will balance supply and
demand side needs and will help to ease investment decisions based on accurate simulations.
The models should incorporate other relevant parameters influencing the siting of wind farms,
such as ground conditions, noise impacts and environmental impacts as well as representing
the complex system in a map view format while considering time series data of each and
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
every asset. Infrastructure modelling of each and every asset should be executed via
independent profiling based on past performance data and contextual data in view to deliver
prediction at the level of each and every asset with as much accuracy as possible”.
The project should focus on offshore or on onshore wind power systems and make optimal
use of previously developed models. Validation should be carried out with data of existing
wind farms. Cooperation with wind energy suppliers, OEM’s, developers and O&M services
can make the available data more accurate, resulting in better, more sustainable and
eventually circular products and sector. The project should also sufficiently invest in
delivering a cyber-secure system. The projects is expected to build also on the digital twins
developed under Destination Earth, which envisage to develop a high precision digital model
of the Earth to model, monitor and simulate natural phenomena and related human activities.
For the offshore digital twin projects the impact of other blue economy sectors, islands,
different land-sea interactions for near shore wind farms should be considered.
For onshore digital twin projects, the build environment and different landscapes should be
considered, and cooperation is envisaged with the selected projects under topic HORIZON-
CL5-2021-D3-03-05 Wind energy in the natural and social environment.
It is expected that one project on offshore digital twin will be funded and one on onshore
digital twin.
To support rapid market uptake, widespread application and further innovation based on the
developed solutions, projects are invited to use Open-Source solutions when appropriate and
clarify in case they choose not to use Open Source, so that they can support the planning of
future large scale offshore wind installations. Free licensing is also a possibility to consider to
support rapid market uptake.
Selected projects will be required to share knowledge. Projects will acquire performance-
related data in a standard format to support advancement and validation of R&I for the benefit
of all projects through Artificial Intelligence methods. This data and relevant meta-data may
be shared with other projects (not supported through Horizon Europe, including relevant
projects supported through the Innovation Fund) on reciprocal terms, preferably leveraging on
the tools and services provided by the European Open Science Cloud (EOSC) and exploring
workflows that can provide “FAIR-by-design” data, i.e., data that is FAIR from its generation,
and with EU-based researchers having a legitimate interest. The selected projects are expected
to cooperate with the project selected under the call [CSA for data-sharing between renewable
energy R&I project to advance innovation and competitiveness].
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 175 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
175
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least two of the following
expected outcomes:
The development of materials and interfaces for joints of major load-carrying parts like
main spars (split blades and tower parts).
The development of bio-based fibres and resins with improved mechanical properties.
Lifetime extension by innovative design for increased resilience and repair solutions for
in the first-place wind turbine components like blades, drive train and generators’, and
support structures.
This R&I need is critical for onshore wind given the large volumes of capacity to be
decommissioned in the next decade. The R&I need was also identified in the offshore
renewable energy strategy (COM(2020) 741 final) that commits the Commission to
‘systematically integrate the principle of ‘circularity by design’ into renewables research &
innovation’.
Specific conditions
Indicative The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.
budget
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Award criteria The criteria are described in General Annex D. The following exceptions
apply:
For the criterion 'Quality and efficiency of the implementation', in
addition to its standard sub-criteria, the following aspect shall constitute a
major element: Proven access to necessary land and / or permits for
operation at the time of application and / or convincing risk management
regarding delayed availability of land or permits. Risk management can
include go / no-go decisions at mid-term.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Improve climate adaptation and/or climate mitigation potential of the solutions compared
to other technologies/solutions.
Strengthening of the joint EU-AU Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Collaborative
Partnership efforts, with emphasis on improving the visibility of EU Science Diplomacy
actions in Africa.
Proven positive environmental, health, climate, social and economic impacts of the
renewable energy solutions.
Scope: The proposal should demonstrate innovative sustainable renewable energy solutions
that improve climate adaptation and/or mitigation potential compared to other
technologies/solutions in the African social, economic and environmental contexts. The
proposal may address development of renewable energy sources, including solutions for off-
grid communities, and their integration into the existing energy system. Proposals should
consider the generation of renewable energy, and where relevant the transmission, and the use
of storage/battery systems.
The action should cover either urbanised or rural contexts in Africa. It should contribute to
reducing the stress on the water-energy-food nexus, with the aim of providing sustainable
renewable energy access and creating other socio-economic benefits such as improved health,
economic wealth and jobs.
Actions should design, construct, commission and operate the demonstration installation.
Actions should also develop and implement a tailored value chain approach, identifying the
most suitable manufacturing value chains, on the basis of the local context, local material
supply chain(s) and local workforce, with the objective of ensuring sustainable local
economic development. African SMEs are expected to play an important role in the overall
value chain and to contribute in the identifying the needs. Actions should also include the
identification of technical, vocational and educational needs of the workforce and propose
relevant training and qualification activities. Actions should finally define a market and
business strategy that could take into consideration funding from financial instruments and aid
programmes to ensure impact through a quick and viable commercial take-up of the
technological solution demonstrated.
Social innovation should be considered. The business plan should include appropriate
consideration of available financial support instruments (local, regional and/or international)
to enhance the speedy market deployment of the solution.
Proposals should include a life cycle analysis showing the impact of the proposed solutions
when compared to other technologies/solutions on the environment, on climate change targets
and on the social and the economic dimensions, taking a cradle to grave viewpoint. The life
cycle analysis should take a cradle to grave approach. Proposals should adopt a circular
economy approach.
As the demonstration installation will be located in Africa, relevant African partners have to
participate in the implementation of the project. A balanced involvement in the activities of
the projects of European and African partners will be considered an asset in the evaluation.
Actions should also participate in and contribute to the African Union176 - European Union
collaborative research action on Climate Change and Sustainable Energy, in particular
through cooperation/collaboration with the project LEAP-RE, “, www.leap-re.eu.
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03
Indicative budget(s)177
176
“African Union member states” includes countries whose membership has been temporarily suspended.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
177
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
178
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
D.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to develop further the harvesting of renewable
energy in areas/conditions where other conversion systems are less efficient, less convenient
or not possible.
The results are expected to contribute to at least three of the outcomes in A and B:
A. Increased potential for wider application of electricity and heat/cold static generators due
to increased efficiency of energy conversion devices using physical effects such as:
Scope: Projects are expected to implement both the activities in (1) and the
validation/demonstration in (2) for the technologies listed above addressed individually and/or
as combination of them or with other generation technologies (e.g., Thermionic Photovoltaic
TIPV) as described below:
2. Validation/demonstration of the activities developed in (1) with at least one pilot for each
technology in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected
outcomes:
Accelerate the integration of unrefined renewable gaseous fuels in the energy system.
Increase flexibility, reliability and security of renewable energy supply in the energy
sector.
included to address the cost-effectiveness of the integrated solution. A life Cycle Analysis
should be carried out for the assessment of the GHG emission reduction due to the renewable
gas integration. Interfaces to governance issues of system integration, as for example market
design, network regulation, CO2 market, renewables support, etc. should be addressed. Effects
of Community involvement should be addressed with an analysis of socioeconomic
sustainability.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute of the following expected
outcomes:
AI-based prediction of most convenient locations that optimize grid resources and
upgrades around recharging pools for EVs and electric HDVs.
Developing of spatial mapping models and software tool for location decision-making
with a comprehensive focus, including major highways, industrial zones (depot
charging), urban nodes (e.g., for overnight charging) and less-densely populated areas.
Simulation, analysis, design, test and demonstration of smart and bidirectional charging
schemes and their integration into flexibility markets that allow to minimise the impact
on grid planning and connection of high-power recharging pools for recharging EVs, and
especially HDVs on more cost-intensive locations, and that ensure benefits to consumers
based on smart charging energy service models.
Analysis, design, testing and developing of a cyber security model that can simulate and
accurately represent attack propagation from recharging infrastructure entry vectors,
informing the development of efficient strategies and lines of defence to mitigate these
vulnerabilities for the different relevant stakeholders.
Scope: The activities are expected to include at least the following aspects:
Definition and development of new AI-based tools to predict, estimate and plan the
deployment and associated challenge for utilities (from an EV recharging ecosystem
viewpoint - CPO, DSO and TSO) on how to deal with the increasing upcoming demand
in numerous new locations, particularly during peak periods.
Understanding on how to effectively deploy the required grid connection (and power) in
less densely populated areas, exploring the impact of installation of batteries to expand
the grid in combination with renewables.
Development of new services for consumers (EV and HDV owners, leasers, etc.) based
on smart charging that valorise the flexibility in the wholesale, home optimisation and/or
grid services markets. Integration of smart charging services with flexibility from other
devices (e.g. demand response) would be an added value for the project.
There is an increasing risk for the occurrence of a scenario where EVs and/or recharging
stations could be hacked simultaneously, causing a disruption to grid operations,
propagating rapidly with dire consequences, such as blackouts and overall affection of
the frequency stability of the grid. The project should bridge the gap between recharging
infrastructure operators, EVs and the grid (DSOs, TSOs), identify existing weaknesses
and risks for attack spread.
The developed solutions should assess their environmental impact in particular with
regards to their energy consumption.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 179 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
179
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 11.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects’ results are expected to contribute to all of the following
outcomes:
Greater access for consumers to the wide range of emerging services and applications
that will be present in the market resulting from data sharing and benefiting from
increased interoperability.
Assessment of the implications for market design (energy and flexibility markets) of a
wide uptake of digital tools and propose relevant modifications to flexibility services and
related processes to contract, activate, measure and settle flexibility.
Creation of value and direct benefit for the consumers and support digital empowerment
and energy literacy of citizens: European citizens are educated, motivated, and
empowered to use digital tools to be an active participant in the just energy transition.
Scope: Digitalisation develops faster than the ability of society to adjust. Digital technologies
are a driving force for empowering citizens in taking on an active role in the just energy
transition. Increased acceptability of new digital technologies is pivotal: actions should focus
on benefits of new digital services and users experience to overcome the expected friction of
end-consumer on boarding, developing innovative tools for engagement and literacy. Social
innovation tools and multi-disciplinary approaches and engagement of policy makers at
various levels, the private sector, civil society and citizens at large are required.
Use the data real time provided by real time sensors/ Internet of Things and real time
computing resulting from other sectors than energy (e.g. data economy, health, finance,
security) to generate new businesses and new ways of benefiting the economy and
society by developing of innovative data-driven cross-sector integrated services,
solutions and products.
Help consumers and citizens navigate the new digital technologies entering the energy
market, taking into consideration the cross sectorial dimension alongside the sector-
specific one, also exploring the possibility of using, among others, AI-based assistant
tools.
Trigger and support the development of a digital tool allowing citizens to visualise and
access to all the energy-related data they produce and share with third parties, thus
helping to exert their right to understand and control their data.
Test the developed cross-sector services in at least 3 countries. In the selection of pilots,
gender, demographic, geographic and socio-economic aspects should be duly taken into
account.
Develop and test, in at least 3 countries, a digital twin of the (household) energy
consumer, making use of AI to assist the consumer (both in terms of optimising the
service as well as enhancing digital energy literacy and enhancing understanding and
trust of the AI used).
The digital twin solutions should be developed and made available as Open-Source
solutions, while making sure that contributors are recognised and fairly compensated,
respecting well defined rules and within a network of trusted data, which guarantees
security and sovereignty of data and services in an Open Source way so that the
developed software is available.
Projects are required to utilize the data exchange infrastructure that is being developed under
ongoing EU-funded under Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe and the Digital Europe Program.
The project is required take into account, and collaborate with, where considered necessary,
existing Living Labs (e.g. EnergyVille, TomorrowLab and living labs funded entirely by EU
projects as study or demonstration site) to test integrated consumer services the ongoing
relevant Blueprint projects from the Erasmus + program, relevant initiatives by Digital
Innovation Hubs, the European Climate Pact, EC Digital Education action plan and any other
relevant initiative.
Projects are required to seek synergies with Horizon Europe instruments, including those of
bottom-up nature like ERC, MSCA, EIT KICs, as well as its European partnerships.
Cooperation with activities of the Green Powered Future Mission (Pillar 3) of Mission
Innovation is encouraged180.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 181 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
Moreover, projects are expected to take into account the outcomes of the work of the Citizens
and Consumers Engagement Working Group and data coming from the Consumers
Empowerment Benchmark developed by the European Commission.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce
meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research
activities.
Specific conditions
180
Applicants are reminded that legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in
Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work
Programme for further details.
181
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 5.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Such an alternative should be open source, freely accessible, free of IPR, easy to
maintain, and ensure that the final ownership of the tools can remain in community
hands, and that these tools are available for reuse.
Illustrate the relevant services that are supported by this peer-to-peer trading platform
(flexibility services for TSO, DSO, self-consumption).
Defining the core operations that a flexibility and peer-to-peer trading platform should
execute in order to:
Take into account network constraints, including through the use of price signals to
foster flexibility.
Developing an AI-based software that uses machine learning processes to integrate core
operations and local grid constraints (including when channelled through price signals)
in order to adapt to variations and changes in grid conditions.
Testing and simulation cases for blockchain-based trading operations following an agile
methodology with the objective to get a fully functional trading tool within the project
lifetime. The design of the platform should reflect the multi-actor, open-ended nature of
decentralised use of energy. Proposals should account for a complex system change
process, and prescribe evolutionary pathways for the platforms, account for their socio-
technical interdependencies, and define and validate feasible entry points.
Exploring and comparing advantages / disadvantages of existing and new market making
methods (Order Book-based systems and Liquidity pool-based Automated Market
Makers) for a peer-to-peer energy exchange.
The project should be developed by taking into account both a technology performance
perspective and a long-term sustainability roadmap.
The developed solutions should be freely available to citizens, energy cooperatives and
citizen/renewable energy communities.
Solutions should be developed and made available as Open-Source solutions, while making
sure that contributors are recognised and fairly compensated, respecting well defined rules
and within a network of trusted data, which guarantees security and sovereignty of data and
services.
The selected projects will cooperate and with other relevant projects through regular common
workshops, exchange of non-confidential reports, etc.
The selected projects, especially those that are testing peer-to-peer feasibility in real
conditions and environments (such as living labs or other types of sandbox initiatives), are
expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative182, actively participate to its activities and
allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional contributions to the ‘Alliance for
Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant activities (e.g. clusters of digital
projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when relevant.
Solutions should be developed considering integration into existing power markets where
appropriate. The selected projects should associate energy regulators in their governance and
should preferably be located in the territory of EU Member States/Associated countries where
few peer-to-peer energy trading pilot projects have been setup so far.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce
meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research
activities. This is all the more important in the project at hand that a modification of
consumers incentives (through price-signals for instance) can trigger changes of behaviour,
which in turn can have positive effects on the electricity system, and interesting applications
in terms of flexibility services, optimization of use of excess RE production, as well as
congestion management.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
182
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
A. Protection:
AC & DC side protection strategies and readiness of their functional design, to support
grid optimal architecture planning and prepare project tendering.
AC & DC side protection system functional design for fully selective, non-selective and
partially selective fault clearing strategies, including the connection to low-inertia AC
systems.
B. Congestions in AC or DC grids:
Optimisation of the power flows by shifting power transfer from loaded to less loaded
lines.
Scope: Projects are expected to implement activities in (1) and the practical demonstration in
(2) as described below:
1. Development of R&I activities, methodologies and tools for at least two of the sub-
topics in A (a, b or c) and B. These can be developed/complemented among them and/or
with others pertinent to each sub-topic:
A) Protection:
DC substation Communication architecture and protocols (e.g., IEC 61850 for DC).
AC & DC side protection system functional design for fully selective, non-selective and
partially selective fault clearing strategies, including the connection to low inertia AC
systems
B) Congestions in AC or DC grids:
Cost Benefit Analysis compared to other solutions (e.g., the use of DC systems, etc.) at
system level and covering the operating life of the equipment.
2. Demonstration, test and validation of the activities developed in (1) in at least two pilots in
different EU Member States/Associated Countries.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following
expected outcomes:
Advance the European and global scientific basis, European leadership and global role in
the area of renewable energy and renewable fuels and related energy value chains while
creating evidence for policy making by developing novel digital solutions.
Provide digital breakthrough solutions for promoting the increase of the global
renewable energy share.
183
http://mission-innovation.net/
Improve reliability of system components, advanced and automated functions for data
analysis, diagnosis and fault detection, forecasting and model-predictive control
frameworks, ancillary services for the stability of the network; maintenance planning
and/or reporting.
Scope: Development of novel real time and open data monitoring and/or simulation solutions
(e.g. including digital twins) for sustainable energy production and consumption, predictive
modelling and artificial intelligence for the analysis of international renewable energy value
chains and for internationally aligned decision-making in cooperation with international
partners from Mission Innovation Countries. To ensure trustworthiness, wide adoption by user
communities and support EU policy-makers, actions should promote the highest standards of
transparency and openness, going well beyond documentation and extending to aspects such
as assumptions, models and data related to renewable energy and fuels.
Cross-cutting actions
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.60 million.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following outcomes:
Organisational, logistic and secretarial support provided to the SET Plan Implementation
Working Group on hydrogen.
Smooth implementation through supporting the actions of the SET Plan for hydrogen in
the coming years covering the whole value chain.
Scope: The Implementation Working Group (IWG) on hydrogen set up in 2023 aims at
implementing part of the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA) of the European
Research Area (ERA) pilot on green hydrogen, and coordinating the work on hydrogen
previously split between different IWGs of the SET Plan. This ERA Pilot on green hydrogen
SRIA addresses specifically the need to ensure mutual coordination on an ongoing basis
among national and regional hydrogen R&I programmes. It calls for, through a bottom-up
approach, more ownership by member states and associated countries, which also means more
financial and political commitment. It aims to maximise cooperation and synergies among
member states and associated countries, and avoid inconsistencies, duplications, and
fragmentation of measures. The activities of the hydrogen IWG build on the SRIA and range
from the support of the development of hydrogen technologies to the fostering of
collaboration and coordination within the SET Plan countries to ensure their active
involvement. The support action is intended to facilitate the work of the hydrogen IWG by
further defining its mission, supporting the preparation of the Implementation Plan (IP) on
hydrogen and ensuring synergies with other SET Plan IWGs, domains and objectives, with
activities focusing on:
Analysis of the ERA pilot on green hydrogen SRIA and identification of the actions to
be taken on by the IWG in the IP.
Proposals to further develop the work initiated by the SRIA, for the parts relevant for the
SET Plan.
Coordination with other SET Plan IWGs to ensure complementarity of the actions.
Facilitation of exchange between member states and stakeholders on best practices and
lessons learned.
Dissemination and networking activities with other existing ETIPs and IWGs (e.g., joint
workshops, thematic conferences, webinar series, regular exchanges, etc.).
Organisation and management of documents and files with feed-in of relevant outputs of
this CSA into the SET Plan information system (SETIS).
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01
Indicative budget(s)184
184
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
185
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 24.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
2. Reduce the CAPEX and OPEX in the PV solar production chain, ultimately leading to
cheaper modules and lower LCOE.
3. Reinforce the sustainability of the European PV value chain building a secure, resilient,
and diverse domestic energy sector industrial base.
A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case
and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The
exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and
deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be
potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01-02: Low-power PV
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 186.
Expected Outcome: Energy autonomous applications capable of generating their own energy
by harvesting ambient energy from the environment to completely eliminate the need for a
power source or at least assist it, have gained significant interest in recent years. Photovoltaic
energy conversion is a viable choice for energy harvesting due to its high conversion
efficiency and compatibility with low lighting conditions.
186
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to the following expected outcome:
Increase the potential of PV for low power, low irradiation applications (harvesting
energy in low light intensity and/or artificial light conditions).
Scope: Photovoltaic energy harvesting in low light conditions such as indoors, or under
artificial or diffuse light can be used to power sensors, as well other low-power electronics.
Efficient energy harvesting combined in an energy system with storage unit and low power
electronics, can enable a wide range of applications, integrating new functionalities, for
example autonomous sensors, domotics, remote monitoring, variable transmission
applications and portable devices in general.
Applicants can seek possibilities of involving the EC JRC. The JRC may provide
characterisation, validation and certification of the performance of photovoltaic solar devices.
It may also perform pre-normative research to develop appropriate characterisation methods
for such devices as a precursor to the adoption of international standards as well as addressing
stability, lifetime and environmental issues. This task shall be performed within the European
Solar Test Installation (ESTI) an accredited ISO17025 calibration laboratory for all
photovoltaic technologies.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.
additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 187.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Support de-risking the technology, boost scale-up of flexible intermediate bioenergy and
synthetic renewable energy carriers and contribute to their market up-take.
Increase flexibility, reliability and security of renewable energy supply in the transport
sector.
Increase available options for better integration of the energy system linking renewable
energy production, storage and use via renewable energy intermediates.
187
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
logistics for transportation and storage of the intermediates should be addressed. The
sustainability and GHG reduction should be addressed on a life-cycle assessment basis.
Proposals should provide information and assessment about the economic feasibility and the
potential of scaling-up the technology at commercial scale as appropriate. The exploitation
plans should include preliminary feasibility study and business plan also indicating the
possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as private equity, the InvestEU, the EU
Catalyst Partnership and the Innovation Fund).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least 3 of the following
expected outcomes:
Reduced cost and improved efficiency of solar-based renewable fuel technologies and
their value chains by addressing rate-limiting steps in the solar fuels value chain.
Enhanced sustainability of solar fuels, taking fully into account circular economy, social,
economic and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities.
Reinforced European scientific basis and European export potential for renewable
energy technologies through international collaborations (e.g., the AU-EU Climate
Change and Sustainable Energy partnership, the missions and innovation communities of
Mission Innovation 2.0).
Increasing the European energy security and reliability by improving the solar fuel
conversion efficiency as well as maintaining and fostering the European global
leadership in affordable, secure and sustainable solar fuel technologies.
Projects are expected where possible to collaborate with and contribute to the activities of the
Coordination and Support Action funded under the topic HORIZON-CL4-2021-
RESILIENCE-01-16
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Reduced cost and improved efficiency of sustainable bioenergy technologies and their
value chains.
Enhanced sustainability of bioenergy, taking fully into account circular economy, social,
economic and environmental aspects in line with the European Green Deal priorities.
Scope: Development of biological and chemical solutions to use the effluent gases from
bioenergy combustion systems and upgrade biogenic carbon emissions for the production of
renewable energy carriers with renewable hydrogen for later reuse as feedstock for energy
needs and achieving carbon circularity. This requires system components (e.g. catalysts),
which are cost-effective and robust to flue gas toxicity and interface with the underlying
bioenergy combustion system without compromising system performance in respect of
technical efficiency and sustainability.
The effluent fixing solution has to be implemented in the conditions of the bioenergy
combustion system and provide an integrated structure at the TRL requested. The reuse of the
biogenic emissions should be addressed. The assessment of the combustion gas upgrading
should be done at pilot scale and cost analysis of how this is a beneficial carbon capture and
use solution should be provided.
Socio-economic aspects including SDGs and impacts when applying such solutions in regions
in transition from coal or other fossil fuels should be analysed and illustrated in the proposal.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
High integration of geothermal heating and/or cooling in different industry sectors with
operation flexibility considering start-up time and ramp-up rate, and maximum cascaded
use of thermal energy.
Increased industry, region, city and citizen trust and acceptability for geothermal energy.
Scope: Based on geothermal energy, the following is expected to be achieved: explore new
heating and/or cooling concepts for industrial sectors which have to decarbonise their
production lines using renewable systems. enable the smart use of thermal grids with
emphasis on flexible supply of resources, adapted to different source temperatures and
varying demand; and position geothermal utilisation (including underground storage) as a
crucial pillar for the (heat and/or cold) transition of industrial energy systems. Projects should
consider the application of cascading residual geothermal waste heat to neighbouring
industries or the built environment and should include the integration of geothermal and heat
pump systems, energy piles, or energy sheet pile walls, consider the use of alternative cycle
working media.
Activities related to geothermal heat for industry and agriculture, underground thermal energy
storage (UTES) including high-temperature storage, innovative and multiple uses for
geothermal energy and side-products, balneological systems, and design and operation of
geothermal doublets can be considered.
Activities are required to assess the environmental sustainability of geothermal heating and/or
cooling applications. The applied technologies should not significantly harm the environment
(Do No Significant Harm principle). It must be ensured that negative impacts on ecosystems
and biodiversity, including negative impacts on (or pollution affecting) air, water or soil
quality, are addressed through mitigation policies.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at all of the following
expected outcomes:
Keeping the availability of the existing hydropower fleet with an important role in the
future power market as flexible power suppliers.
and technical solutions that can minimize tear and wear in future operation modes. Solution
should positively affect CAPEX and OPEX per kWh and also be compliant with improving
the water quality of the underlying water body and in particular positively affect biodiversity.
Socio-economic and environmental sustainability including SDGs, circular economy, social,
economic and environmental aspects should be addressed on a life cycle basis.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 38.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Scope: Demonstration of sustainable wave energy pilot farms (minimum 2.0 MW installed
capacity and at least 4 devices) in full operational conditions for long periods of time is
essential to advance this sector. It is the way to bridge the gap from technology development
to market development while reducing costs, reducing risks and attracting investors for future
commercial projects. The farms should be composed of several devices of the same type.
The wave energy farms have to be connected to the electricity grid. To focus on the
technologies with the greatest chances of success, the single wave energy device to be used in
the array deployment is expected to be satisfactorily demonstrated at full scale before, with
limited changes to incorporate the learnings. Any change on the wave energy device may be
incremental but should not involve fundamental changes to the device design or composition.
The innovation component should mainly lie on the pilot farm systems and supporting
industrial manufacturing activities that enable a cost-effective and high-performance pilot
farm. Where established, stage-gate processes can help ensure that this approach is followed.
The project is expected to deploy a wave energy farm with a minimum capacity of 2 MW and
operate the farm at least 2 years in the lifetime of the project. After the project it is expected
that the farm will continue to be operated for at least 8 years. The project should develop and
execute an effective operation and maintenance programme.
Proposals are expected to address also all the following for both the supporting infrastructure
for the farm and for the individual devices themselves:
Projects are requested to demonstrate the technologies at sea while respecting existing
environmental regulatory framework. Necessary mitigation measures should be
integrated to protect habitats and species. Present an environmental monitoring plan to
be implemented during the demonstration action. Environmental monitoring data should
be open source and be shared with EMODNET and the IEA OES environmental task.
The project has to include a clear go/no go moment ahead of entering the deployment phase.
Before this go/no-go moment, the project has to deliver the detailed engineering plans, a
techno-economic assessment, including key performance indicators based on international
recognized metrics, a complete implementation plan and all needed permits for the
deployment of the project., The project proposal is expected to present a clear and convincing
pathway to obtaining necessary permits for the demonstration actions and allow for
appropriate timelines to achieve these. The project is expected also to demonstrate how it will
get a financial close for the whole action. For this the use of other EU/national/regional
support mechanisms can be considered. Independent experts will assess all deliverables and
will advise for the go/no-go decision.
The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation,
and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial model) indicating the possible
funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Data from the pilot structures should be collected to understand the performance and
behaviour of the structure and the surrounding environmental condition to optimise the
concept and understand the environmental impact of wave energy harvesting.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 188 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant The funding rate is 50% of the eligible costs.
Agreements
Beneficiaries may provide financial support to third parties in the form
of grants. Financial support provided by the participants to third parties
is one of the primary activities of this action to allow the partnership to
achieve its objectives. Therefore, the EUR 60 000 threshold provided
for in Article 204 (a) of the Financial Regulation No 2018/1046 does
not apply.
188
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Strengthening of the joint EU-AU Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Collaborative
Partnership efforts, with emphasis on improving the visibility of EU Science Diplomacy
actions in Africa.
Establishing technologies for a sustainable energy system that meets the needs of
different parts of society, in different geographical locations (urban and rural) and
different economic sectors.
Scope: Following the EU commitments under the Paris Agreement, Agenda 2030 on
Sustainable Development and the post-Cotonou Agreement, the renewed objective to evolve
current forms of cooperation into equal footing partnership between Africa and Europe, the
current research and innovation cooperation between Europe and Africa in the field of
renewable energy needs to be further strengthened and developed.
The action should contribute to the implementation of the strategic and joint research and
innovation action roadmaps 189 1] implemented under Pilar 1 of the project LEAP-RE,
www.leap-re.eu. The range of activities supported are expected to address the broad range of
elements and technologies identified in LEAP-RE, in particular its six multi-annual roadmaps
and should include a well-balanced set of research projects, demonstration projects, and
technology transfer projects. Inclusiveness of a broad range of MSs/ACs and African partners
will be considered an asset.
The proposal should envisage clustering activities with other relevant on-going EU-funded
projects for cross-projects co-operation, consultations and joint activities on cross-cutting
issues. Synergy is also to be considered with the projects to be funded by the end of 2022
through the Joint Undertaking Clean Hydrogen topic HORIZON-JTI-CLEANH2-2022-05-
05? “Research & Innovation co-operation with Africa on hydrogen”. To this end, proposals
should provide for a work package and/or task dedicated to clustering activities and earmark
the appropriate resources accordingly. The clustering activities should also consider and
implement a joint programme of activities focussed on communication (participation in joint
meetings and communication events), dissemination and exploitation.
It is expected that the action will organise joint calls on an annual basis and will consider
ample time for the implementation and closure of the co-funded projects.
The proposal should also provide support to the operation of the Climate Change and
Sustainable Energy collaborative action of the AU-EU High Level Policy Dialogue on
Science, Technology and Innovation.
189
The roadmaps are available here www.leap-re.eu/pillar-1/
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 27.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Knowledge and scientific proofs of the technological feasibility of the concept including
the environmental, social and economic benefits to contribute to R&I strategy and policy
forecast.
Scope: The proposal is expected to address high-risk/high return technology developments for
game changing renewable energy technologies. It could cover catalyst development,
dedicated renewable energy storage systems, integration of renewable energy technologies
into a single energy generation system, heating & cooling systems, fuels production systems,
solar driven chemical processes, hybrid electricity generation solutions between different
renewable energy sources, direct utilization of renewable energy sources.
The following areas are excluded from the scope of the topic as they fall within the scope of
partnerships or other calls:
Fuel cells.
The proposal is expected to validate its concept to TRL 3 or TRL 4 through a robust research
methodology and activities. It should establish the technological feasibility of its concept,
consider transfer developments in sectors other than energy whenever relevant, as they may
provide ideas, experiences, technology contributions, knowledge, new approaches, innovative
adapted materials for energy and skills.
Whenever the direct use of biogenic waste is considered, it will be taken into account from the
design stage.
In developing its concept, the proposal is expected to address the following related aspects:
lower environmental impact, minimising the impacts on biodiversity and protected species
and habitats, better resource efficiency (materials, geographical footprints, water, etc…),
issues related to social acceptability or resistance to new energy technologies, related
socioeconomic and livelihood issues. Comparison with current commercial renewable energy
technologies and/or solutions is expected. Impacts will be assessed through a quantified based
Life Cycle Analysis. Considerations should be given to the regulatory frameworks for their
adequate integration.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
This will include support for full integration, testing and experimentation of latest AI-
based technologies to solve issues/improve solutions in the energy sector, at national as
well as at local level, including validation and demonstration.
The TEF is open to all the sites in Europe and equipped with the right equipment
(Infrastructure, computing capacity & latest AI innovations).
The TEF is a “long term investment”. There should be a business model to guarantee
self-sustainability.
Scope: The TEF is a technology infrastructure that has specific expertise and experience with
testing in real conditions in the energy sector. They should build on existing infrastructures,
facilities.
TEF should become common resources open to all the players, especially end users who
should closely be involved. TEFs seek to support technology providers, but we also expect
TEFs to include end-users of the technologies to ensure co-creation (in particular end-users
can be involved in defining testing scenarios, protocols and metrics.
The TEF has the scope to then bridge the gap between lab and market due to lack of in-depth
testing of AI technology in the real environment to fully validate them before the deployment.
Energy AI TEF will aim at testing AI–based technologies and solutions that have already
been tested in the labs and have to be tested in operational environments.
Energy AI TEF will aim at optimising the deployment of AI-based solutions for a greener,
smarter, more resilient, and more flexible energy system. For instance, it can investigate, how
electricity grids respond to stimuli or shocks (e.g. RES integration, cyber-attacks, micro-grids
development), making use of digital twins of the electricity grid at local level. Energy AI TEF
can also target distribution grid optimisation, integrating both (decentralised) supply and
demand-side, taking into account energy data coming from buildings, local storage, DER,
electrical vehicles
TEFs can also support regulatory sandboxes by setting up a dialogue with competent national
authorities for supervised testing and experimentation under real or close to real conditions.
The TEF can also support the development of new standards and ontologies for AI-Software
for energy sector and common interoperability framework.
Energy AI TEF should give regions a further boost in attracting funding to upgrade its
facilities and also attracting innovative players to collaborate with its own champions. In
addition, TEF will contribute to more trustworthy AI made in Europe.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Contribute to the use of smart buildings and smart industrial sites for the integration of
renewables in the energy system in an efficient way.
Piloting and demonstration of flexibility pool operations at the local and regional levels.
The selected projects should propose recommendations how current products, markets and
market processes for flexibility should be adapted to accommodate these new services and/or
fully benefit from the potential these improved energy management services will bring.
Develop solutions to aggregate flexibility from different (types of) energy consumers
that use different energy management systems to develop interoperable solutions to
optimise the energy management systems and valorise its flexibility in wholesale
markets and for balancing and/or congestion management services).
Define and demonstrate the type of flexibility services that clusters of smart buildings
and smart industrial sites can provide.
Cooperate with (one or more) TSOs and/or DSOs, preferably making use of day-to-day
operational flexibility markets (i.e. not R&I projects or regulatory sandboxes).
Include at least 2 aggregators to ensure that developed solutions are based on standards
and to avoid proprietary solutions.
Design and demonstrate appropriate concepts for acquiring and activating flexibility (implicit
and explicit) that allow to maximally benefit from the potential of these new services. The
project should demonstrate or recommend how the coordination and cooperation between
TSO and DSO has to be organized to adopt the different concepts for services, products and
markets.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 190 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
190
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
Demonstrated technologies to be applied to the energy system to address the gradual loss
of inertia caused by the increasing penetration of Power Electronics Interfaced
Generators (i.e., RES such as PV, Wind, etc.).
Close collaboration among the key grid stakeholders (non-exhaustive list: software
developers, system manufacturers, TSOs, third-party system integrators, wind turbine
manufacturers, offshore wind farm developers, PV plants, storage systems, etc.).
Scope: Projects are expected to implement the activities in (1) and the practical demonstration
in (2) as described below:
1. R&I, methodologies and tools involving the activities in the three subtopics (A, B and C)
listed below. These can be developed/complemented with others pertinent to each sub-
topic.
a. Demonstration of software tools for transnational AC/DC hybrid power system planning
and management to enable HVAC/HVDC/MVDC/LVDC hybrid systems, such as:
integration of multi-terminal HVDC systems, both offshore and onshore and HVDC
links embedded within the HVAC network as well as HVDC ties (inter-) connecting
different control zones and synchronous areas (in full or in back-to-back schemes);
Modelling (steady state and transient models) for systems including different typology of
RES, EVs, storage and loads (system architecture, voltage level, control, stability,
protection, and storage integration).
Planning and design of MVDC distribution grids as the intermediate layer between the
HVDC and the AC or DC Low Voltage local distribution grid and loads.
2. Demonstration, test and validation of the activities developed in (1) in at least three pilots –
one for each sub-topic (A, B and C) – in different EU Member States/Associated Countries.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 13.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
Capability to anticipate failures of Power Electronics (PE) in wind farms and converters
of the DC grid to prevent downtime.
Techniques to set the equipment in limp mode to enable to withstand the stress until next
maintenance.
Availability of more efficient Power Electronics components for the development of new
generation of inverters, converters and other power equipment in the energy sector.
Scope: Projects are expected to implement both the activities in (1) and the practical
demonstration (2) as described below:
1. R&I, methodologies and tools involving the activities listed below. These can be
developed/complemented with others pertinent to each sub-topic.
Development and evaluation of new or already existing techniques for generating the
lifetime models based on big-data analysis and by utilisation of soft computing
techniques.
B. Stress Steering:
System designer (to provide access to the data such as measured load cycles and general
mission profiles).
Companies responsible for operation and maintenance of the systems. Currently those
companies are especially for offshore wind parks developing their own C&HM systems,
which are operating, based on sometimes-scarce available data.
Careful estimation of the costs of maintenance for specified applications (it seems they
are currently underestimated).
Investigation of different costs models (e.g., the final costs for C&HM can be absorbed
by the producers especially when it is also responsible for maintenance, or it can be
transferred to the final user whenever the final user can provide safer and more reliable
service).
Improvement of WBG and UWBG semiconductors for integration in HVDC and MVDC
components. Work should focus on improving wide bandgap semiconductor devices,
packaging and their integration in converter submodules:
Improved WBG and UWBG power devices with better performance metrics, e.g., lower
conduction losses, higher blocking voltage, better surge current capability, higher
switching frequencies and better short-circuit capability.
New submodule topologies for HVDC converters and/or new converter topologies for
MVDC converters with WBG and UWBG semiconductors and better performance
metrics, e.g., reduced losses, higher reliability, lower volume / weight, less costs.
Implementing WBG and UWBG semiconductor devices for DC protection devices, e.g.,
DC breakers.
2. Demonstration, test and validation of the activities developed in (1) (A, B and C) in at least
two pilots (all activities A, B and C developed for each pilot) in different EU Member
States/Associated Countries.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 191.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least three of the following
outcomes:
High Voltage (HV), Extra High Voltage (EHV) or High Power/superconducting cable
systems, including dynamic AC – DC cables.
Development of not only better performing, but also more environmentally friendly
materials for cable and accessory insulation.
191
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Reducing the environmental impact of HVDC or High-Power cable systems through use
of component designs with smaller climate footprints such as gas-free accessories or
through conversion and reuse of existing infrastructure to increase power transfer
capacity.
When power demand increases and the ampacity of the power line is reached, the
replacement of HVAC overhead lines with HVDC or with High-Power cable systems
can avoid building new lines or reinforcing the grid.
Increased power transfer over the same corridor and same or smaller right of ways.
Scope: Projects are expected to implement at least three of the activities in (1) for one or more
subtopics (A, B, C) or (2) for one or more subtopics (D, E, F) and the practical validation in
(3) as described below:
1. R&I, methodologies and tools involving the activities listed below. These can be
developed/complemented with others pertinent to the topic.
Development of new insulating materials for dry type accessories for high temperature
and above 525 kV
Optimisation of newly developed high electrical resistivity insulating materials for use
above 525 kV in cable and/or accessories.
Increase of maximum insulation operating temperature, such as for high load urban areas
where available space for power transfer is limited.
Further improvement of different types of extruded insulation materials (e.g., AC, DC-
XLPE, Polypropylene) cables, and render recyclability of the materials feasible by
refining the procedure of separation of the many components of the cable – insulation,
wires, tapes, sheaths, etc. – from each other. Establishment of procedures for recycling
and related possible products.
Simulation and design of innovative dynamic cable systems to meet the needs of the
growing floating offshore applications.
B. Predictive models for cable system ageing (fraction-of-life lost, remaining life), life and
reliability
Modelling of space charge phenomena (as well as other relevant phenomena) in newly
developed insulating materials, in full size cables and accessories.
Accurate and instantaneous fault location systems for long cable system lengths.
Further development and improvement of on- and off-line diagnostics and condition
monitoring techniques for HVDC or High-Power cable systems such as PD and leakage
current measurements for online and space charge and dielectric permittivity and loss
factor measurements for offline.
Mapping of the potential use cases for replacement of HVAC with HVDC or High-
Power solutions (buried or overhead) supported by a Cost-Benefit Analysis.
Cost-Benefit Analysis for conversion of HVAC OHL to HVDC, High Power OHL or
buried High-Power cable solutions.
Insulation coordination and clearances calculation methodologies, for HVDC and hybrid
HV AC/DC overhead lines.
Electrical field and ion current density calculation methodology under hybrid HV
AC/DC OHLs ion flow field.
F. Pan-European grid studies and unification of voltage level of the converted OHLs from
HVAC to HVDC
Proposal of a unified DC voltage level of the converted lines considering the standard
towers and line designs of HVAC OHLs (220 kV, 400kV) in the European network to
provide a general conversion approach, compatible with minimum operation downtime.
Dynamic grid studies to demonstrate the impact of the HVAC OHL conversion to
HVDC.
Develop identification criteria for the candidate HVAC OHL corridors (to be converted
in HVDC).
3. Test and validation of the activities developed in (1) consisting of at least one of the
activities described in each subtopic A, B, C or (2) consisting of at least one of the activities
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Reduced cost and improved efficiency of hydropower storage installations and the
underlying technologies.
Scope: Demonstration of innovative pumped storage equipment and digital tools linking the
mechanical storage with innovative storage management systems. The latter may involve
hybridisation with storage technologies to reap the full potential of pumped hydro storage
under new market conditions Solutions should deliver innovative hydropower technologies
adapted to unconventional storage schemes, including e.g. low-head locations or former coal
mines and/or harsher operation conditions, e.g. using salt water, while minimising CAPEX,
OPEX and improving life time and circularity of components. For the storage management
system, digital tools for strategic and operational management should address current
developments for energy storage, considering markets, variable renewable production and
effects of climate change, and including novel approaches to energy. Demonstrated storage
solutions should respond to the highest standards of environmental sustainability which is
underpinned by a LCA and involve Citizens and Communities during all phases of the project
activities, respectively. An analysis of innovative storage potential and impact should be
performed.
Proposals should provide information and assessment about the economic feasibility and the
potential of scaling-up the technology at commercial scale as appropriate. The exploitation
plans should include preliminary feasibility study and business plan also indicating the
possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as private equity, InvestEU, EU Catalyst
Partnership and the Innovation Fund).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least three of the following
outcomes:
Optimised connection between power system design, preoperational planning and real-
time monitoring and control.
Measures and strategies for stability management of the future HVDC/MTDC power
system connecting renewable energies (more specifically onshore wind farm).
Measures and strategies for stability management of the future AC/DC hybrid power
system with a high share of Power Electronic Interfaced Devices (PEID).
Real-time capable algorithms and tools that enables optimal operation of the hybrid
AC/DC system (e.g., avoidance of circular flows) and to support security analyses.
Scope: Projects are expected to implement the activities in (1), the practical demonstration (2)
and the recommendations for grid codes (3) for a realistic use case, at one or two voltage
levels or at system level including all three voltage levels as described below:
Scalable and flexible software framework for operation of hybrid AC/DC power
systems supporting various vendor-dependent systems and component models, e.g.,
more accurate and wider representation of connected systems, power flow
calculations.
Development of a DC link for firewalling the grid from cascading effects due to
faults or cyberattacks.
2. Demonstration, test and validation of the activities developed in (1) for a fully automated
decision support system for control centres in at least two pilots in different EU Member
States/Associated Countries.
3. Recommendations for changes in grid codes, which can facilitate the deployment of the
technology and ensure the full exploitation of the assets.
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02
Indicative budget(s)192
192
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
193
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to some of the following
expected outcomes:
Scope: Support will be given to the innovative application of digital tools (or to the
application of innovative digital tools, or both) in CSP and/or concentrated solar thermal heat
and/or cold and/or non-concentrated solar thermal heat and/or cold plants. Any type of
application of the digital tools is in the scope (e.g., component control, performance
measurement, self-diagnostic, ancillary services to the power system, digital twins, etc.).
Artificial intelligence techniques are also in the scope.
Proposals are expected to bring and demonstrate measurable benefits of the proposed digital
tools in terms of operation, maintenance, and flexibility of the plant.
Where applicable, the digital tools should support night baseload generation from thermal
energy storage.
Where applicable, the demonstration should span a continuous interval of at least six months
covering all possible incidence angles of the direct solar radiation.
Specific conditions
194
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-4 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Reinforce the European scientific basis and European technology export potential for
synthetic renewable fuel technologies.
Scope: Development of next generation technologies for the production of novel synthetic
renewable liquid and gaseous fuels from CO2, and/or renewable carbon, nitrogen, hydrogen
or their compounds and from renewable energy. Process energy will also be renewable.
Synergies with other renewable energy technologies can be explored. Focus should be on the
high source to product conversion efficiency, process energy efficiency and carbon emission
neutrality from the overall production. Overall, proposals are expected to improve
competitiveness and minimize GHG emissions in the production process. Pathways via
production of renewable hydrogen or renewable hydrogen ionic compounds from all forms
and origins of renewable energy (e.g., electricity, direct sunlight, heat) are in scope. The new
technologies should also address uses in fuel cells for all transport modes for electricity
generation from renewable fuels used as renewable energy carriers with high conversion
efficiency and low pollution. An assessment of the sustainability and the GHG emissions
should be made based on a Life Cycle Analysis.
Projects should collaborate if appropriate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on
aspects that require integration of hydrogen and are expected to contribute and participate to
the activities of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Optimize resource efficiency, energy output and total products value from biomass
Reinforce the European scientific basis and European export potential for renewable fuel
production solutions through international collaborations.
flows, addressing the process heat and power needs by the use of co-produced bio-heat and
bio-power, capturing and reusing biogenic effluent gases and sequestering biogenic
emissions, for example in the form of biochar as soil amendment, such as to maximize overall
material and energy efficiencies. An assessment of the feedstock cost supply at regional and
local level and improvement of feedstock mobilisation patterns including via enabling
technologies, such as digitalisation, should be included. Socioeconomic and environmental
sustainability including circular economy, social, economic and environmental aspects are
expected to be assessed on a life-cycle analysis basis. The advanced biofuels cost should aim
to be reduced at parity with marketed biofuel equivalents or in the absence of these
competitive to the fossil fuel equivalents. Technology validated in relevant environment is
required. International cooperation with Mission Innovation countries is expected. Proposals
should provide information and assessment about the economic feasibility and the potential of
scaling-up the technology at commercial scale as appropriate.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Reduction of LCOE.
Scope: Projects are expected to address at least one of the following areas:
1. Components and systems used in ocean energy devices need to be resistant to corrosion
and the heavy loads they are subject to. Develop new sustainable materials with
improved fatigue, damping, stiffness, sustainability and bio-fouling management or other
cost-reducing characteristics. Materials such as reinforced concrete, polymers,
composites, and concrete-steel/composite-steel hybrids systems have demonstrated some
advantages such as reduced costs. Demonstrating the potential benefits of these new
sustainable materials in ocean energy converters, moorings and foundations whilst
ensuring structural integrity, durability and circularity is required. Advance the design of
sustainable tailored mooring and connection of electrical or other power transmission
systems for floating or subsea wave and tidal devices. Advance combined mooring and
electrical connectors or hydraulic power transmission to reduce component cost and
number of connection operations, included in systems for sharing an anchor between
devices in arrays. Develop novel systems for safe and quick connection/disconnection
that do not require large vessels and/or diving teams.
Improvements in the discrete technology areas should be developed holistically – e.g. work on
monitoring instrumentation should be consistent with work on moorings & connections. The
innovative technologies should not significantly harm the environment (DNSH principle), and
have low impact on ecosystem biodiversity and consider potential mitigation measures. The
projects should by using the precautionary principle elaborate proposals for acceptable harm
and what low impact on biodiversity mean.
It is expected that key performance indicators are used based on international recognized
metrics
Projects should demonstrate how improvements in the different technology topics can be
applied to multiple different ocean energy devices – for example to a wide range of floating
devices, or a wide range of sub-sea devices.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Photovoltaic power generation is pivotal to a clean energy system and the
achievement of the net zero-emissions target. To this end, it is important to enhance
affordability, sustainability and exploit the modularity and synergies of application of PV
technologies.
Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
2. Reduce usage of the electricity grid and increase the range of electric vehicles.
Scope: PV technology can contribute to improved features of electric mobility systems not
just in terms of CO2 (and air-pollution) emissions reduction but also regarding product
aesthetics and user experiences. Proposals are expected to:
c. With a vehicle usage model that maximises the ratio of using solar power and
performance for VIPV, considering various light intensity variations, climatic conditions
and uses while minimising energy losses.
2. Demonstrate PV Charging Stations (EVs, electric buses, etc.) able to provide a significant
part of the charging demand despite the PV intermittence, guarantee the balance of the public
grid, and reduce the public grid energy cost, with optimal charging/discharging start time for
EVs, through its arrival time, departure time, initial and final state of charge (SOC), to
achieve peak shaving, valley filling and other types of grid services, while reducing the costs
of energy from the public grid.
A plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case
and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The
exploitation plan should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and
deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be
potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Applicants can seek possibilities of involving the EC JRC. The JRC may provide
characterisation, validation and certification of the performance of photovoltaic solar devices.
It may also perform pre-normative research to develop appropriate characterisation methods
for such devices as a precursor to the adoption of international standards as well as addressing
stability, lifetime and environmental issues. This task shall be performed within the European
Solar Test Installation (ESTI) an accredited ISO17025 calibration laboratory for all
photovoltaic technologies.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: PV is growing fast, from domestic and commercial, up to utility scale
systems. In the years ahead PV systems and solutions will be an integral contributor of
distributed generation, pivotal in building functional energy communities, aggregated and
operated through advance distributed controls in hierarchical set up with the integrated grid.
Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:
Engage actively citizens and communities in the clean energy transition in particular
through the uptake of energy cooperatives and the development of decentralized
platforms.
Effective protocols and robust communication and cooperation between the various
required levels of control that is cyber secure, offering the benefits of advanced smart
power electronics, sensors and intelligent systems.
This topic requires the effective contribution of Social Science and Humanities (SSH)
disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of
relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the
societal impact of the related research activities. Social innovations should also be considered,
notably as new tools, ideas and methods leading to active citizen engagement and as drivers
of social change, social ownership, and new social practices.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 195.
195
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
to enhance its sustainability while creating wealth and additional employment opportunities in
Europe.
Consequently, project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Scope: In order to identify the main areas of improvement for the environmental footprint and
resource efficiency of PV, it is necessary to regard the technology’s entire lifecycle. Using
Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), important knowledge can be gained as to which processes and
materials contribute most to the overall environmental footprint. The lifecycle-thinking also
aids in identifying key candidates to reduce the use of resources from the design phase.
Although it seems self-explanatory that reduction/substitution or efficient use of critical
materials lead to improved environmental impact, it is of course essential that these do not
adversely affect the function of the technology.
For a renewable energy technology to be successful, it needs to have a strong net positive
energy balance. This implies that the energy payback time of systems needs to be short, the
carbon footprint needs to be reduced, the use of local materials to reduce transport costs in
systems needs to be increased, the use of hazardous materials needs to be avoided, and
systems and system components need to be designed in a way that encourages recycling and
decreases material usage.
Modern eco-friendly technologies and long lasting, repairable products are required in
combination with sound circular economy approaches to process the huge stock of valuable
resources at the end of life.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 196.
Expected Outcome: If the project is on the first action 1) than the project results are expected
to contribute to at least three of the outcomes a), b), and c). If the project is on the second
action 2) than the project results is expected to contribute at least two of the outcomes a), b)
and d)
Improved understanding on the negative and positive impacts of offshore wind farms
throughout their lifetime (c).
Scope: The aim is to develop and promote the use of modelling tools and objective holistic
assessment metrics for realistic in-depth analysis of (cumulative) impacts of wind installations
on the environment and on local communities and to integrate these in design tools for the
196
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
deployment and decommissioning of offshore wind farms. It will be as well necessary to find
innovative solutions to minimize the environmental impact during all stages of the life cycle
of offshore wind farms but especially for the construction and decommissioning phase. An
assessment framework for installations is needed with nature inclusive design options valuing
‘created habitats’ vs ‘natural habitats’.
Action 1: develop design tools which can be used for the planning of offshore floating and
fixed-bottom wind farms with the focus to minimize the overall life-cycle environmental
impacts (noise, impact on seabed, visual effect, effects on marine life and other species)
including floating turbines (e.g. the environmental impacts of fixing/anchoring techniques),
reducing carbon footprint of the offshore wind plants across the life cycle, from construction
to end of life and reduce the environmental impact in each consecutive step. The tool should
make use of existing data of environmental impact studies and should be easy to customise
considering different sea basin biodiversity characteristics and new available data. For that
reason, a strong participation/commitment of industry players is required to ensure that
inventory data from industry of the components is used in the analyses and validation of the
tools. The action will deliver recommendations for implementable, simple and measurable
criteria to assess at the tendering stage of future project, considering the sustainability and
environmental (positive and negative) impacts of offshore wind farms.
In order to increase the integration of the design tools and the innovative solutions, it is
important that consortia engage all different stakeholders like regulatory bodies, industry,
governments and citizens.
This R&I need is identified in the offshore renewable energy strategy (COM(2020) 741 final)
that commits the Commission to ‘carry out an analysis of costs and impacts of the
decommissioning of offshore installations, with a view to assessing whether, both for the
dismantling of the existing installations and for future decommissioning activities, EU-wide
legal requirements are needed to minimise environmental, safety, economic impacts’.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 30.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Data for future optimisation of industry scale commissioning of the floater, mooring and
anchor system.
Scope: The overall aim is to accelerate the cost-effective construction and deployment of
floating wind farms, facilitating their rapid and sustainable deployment across Europe and
lower their overall costs. Projects are expected to
1. Do the design optimisation of a full floating system, facilitate the execution of the
project addressing space needs in ports, vessels, etc., supply chain development
3. Develop and implement pilot projects for floating wind by identifying the best existing
practices and the remaining knowledge gaps.
Proposals are expected to address also industrial design and manufacturing processes,
circularity of (critical) raw materials, scalability, installation methods, transport, operation &
maintenance, supply chains and the related digital infrastructures.
Projects are requested to demonstrate the technologies at sea while respecting existing
environmental regulatory framework. Present an environmental monitoring plan to be
implemented during the demonstration action. Data on environmental monitoring have to be
shared with EMODNET, the IEA Wind Task 34 on the Environmental Impact of Wind
Energy Projects, IEA Wind Task 49 on Floating Offshore Wind and IEA OES Environmental
Task 4.
The project has to include a clear go/no go moment ahead of entering the deployment phase.
Before this go/no-go moment, the project has to deliver the detailed engineering plans, a
techno-economic assessment, including key performance indicators based on international
recognized metrics, a complete implementation plan and all needed permits for the
deployment of the project and a plan to achieve certification by an independent certification
body before the end of the action. The project proposal is expected to clearly demonstrate a
proposed pathway to obtaining necessary permits for the demonstration actions and allow for
appropriate timelines to achieve these. The project is expected also to demonstrate how it will
get a financial close for the whole action. Independent experts will assess all deliverables and
will advise for the go/no-go decision.
Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating
the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 197 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
This R&I need is identified in the offshore renewable energy strategy (COM(2020) 741 final)
that commits the Commission to ‘develop new wind, ocean energy and solar floating
technology designs, for example through Horizon Europe’.
Specific conditions
197
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 198.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least two of the following
expected outcomes:
Facilitate the wider uptake of renewable energy systems (RES) in the energy, industrial
and residential sectors leading to an increased share of renewable energy in the final
energy consumption by 2030 and beyond.
Contribute to provide open source validated tools and methodologies for policy makers
and stakeholders for developing more informed RES policy and for analysing the market
dynamics when including all renewable energies.
Contribute to the development of markets and respective financial frameworks that can
operate in an efficiently and incentive-compatible manner while accommodating
massive shares of renewables.
Scope: The proposal is expected to develop solutions addressing at least 2 of the expected
outcomes either for the entire renewable energy market or focusing on a specific energy
198
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
sector, such as electricity, heating, cooling or renewable fuels. Proposals can also address
issues within a specific geographical region such as urban and peri-urban areas. Issues related
to acceptability of RES technologies due to ecologic, economic and social aspects are
expected to be addressed. Self-consumption issues can be addressed too. International aspects,
such as collaboration with third countries and promoting solution in new markets, can be
addressed as well.
The proposed solution can be developed to address a local challenge but needs to have wide
potential for reapplication. The solution is expected to have a long-term viability and not be
limited to an ad-hoc fix. The methodologies applied may be inspired by successful approaches
already tested in other fields or contexts.
For all actions, the consortia have to involve relevant stakeholders (e.g. businesses, public
authorities, civil society organisations) and market actors who are committed to
adopting/implementing the results. The complexity of these challenges and of the related
market uptake barriers may call for multi-disciplinary approaches, which requires
contributions from the social sciences and humanities. Where relevant, local, regional
specificities, socio-economic, gender-related, spatial and environmental aspects will be
considered from a life-cycle perspective.
Proposals are encouraged to address social acceptability through the assessment of the
environmental economic and social impacts associated with the development of these
renewable energies and through the adequate involvement of stakeholders in decision-making
processes.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce
meaningful and significant effects for understanding and addressing societal barriers to the
uptake of renewable energy systems.
Where relevant, proposals are expected to also assess the legal, institutional, and political
frameworks at local, national and European level and examine how, why and under what
conditions these could act as a barrier or an enabler.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 199.
Expected Outcome: Conversion of captured CO2 is not only a means to replace fossil fuels,
but also a promising solution for seasonal energy storage. There are still some scientific and
technological challenges to overcome to be able to exploit CO2 as a fuel feedstock, the main
challenge being that the utilisation of CO2 is limited by the highly energy intensive
conversion process.
New solutions for the conversion of captured CO2 from different sources to fuels will create
new markets for innovative industrial sectors and diversify the economic base in carbon-
intensive regions, as well as contribute to achieving a Circular Economy. The project should
evaluate the possibility for industrial CO2 use/reuse through the combination of processes
(industrial symbiosis) and the efficient integration of CO2 capture and conversion to combine
and/or reduce stages.
Scope: Proposals will aim at the development of energy-efficient and economically and
environmentally viable CO2 conversion technologies, including energy storage and/or
displacement of fossil fuels that allow for upscaling in the short to medium term. Proposals
have to define ambitious but achievable targets for energy requirements of the conversion
process (including catalytic conversion), production costs and product yields that will be used
to monitor project implementation. Proposals have to include the potential for the proposed
199
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
CCU solution(s) as CO2 mitigation option through conducting an LCA (Life Cycle
Assessment) in line with guidelines developed by the Commission, such as the Innovation
Fund GHG methodology and the relevant ISO standards and the EU Taxonomy Regulation.
Proposals are expected to bring technologies that have reached at least TRL 4-5 to TRL 6-7
(please see part G of the General Annexes).
Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial
model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the
Innovation Fund).
Projects are strongly encouraged to join the EU CCUS knowledge sharing project network.
Projects should collaborate if appropriate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on
aspects that require integration of hydrogen and are expected to contribute and participate to
the activities of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory.
This topic is complementary to the call CL4- Destination 1 Energy Intensive Industries on
CCU.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 200.
Expected Outcome: The European Union aims at reducing its net greenhouse gas emissions
by at least 55% by 2030 compared to 1990 levels, and at achieving carbon neutrality by 2050.
Under the European Green Deal, the Commission has also adopted a zero-pollution action
plan, with a zero-pollution ambition, and a Biodiversity Strategy. In view of achieving these
ambitious targets it is appropriate to further explore the development of direct air carbon
capture and storage (DACCS) and bioenergy carbon capture and storage (BECCS) as CO2
capture technologies in combination with CO2 storage, duly assessing their impacts on other
environmental challenges.
The project is expected to develop highly innovative CCUS /carbon negative technologies
leading to CO2 removal. It should enable the cost-effective deployment of technologies such
200
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
as (DACCS), (BECCS) ideally linking them to industrial clusters with special emphasis of
these technologies to safe CO2 underground storage and CO2 utilisation.
Project results are expected to contribute to at least one of the following expected outcomes:
Improve existing or develop new materials for DACCS and/or BECCS technologies; or
Make DACCS and/or BECCS technologies a viable option to make the EU carbon
neutral by increasing the TRL levels and reducing cost of the different technological
options
Scope: This topic focusses on DACCS and BECCS, which are technologies that can help
reaching climate neutrality by 2050 by creating the carbon sinks required to balance out
residual emissions in 2050.
The scope of this topic is to further the technological development of DACCS and BECCS,
and addressing the environmental, social and economic challenges and benefits with the view
of establishing this concept as a viable technology to fight climate change. The potential
technologies require major technological breakthroughs.
Projects have to substantiate the potential for the proposed solutions as CO2 mitigation option
by conducting an LCA in conformity with guidelines developed by the Commission, such as
the Innovation Fund GHG methodology and the relevant ISO standards and the EU
Taxonomy Regulation. This life cycle consideration should include the sustainability of
biomass and the renewable origin of electricity but also assess other environmental
dimensions (requirements for land, water; impacts on air and water quality, biodiversity;
distances to major storage clusters, leakages etc.).
Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this topic
should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the
introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan, financial
model) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (in particular the
Innovation Fund).
Proposals that include research into the use of direct air capture and BECCS for enhanced oil
recovery will not be considered. Proposals are expected to take into account the related
activities within the EU ETS Innovation Fund and the EU Catalyst Partnership. International
cooperation with Mission Innovation countries is encouraged in line with the Carbon Dioxide
Removal Mission (CDR Mission). 201.
Successful projects will be encouraged to join the EU CCUS knowledge sharing project
network.
201
Applicants are reminded that legal entities established in China are not eligible to participate in
Innovation Actions in any capacity. Please refer to the Annex B of the General Annexes of this Work
Programme for further details.
This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations
(KSO):
C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable
economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production
systems;
Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;
The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to the “Efficient and
sustainable use of energy, accessible for all is ensured through a clean energy system and a
just transition”, notably through
Increased energy efficiency in industry and reducing industry’s Greenhouse Gas (GHG)
and air pollutant emissions through recovery, upgrade and/or conversion of industrial
excess (waste) heat and through electrification of heat generation (more information
below).
This Destination has at its core the ambition to deliver on the research, innovation and
technological developments needs to meet EU climate and energy targets, forward-looking
policy implementation and long-term carbon neutrality objective. The Destination contributes
as well (e.g. through the topics that support digitalisation and smartness of buildings) to the
EU digital agenda. Though biodiversity is not in the focus of this Destination, the multiple
202
‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’,
as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
impacts of the built environment on biodiversity (e.g. in the scope of renovation) should be
considered.
The Destination has a strong policy dimension – it is steered by EU policy action in the
energy and climate domains, the European Green Deal overreaching policy priority, the
Renovation Wave Strategy (for buildings topics), the Industrial Strategy, the Industrial
Emissions Directive (for industry topics) and the forward-looking policy measures proposed
in the Fit for 55 – Delivering European Green Deal package.
In the light of the Versailles Declaration203, and acknowledging the need to reduce the energy
dependencies of the EU, this Destination will strongly focus on innovations that boost energy
efficiency and reduce energy demand in buildings and the industry, thereby contributing to
making Europe independent from Russian gas supplies (and other fossil fuel supply from
Russia) by the end of the decade in line with the REPowerEU Communication204.
The Destination will contribute to putting the EU on track for achieving climate neutrality of
its building stock by 2050 and to effectively promoting Europe’s independence from Russian
gas supplies (and other fossil fuels from Russia) before 2030 by means of a more clean,
efficient and sustainable building stock. It will deliver the solutions that can help increase
buildings renovation rates, reduce energy consumptions of buildings, improve smart
readiness, improve circularity, and improve users’ comfort, well-being and health, while
keeping housing affordable, in line with the objectives of the Renovation Wave and the
revised Energy Performance of Buildings Directive.
This Destination will contribute to ‘reducing our energy dependencies’ priority of the
Versailles declaration across all topics, in particular by improving energy efficiency and the
management of energy consumption in buildings, and by delivering more circular approaches
to construction and renovation of buildings. The Destination will also contribute to the
‘Electrify Europe’ track of REPowerEU by delivering innovative solutions for energy
efficiency and electrification of homes and buildings, e.g. thanks to heat pumps. These
priorities are addressed in a specific flagship topic.
It will contribute to the uptake of digital and smart solutions in buildings and to improved
energy flexibility, in line with the Action Plan on the digitalisation of the energy sector. The
Destination’s innovation will contribute to make the sector fit to support the achievement of
higher ambition on energy efficiency under Fit for 55. The Destination’s topics contribute
significantly to the New European Bauhaus 205 (NEB), integrating the core NEB values of
sustainability, inclusion and aesthetics in the built environment (e.g. in relation to cultural
heritage and quality of experience), and they are consistent with the EU roadmap and policy
203
The Versailles Declaration, 10 and 11 March 2022,
https://www.consilium.europa.eu/media/54773/20220311-versailles-declaration-en.pdf
204
‘REPowerEU: Joint European action for more affordable, secure and sustainable energy’, COM(2022)
108 final, 8 March 2022.
205
https://europa.eu/new-european-bauhaus/index_en
The Destination also relies on the Built4People co-programmed partnership’s broader action
and is complementary to Driving Urban Transitions partnership and to the Mission on Climate
Neutral and Smart Cities.
The European buildings and energy sectors are able to effectively support higher EU
ambition on energy efficiency, energy independence, and the transition to zero-emission
buildings, with a stronger link between innovation in technology and practices, and
policy drivers and instruments.
Buildings constructed and renovated see their performance enhanced across the board
(energy performance, life-cycle emissions, indoor environment quality), with lower
environmental impacts, and rates of holistic renovations continue increasing. Buildings
are able to adapt to changing user needs for dynamic and more efficient use of building
spaces and they are more resilient to climate change and better integrated in the grid.
A higher quality, more affordable and inclusive, built environment mitigating climate
change and preserving environment, safeguarding cultural heritage, considering
sustainability, circularity and aesthetics, while ensuring better living conditions.
Industry
The Destination will contribute to putting the EU on track for achieving climate neutrality of
the industrial sector by 2050, while also reducing other polluting emissions, and for
effectively promoting Europe’s independence from Russian gas supplies (and other fossil
fuels from Russia) before 2030 by means of a more clean, efficient and sustainable industrial
processes. It will deliver the solutions that can help a faster transition to renewable and low
carbon energy sources for thermal energy generation, and a reduction of the energy
consumption through waste heat recovery, storage and upgrade for reuse in other processes.
These solutions will contribute to reduce GHG and polluting emissions and reinforce the
frontrunner and competitive position of the European industry. They are in line with the
research and innovations areas identified in the Implementation Plan of the action of the
Strategic Energy Technology (SET) Plan dedicated to ‘energy efficiency in industry’.
The bulk of R&I dedicated to industry is covered in Cluster 4 (Digital, Industry and Space),
and in particular by the private public partnership Processes4Planet focussing on process
2023 2024
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01
Indicative budget(s)206
206
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
207
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
208
Of which EUR 5.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
209
Of which EUR 4.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
210
Of which EUR 4.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
211
Of which EUR 3.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
212
Of which EUR 13.82 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
213
Of which EUR 11.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Scope: To demonstrate that high-quality and affordable zero-emission buildings, in line with
the Proposed Revision of the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive, can be delivered
and mainstreamed. With new buildings already required to be nearly-zero energy buildings,
the focus is on how to achieve zero emissions, zero or positive energy standards and how to
reduce embodied emissions, also storing CO2 where possible (using recycled, zero-carbon, or
sustainably sourced construction materials acting as carbon sinks).
rely on mature construction products and materials, and technical building systems,
seeking to deliver solutions that are ready for application and use, in view of
significantly enhancing the energy performance of buildings.
are rooted in local and regional value chains for sourcing of buildings components
and for involvement and upskilling of local and regional businesses.
are tailored for the applicable regulatory framework: EU, national, and (where
relevant) regional and local level.
Demonstrations that include at least three real-life new construction projects, of which
one at least should target public buildings.
Cover at least three countries, with diverse climatic conditions and architectural
patterns.
Involve local and regional values chains, in particular SMEs, based on participatory
approaches to increase innovation acceptability.
Lead to clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the
results achieved.
provide feedback to policy makers at EU, national, and (where relevant) regional
and local level regarding the deployment of innovative and cost efficient solutions
for constructing zero-emission buildings.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Reduction of energy demand by at least 60%, preserving historical and cultural heritage
values.
Scope: Around a quarter of the existing building stock in Europe was built prior to the middle
of the last century. Many such buildings not only reflect the unique character and identity of
European cities, but also include essential infrastructure for housing, public buildings etc. A
significant number of these have a poor energy performance, continue to use conventional and
inefficient fossil fuel-based energy systems and are costly to renovate. Furthermore, changes
in building use and higher indoor comfort expectations than in the past are driving up energy
demand, a particular challenge when historical buildings are used or converted for residential,
educational, retail, office or other purposes. Many recently developed renovation approaches
are not adapted to the specific requirements of historical buildings. The process of future-
proofing these buildings for the clean energy transition faces additional challenges compared
to newer buildings, as it has to take into account architectural restrictions, as well as the
specificities of the materials used in their construction, which does not respond well to
renovation techniques used in modern buildings.
Deliver standardised renovation approaches and solutions for the deep renovation of
historical buildings to improve their energy performance, smart readiness, indoor air
quality, comfort, and climate resilience, while respecting their architectural and cultural
specificities, materials and traditional construction techniques.
Target building types constructed prior to 1945 that have restrictions regarding changes
of their envelope (walls, window, doors, and/or roof). (Buildings of nationally or
internationally recognised significant cultural heritage built after this date may also be
considered.).
Standardised renovation approaches and solutions that are directly replicable for other
buildings of the same building type, which should represent a share of at least 1% of
buildings in the specific country where they are located.
Explore both internal and external insulation solutions, and where possible incorporating
adaptable interventions, plug and play technical building systems, and/or renewable
energy services.
Employ both novel and traditional construction materials and techniques, exploring ways
to combine, adapt and improve them.
Improve the comfort of occupants and lower the maintenance costs for building owners.
Results in clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the
effectiveness and the potential for replication of the solutions.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 214.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Increased availability of tools, guides and interoperable solutions for planning, design,
development and management of Positive Energy Districts (PEDs).
Improved integration of energy (e.g. distributed renewable energy generation, waste heat
utilisation, storage) and non-energy sectors (e.g. mobility) within PEDs.
Increased participation of consumers and energy communities in the value chain of the
energy system.
Scope: Recent projects have demonstrated positive energy districts, but there is a need to
demonstrate fully interoperable solutions that include improved energy efficiency coupled
with a better integration of local renewables and local excess heat sources within the district.
In parallel, the interoperability of positive energy districts with the urban and renewable
energy system in which they are embedded needs to be enhanced through effective solutions
214
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
that will allow interaction and integration between buildings, the users and the regional
energy, mobility and ICT systems.
Develop solutions (products, tools, etc.) for planning and managing assets (e.g.
buildings, energy systems, mobility systems, ICT) in positive energy districts.
Develop tools and methods for planning and designing PEDs, that support PED
developers and managers to optimise the mix of PED solutions depending on the local
conditions.
Develop data exchange platforms (heat & electricity) and technologies to integrate
buildings with energy markets (e.g. flexibility market) relying on available standards
(e.g. SAREF), allowing buildings to contribute effectively to grid stabilisation at district
/ city level.
Develop methodologies and/or planning tools for the optimal integration of distributed
renewable generation and excess heat at district (or building) level.
Develop innovative business models for integration of PEDs in the energy markets
including technological, financial and regulatory aspects.
Deploy and test certification and standardisation frameworks for interoperable solutions
in positive energy districts.
To ensure interoperability and integration into the grid, projects should make use of
operational end-to-end architectures, digital platforms and other data exchange infrastructure
for the energy system being developed under ongoing Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe as well
as under other EU programs such as the Digital Europe Program, when addressing
communication and data exchange between inverters and other components, other appliances
and the electricity network.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 215 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
215
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 216.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Increased knowledge regarding solutions in the tertiary buildings case from transfer of
relevant knowledge from other application field/sectors.
216
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Improved open access to the relevant and useful knowledge and information for the IT
sector.
Increased awareness of the most common specific use cases in tertiary buildings in EU
Member States/Associated countries that could benefit from cost-effective and optimised
thermal management and energy efficiency measures (solutions, practices, strategies,
etc.), including solutions recovering and valorising of excess heat among others.
Increased consensus amongst key actors regarding metrics, indicators, reporting, trends,
monitoring and verification (M&V) schemes, methodologies & best practices to achieve
best/optimal efficiencies through the design, commissioning, operation, management and
decommissioning of IT systems equipment.
Improved insight for future standardisation needs in relevant areas of influence (e.g.
procurement, product design, manufacturing, services, cooling equipment, control
equipment, buildings energy performance, operation, management, among others.) in
order to facilitate further improvements and efficiencies in the relevant areas.
Scope: Energy consumption of IT systems equipment (e.g. server racks, server rooms) inside
buildings is following a significant growth due to several factors. These factors include the
increasing number of installed sensors and IoT devices, which feeds the need for big data
handling and the increasing demand for more powerful and advanced equipment. Various
voluntary and regulatory instruments have been implemented in the past years to try to
mitigate the environmental footprint of a specific equipment/device or systems in isolation.
However, often these instruments do not take into account real life performance, potential
inefficiencies or synergies with other systems, operation under real life set-up and control
conditions, or other constraints such as those from the building energy management practices,
building automation and control systems, local regulations or rules. Moreover, there is
potential to improve the self-assessment and self-optimisation functionalities at all levels.
Validate and improve awareness of the cost-effectiveness and value proposition of the
best/optimal thermal management and energy efficiency measures (solutions, practices,
strategies, etc.) of high energy-demand IT systems equipment in facility rooms inside
tertiary buildings.
Facilitate open access to latest information, trends and knowledge to all players
involved.
Engage in the relevant standardisation initiatives and identify needs for future regulation
or standardisation developments.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 25.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Scope: In line with EU priorities for buildings and the energy system, and with the need to
reduce Europe’s energy dependencies, to develop and demonstrate highly cost-efficient,
integrated and replicable solutions for decarbonising the thermal energy demand of buildings
(i.e. heating and cooling) by means of electrification, ensuring the strict application of the
energy efficiency first principle.
Develop and demonstrate innovative and integrated solutions for electrification of the
thermal energy demand of buildings in line with the ‘Electrify Europe’ track of
REPowerEU (e.g. heat pumps), with high replication potential across Europe.
Include interoperable interfaces and rely on standards allowing to collect and store
information on their operation, and communicating with other systems (e.g.
building energy management systems or building automation and control systems),
for autonomous or remote inspection of systems (state, performance and failures).
Allow to increase the use of locally generated (on-site217 and nearby218) renewable
electricity and electrochemical storage, while offering energy flexibility to
contribute to power grid stability.
Minimise life cycle environmental impact and improve circularity (e.g. reparability,
modular design for selective replacement and upgrade, recyclability of materials,
use of thermal cycle fluids with low global warming potential), while
maintaining/enhancing their performance.
217
‘on-site’ means the premises and the land on which the building is located and the building itself.
218
‘energy from renewable sources produced nearby’ means energy from renewable sources produced
within a local or district level perimeter of the building, which fulfils all the following conditions: (a) it
can only be distributed and used within that local and district level perimeter through a dedicated
distribution network; (b) it allows for the calculation of a specific primary energy factor valid only for
the energy from renewable sources produced within that local or district level perimeter; and (c) it can
be used on-site of the building through a dedicated connection to the energy production source, that
dedicated connection requiring specific equipment for the safe supply and metering of energy for self-
use of the building.
Are highly replicable, for new buildings and for renovation of residential buildings
(individual dwellings, single apartments or flats), e.g. for the direct replacement of
fossil-fuel boilers.
Demonstrate the solutions developed in at least five real-life new construction and
renovation projects, of which at least two are renovations of residential buildings
(multifamily building or individual houses) and at least one is renovation of non-
residential buildings.
Covers at least three countries with diverse climatic conditions, of which at least
one country with an energy mix that is strongly dependent on Russian fossil fuel
supplies.
Involves relevant authorities to ensure the best alignment with energy strategies at
national, regional and local levels.
Leads to clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the
results achieved.
Deliver guidance and recommendations for practitioners, and define and implement
ambitious dissemination actions, to promote the approaches demonstrated and support
their replication.
Industry
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 219.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected
outcomes, except where options are mentioned:
Integration of renewable thermal energy sources or industrial waste heat into more
energy-, emissions-, cost- and space-efficient conversion systems generating cold for
several industrial sectors and processes, maximising primary energy savings and CO2
emission reduction compared to present state-of-the-art, thereby reducing fossil fuel
imports dependency.
Scope: Increasing the efficiency of the cooling systems and reducing costs, coupling the
cooling systems with renewable energy sources, and harnessing available industrial waste
heat (including from data centres), can contribute to reduce the environmental impact and
make the industrial sectors more competitive and less dependent on fossil fuel imports.
In order to reach this goal, all the following development areas need to be covered:
219
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Identify the target industrial processes which would benefit from the integrated cooling
systems; assess the impacts on these processes in terms of energy savings and GHG and
air pollutant emissions reductions in the EU (and Associated States, if data are
available), so as to maximise the impact and coverage of the most promising solutions in
the subsequent optimisation and demonstration steps. A preliminary assessment is
expected at proposal stage.
Improve the refrigeration system efficiency and environmental friendliness, for example:
improve the control system and operating strategies; develop internal recoveries for
refrigeration plants (e.g. vapour compression plants); environment friendly materials and
working fluids and novel heat exchangers for refrigeration systems (e.g. absorption
systems). Optionally: combine the generation and use of both heat and cold.
Identify the potential barriers to the deployment of the integrated cooling solutions due
to thermal renewables variability, investigating notably other mitigation alternatives than
gas-fired backups, such as insurance mechanisms to alleviate the financial risk for the
company. Identify non-technical barriers due to the local regulatory framework in the
EU Member States and Associated Countries.
Make an analysis of the potential industrial applications and related benefits (technical,
economic, climatic, environmental) of integrated cooling solutions in at least four
different industrial processes, in the EU and (if data are available) in the Associated
States and, by extrapolation, at global level.
Define an exploitation strategy. For proposals submitted under this topic, the plan for the
exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and
sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The
exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation,
and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources
to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Disseminate the technical and economic benefits, notably (but not only) to the
communities of the relevant Horizon Europe private-public partnerships.
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02
Indicative budget(s)220
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
220
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
221
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Improved tools for the planning and management of building assets and portfolios of
buildings including energy management, environmental performance, renovation
optimisation and investment planning.
Increased availability and access to lifecycle data of buildings and buildings portfolios
and enhanced interoperability and synergies among data sharing platforms.
Scope: European buildings are producing an increasing amount of data on energy and non-
energy uses. More and better data can lead to enhanced consumer information, contribute to
an effective management of energy grids and support the creation of innovative energy
services, new business models and financing schemes for distributed clean energy. Data is
also a key enabler for reliable and effective policymaking, e.g. for climate policies. Several
recent projects have focused on developing big data facilities and data analytics tools to
monitor the energy performance of buildings based on energy related data. More work is
needed to integrate energy data with lifecycle data (e.g. GHG emissions and removals,
materials, water, health, comfort, life cycle cost and value, etc.), in order to optimise the
performance of buildings and buildings’ portfolios across the board and support the decision
making of owners/tenants/developers to transform existing and planned physical assets
(buildings or buildings’ assets, e.g. distributed energy generation, e-mobility recharging
infrastructure, micro-grids, building systems).
Proposals are expected to address at least two of the three following points:
Develop new or upgrade existing building management systems enhanced with data
analytics and real-time digital twinning tools. The developed systems should take into
account buildings monitoring data (e.g. from embedded sensors/actuators), users’
preferences (e.g. related to comfort and well-being, safety, and energy flexibility), and
222
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Develop new or upgrade existing decision support tools for the management of building
assets and portfolios of buildings. The developed tools should be able to deliver energy
(e.g. energy monitoring, renovation optimisation) and non-energy services (investment
planning, risk assessment – e.g. risk-related, fault detection, predictive maintenance,
surveillance & safety, comfort, occupancy satisfaction). The tools should be co-
developed with the potential users (e.g. facility managers, fund managers etc.) and tested
in real market conditions.
Develop new or upgrade existing data sharing platforms including lifecycle data of
buildings or buildings portfolios. The platforms should connect relevant market actors
(technology providers, developers, aggregators, DSOs, ESCOS) with relevant user
groups (consumers, energy communities), policy makers and the financial sector and
offer innovative services (e.g. flexibility, prediction, investment planning etc.). The
platforms should be co-developed with the participation of the potential user groups and
tested in real market conditions linking, where relevant, to digital logbooks and to and
other relevant initiatives (e.g. the Smart Readiness Indicator under the Energy
Performance of Buildings Directive).
Proposals should contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the
Built4People network of innovation clusters.
Proposals are expected to implement at least three large -scale pilots to demonstrate the
chosen system. The pilots should cover a variety of building typologies (residential,
commercial, public etc.) and use cases (energy monitoring, renovation optimisation,
investment planning, risk assessment etc.)
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Increased awareness of building occupants and other key stakeholders on the available
solutions in case of extreme climatic events, and natural disasters.
Scope: Buildings should contribute to an integrated approach for a safe and healthy people-
centric built environment at block, district and urban level. The built environment needs to be
adapted, designed, and constructed for combating the effects of Global Warming (increased
heat island effect, increased cooling demands, water scarcity, etc.) and for providing safety
and resilience to adverse climatic events at a larger scale, whilst ensuring their connection and
integration with energy, ICT and transport infrastructures.
Develop approaches and tools for the identification and categorisation of the
vulnerability of existing, and future, buildings and built environment, where possible
using and/or further developing existing vulnerability assessment methodologies.
Develop innovative designs, materials and solutions to improve safety (e.g., fire safety)
and resilience of the built environment to extreme climatic events (heat waves, floods,
category 5 storms, etc.), and which may also be relevant in other natural disasters, such
as earthquakes depending on the geographical location of the buildings.
Ensure, if applicable, that the proposed solutions also improve accessibility for persons
with disabilities, improve the local environment, and minimise any negative impacts on
biodiversity, e.g. relying on nature-based solutions
Where appropriate, ensure the proposed approaches and solutions address deep
renovation, linking to relevant instruments for awareness and advice of building owners
(e.g. renovation passports) in order to gradually adapt buildings to climate change in an
adaptation pathways approach.
Explore the use of relevant data, such as weather forecasts and / or catastrophe warnings,
by monitoring and management systems in the built environment (e.g. to launch
automatic emergency protocols to warn and protect buildings users).
Investigate the potential of asset management and life cycle approaches to optimise costs
of resilience (e.g. to climate and environmental factors).
Ensure that the whole value chain from design over construction to end of life is
covered.
Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network
of innovation clusters.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce
meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research
activities.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Increased number of innovative solutions and packages for sustainable construction and
renovation.
Increased engagement and participation of the whole value chain in local and regional
innovation clusters.
Creation of new business opportunities with reduced risk for investment in the circular
economy.
Scope: To improve the energy efficiency, circularity and sustainability of the built
environment there is a need to develop and apply integrated approaches that demonstrate, in
practice, achievable pathways for decarbonisation of the building stock through a whole life
carbon approach, including temporary carbon storage in built works (e.g. thanks to wood-
based products). This means developing and integrating new design techniques allowing for
deconstruction and reuse; new products and components that can be dismantled and reused;
and new products and components for construction works that incorporate reused and
recycled elements and materials. In addition, there is a need to deploy and test through a value
chain approach the enabling conditions that facilitate the integration of the innovations
outlined above in planning, design, budgeting, procurement, construction practice, insurance,
and related administrative and regulatory processes.
Demonstrate a value chain approach and pilot decarbonisation pathways in at least two
deconstruction/re-use/construction demonstrators and supply chain approaches of
market-scale renovations.
Demonstrate low disruptive and simpler construction and retrofitting processes, which
facilitate a life cycle-based approach that fosters alignment with EU Level(s) framework
indicators.
Test the enabling conditions (technological, social, and policy) that can boost innovation
and reduce time from research to market of sustainable renovation solutions.
Establish and operate demonstrative regulatory sandboxes that allow to deploy and test
innovation pathways for decarbonisation of buildings at a meaningful scale with the
involvement of the whole value chain at local level.
Develop solutions that can stimulate the market for reused construction products at a
regional level in support of the Renovation Wave and which can contribute to increased
rate and depth of renovation in order to reach climate neutrality by 2050, in particular in
critical segments of the building stocks such as e.g. public buildings or social housing.
Develop design solutions that address inclusion and accessibility and leading to
documented improvements in comfort and health aspects, whilst reducing emissions
from the built environment and enhancing climate change resilience.
Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network
of innovation clusters.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise (including social
innovation), in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal
impact of the related research activities.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 223.
223
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Increased engagement and participation of the whole value chain in local and regional
construction innovation clusters.
Creation of new business opportunities with reduced risk for investment in innovative
built environment construction and renovation.
Scope: For effective fast-tracking and promotion of built environment construction and
renovation innovation with local value chains, nascent construction innovation clusters need
to link with regional/national innovation hubs and clusters. This will strengthen multi-
disciplinary networking and collaboration amongst all actors of local and regional
construction ecosystems and reinforce European value chains. A long-term network structure
is needed, based on an appropriate business model and governance, to support these clusters
and give them capacity to nurture and help deliver public and private investments in
sustainable construction and renovation innovation also supporting digitalisation of the value
chain.
Support adoption of the enabling conditions (technological, social, and policy) that can
boost innovation and reduce time from research to market of sustainable renovation
solutions.
Deliver methods and tools for the reliable assessment of innovation maturity and
potential impacts (e.g. potential of replication).
Prepare the value chain at a local/regional level for uptake of innovative sustainable
construction and renovation solutions in support of the Renovation Wave and the
increased rate and depth of renovation, also post 2030, in order to reach EU-wide climate
neutrality by 2050.
Promote design solutions that address inclusion and accessibility and leading to
documented improvements in comfort and health aspects, whilst reducing emissions
from the built environment and enhancing climate adaptation resilience.
Ensure the project’s dissemination activities include actions that contribute to the
activities of the NEB Community, and to sharing information, best practices and results
within the NEB Lab.
Seek to ensure consistency and complementarity of action with the project funded under
the HORIZON-CL5-2021-D4-02-03 topic.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise (including social
innovation), in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal
impact of the related research activities.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 224.
The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal
entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
224
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Improved accessibility225 of the built environment for persons with disabilities and older
persons, following a ‘design for all’ approach.
Increased uptake of accessible and inclusive active mobility solutions (walking and
cycling) in support of healthy and sustainable lifestyles, while catering solutions for
persons with reduced mobility.
Improved sense of inclusiveness 226 and social cohesion in larger shares of the
population.
Reduced energy consumption and lifecycle GHG emissions of the facilities of the built
environment.
Scope: The focus will be on the different facilities of the built environment (buildings, multi-
modal hubs, public spaces and other infrastructure for people’s use) that are open to the
public. Built environment professionals require support to design, plan, build and operate
facilities that are accessible and inclusive. Design concepts should make these facilities
accessible for persons with disabilities and fragile people, following an inclusive, ‘design for
all’ approach.
Demonstrate (and where applicable produce) innovative planning and design tools for
new and existing buildings and/or multi-modal hubs and/or public spaces and/or other
infrastructure for people’s use with the triple aim of:
225
Accessibility is meant as the removal and prevention of barriers that hinder the participation of persons
with disabilities in society on equal basis with others. In this case the focus is on barriers in the built
environment.
226
Inclusiveness is meant as environments that reflect the diversity of society with full respect of the
human rights and fundamental freedoms of all inhabitants.
227
In line with relevant EU legislation (e.g., the European Accessibility Act Directive (EU) 2019/882) and
European standards (e.g., EN 17210:2021).
making them accessible and inclusive for persons with disability and/or older
persons;
Address the adaptability of the built environment over its lifecycle, to ensure flexibility
for accessibility adaptations (e.g., in the case of changing needs of people with
increasing disabilities and reducing mobility).
Make the facilities of the built environment under consideration more energy efficient
overall, therefore reducing GHG emissions.
Consider the possible creation of new job opportunities that are concerned with
implementing, monitoring and maintaining accessibility of the facilities of the built
environment.
Where applicable, design public spaces to promote soft and active modes of mobility
through attractive, safe, and green infrastructure for healthier and environmentally
friendly lifestyles, therefore lowering carbon emissions and noise pollution.
Where applicable, develop solutions to ensure the mobility of person with disabilities
(including visually impaired users) inside buildings in an autonomous, ubiquitous, and
pervasive way.
Where new digital tools are used in the built environment (including to address energy
efficiency and comfort in buildings), ensure their accessibility for persons with
disabilities and older persons.
Participation of / co-creation with relevant societal stakeholders should be part of the action.
To this end, this topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the
involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise
(including social innovation), to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the
societal impact of the related research activities.
Proposals are expected to contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the
Built4People network of innovation clusters.
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01
Indicative budget(s)228
228
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
229
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Significant reduction of dust, noise and waste on the construction site compared to
conventional renovation processes.
Improved levels of occupancy comfort (e.g. Indoor Air Quality and Indoor
Environmental Quality) after renovation.
Scope: Low-disruptive renovation processes, using prefabricated modules that are quick and
easy to apply can play an important role in increasing the renovation rate of the European
building stock. Renovation processes should cover the whole workflow from design to offsite
manufacture, installation, compliance checking on site and end strategies for maintenance,
operation and end of life.
Use relevant available technologies to reduce quality gaps between the off-site
manufacturing and on-site deployment of prefabricated modules.
Ensure the processes minimize the disturbance for building owners, tenants and users,
through a considerable time reduction of on-site construction activities, reduced impact
in terms of the unavailability of the building and its main functionalities, and a minimal
impact on occupancy comfort during the renovation process.
Demonstrate less-disruptive retrofitting processes that are more attractive and more cost-
effective for building owners, tenants and users.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Improved integration of buildings with energy carriers (e.g. electricity grid, district
heating networks) and non-energy services (e.g. mobility).
energy services (e.g. mobility). This will allow buildings to play an active role in the energy
system integration.
Enhance interoperability between buildings and grids for electricity and other energy
carriers (e.g. district heating networks, hydrogen, etc.) relying on available standards
(e.g. SAREF).
Enhance synergies between on-site energy storage (e.g. home batteries, e-vehicles, etc.)
and on-site renewable energy sources.
Explore solutions for facilitating data exchange between buildings and other grid actors
(such as ESCOs, aggregators, DSOs, etc.).
Develop and pilot innovative and competitive energy balancing, storage and generation
services in buildings, while maximising building users’ and occupants’ comfort and
satisfaction.
Demonstrate the proposed solutions in at least three pilots. Ensure that the
demonstrations:
2. Involve local and regional values chains, in particular SMEs, based on participatory
approaches to increase innovation acceptability.
3. Lead to clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the
results achieved.
Demonstrate economic viability of the proposed solutions and business models for
consumers and the economic actors involved.
Projects should build on the results from relevant past and on-going projects, in particular
those that seek to upgrade smartness of existing buildings relying on legacy equipment (LC-
SC3-B4E-3-2020).
To ensure interoperability and integration into the grid, projects should make use of
operational end-to-end architectures, digital platforms and other data exchange infrastructure
for the energy system being developed under ongoing Horizon 2020, Horizon Europe, like the
European Science Cloud, as well as under other EU programs such as the Digital Europe
Program, when addressing communication and data exchange between inverters and other
components, other appliances and the electricity network.
The selected projects are expected to contribute to the BRIDGE initiative 230 , actively
participate to its activities and allocate up to 2% of their budgets to that end. Additional
contributions to the ‘Alliance for Internet of Things Innovation’ (AIOTI) and other relevant
activities (e.g. clusters of digital projects and coordinating actions) might be considered, when
relevant.
Industry
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
230
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected
outcomes, except where options are specified:
Take full advantage of alternative heating systems for electrified, efficient and precisely
focussed heat generation in industry, that create the possibility for new, decarbonised
and flexible processes, reducing fossil fuel imports dependency, maximising primary
energy savings and CO2 emission reduction compared to present state-of-the-art,
demonstrated by LCA or similar studies (assuming decarbonised electricity use).
Better awareness of the challenges and benefits of alternative heating systems in the
relevant industrial sectors.
Scope: Alternative forms of energy such as for example ultrasound, microwaves, plasma,
infrared, visible and ultraviolet radiations … are unconventional and contactless heat sources,
that create the possibility of new, efficient and flexible processes, in that they are applied
precisely where they are needed and with shortened reaction times. They are key enablers for
switching processes from fossil energy to renewable or low-carbon energy sources, and can
contribute to increasing their energy efficiency, thereby reducing fossil fuel imports
dependency.
They provide higher production flexibility, allowing variable throughputs to better follow
market demand and enabling leaner production paradigms (e.g. decreased stock, production
on demand), as well as flexibility for the electricity grid via demand response. Furthermore,
such technologies are suitable for downscaling, which can be an advantage in some cases (e.g.
local waste or biomass feedstock processing).
Note: the electrification of furnaces to heat large volumes at very high temperatures is not in
the scope of this topic, because it is covered in Cluster4 work programme.
Further research and upscaling work is necessary to demonstrate their potential to be deployed
on an industrial scale.
In order to reach this goal all the following development areas are expected to be covered:
Cost effective and improved designs for at least two alternative heat sources
technologies.
231
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Integration and demonstration of the system at industrial scale of at least one alternative
heat source technology in at least on industrial process; demonstrate the financial
viability and develop a business case.
Make a preliminary estimation of the future equipment cost for at least one alternative
heat source technology, in a total of at least three industrial applications (including the
demonstrated application), to evaluate their economic potential.
Make an analysis of the potential industrial deployment and related benefits (technical,
economic, climatic, environmental) of at least one alternative heat source technology in
three industrial sectors, in the EU and (if data are available) in the Associated States and,
by extrapolation, at global level.
Define an exploitation strategy. For proposals submitted under this topic, the plan for the
exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case and
sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The
exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation,
and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources
to be potentially used (in particular the Innovation Fund).
Disseminate the technical and economic benefits, notably (but not only) to the
communities of the relevant Horizon Europe private-public partnerships.
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02
Indicative budget(s)232
232
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
233
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 234.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Renovations with reduction of at least 30 % waste, 25% cost, and 30% work time (to 1-2
days per dwelling/building unit), compared to current deep renovation processes.
Reduced energy performance gap between as-built and as-designed (difference between
theoretical and measured performance), and higher construction quality.
Innovative, tailored business models for deep renovation, generating economies of scale
and contributing to an increased rate of renovation.
234
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Scope: In line with the Renovation Wave and in order to meet long-term climate and energy
targets, more action is needed to increase the rate and depth of building renovation. Several
recent projects and calls have focused on prefabrication for deep renovation, but more work is
needed to develop innovative, seamless workflows from design to off-site prefabrication, to
installation, construction on-site, maintenance and future dismantling, reuse and recycling of
prefabricated elements, duly considering life cycle performance, sustainability, and the
potential to use the buildings as carbon sinks.
Ensure the proposed approaches aim to achieve the highest level of energy performance
(at least NZEB level) with a view toward zero-emission buildings, ensuring a high level
of indoor environment quality, keeping costs in an attractive range for owners and
investors.
Select processes and technologies that can be easily tailored to give a maximum
potential for rapid and broad deployment at European level.
Apply the proposed workflows to at least three demonstrations to assess the proposed
approaches for different buildings typologies representative of the European building
stock, ensuring the most adequate coverage of the respective climatic conditions. The
demonstrations can be either single buildings or clusters of buildings, and at least one of
the demonstrations has to address residential buildings.
Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network
of innovation clusters.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Reduction of construction and renovation time on-site (at least 40% reduction).
Reduction of greenhouse gas emissions resulting from, and improved energy efficiency
of the works on-site.
235
https://www.eea.europa.eu/help/faq/what-is-particulate-matter-and
Scope: The transformation of the built environment should take place in a way that minimises
the environmental impact of the works themselves. With the increasing rollout of highly
energy efficient, sustainable buildings and deep renovation, there is a growing need for the
development of robotic and automated solutions to support sustainable building construction,
renovation and maintenance processes that are less disruptive, cleaner and faster.
Investigate the use of robotic systems (including those used for 3D printing) and
automation for construction and deep renovation, in order to reduce time of construction
and renovation works, reduce construction errors, as well as facilitate maintenance, also
minimising the impact of the works on the surrounding built environment.
Explore the potential for lower construction costs through automation and robotics
resulting from increased speed, improved resource efficiency and avoidance of errors.
Develop robotic and automated design and construction techniques that increase energy
efficiency and reduce greenhouse gas emissions from construction and renovation works
on-site.
Develop approaches that use digitally assisted design to improve resource efficiency and
safety, reduce waste, and reduce construction time.
Investigate the use of automated technologies for surveying, inspection and monitoring
of the site.
Investigate the use of automated support to augment workers’ capability and safety (e.g.,
lift robots, exoskeletons, automated construction site monitoring, use of augmented and
virtual reality).
Test and validate the prototyped solutions in at least three prototypes to assess the
proposed approaches for a variety of buildings typologies representative of the European
building stock. These prototypes should be validated in a lab or another relevant
environment. The testing and validation are expected to address both new construction
and renovation.
Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network
of innovation clusters.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit legal
Agreements entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible costs.
Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 236.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
236
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Broader application of BIM and Digital Twin solutions, in particular within SMEs.
Scope: To improve Building Information Modelling and Digital Twinning over the full life
cycle of buildings, including construction and renovation of buildings, towards enhanced
energy efficiency and sustainability and in compliance with circular economy and resource
efficiency principles.
Develop and integrate solutions based on BIM and Digital Twins to support the whole
buildings life cycle from design to deconstruction and reuse, including operation.
Supporting optimal, adaptable and reversible building design for energy efficiency,
circularity and sustainability.
Integrating buildings monitoring data (e.g. from sensors and IoT devices) into an
interoperable Digital Twin for automated, optimised building performance
monitoring and management, and preventive maintenance.
Enabling buildings data interoperability, quality and integrity across the life cycle,
in particular to reliably assess and track building performance over the lifecycle,
enabling tailored data access for all life cycle’s stakeholders (architects,
engineering companies, contractors, building owners, financing institutions, etc.).
Relying where possible on open BIM standards and linking, where relevant, to
digital logbooks and relevant initiatives (e.g. the Smart Readiness Indicator under
the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive).
Easiness of use and cost effectiveness, in particular for SMEs and companies with
limited experience in digital solutions, and high potential for replication and
commercialisation.
Apply the solutions delivered on a set (at least two) of real-life residential and non-
residential building construction and renovation projects which, taken together, allow to
demonstrate the potential of the solutions across all aspects listed in the topic and across
the life cycle.
Involve local and regional values chains, in particular SMEs, based on participatory
approaches to increase innovation acceptability.
Result in clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the
improvements due to the use of the solutions, for all aspects listed in the topic and
across the life cycle.
Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network
of innovation clusters.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Increased awareness on best practices for design for adaptability, reuse and
deconstruction.
Scope: Based on the integration of innovative tools, products and techniques, to enable
construction and renovation that embeds the principle of extending the service life of
buildings, and facilitate adaptability to changing user needs (e.g. for optimal use of indoor
space or to improve working and living conditions), reuse, and deconstruction, in a life-cycle
optimisation and circular economy perspective.
Improve the ease of reuse of construction elements and products from existing
buildings, also facilitating recycling when reuse is not possible.
Develop building elements and products that can be disassembled and reused,
including those made from CO2-storing materials such as sustainably sourced long-
lived bio-based materials and products and, innovative lower emission materials
/aggregates.
Are rooted in local and regional value chains, based on participative approaches for
social acceptability of innovation, in particular with regard to the workforce’s
practices and skills.
Can flexibly adapt to local / regional sourcing of innovative products and materials
to increase replication.
Allow to minimise any negative impacts of pollution and biodiversity loss from
renovation and construction works.
Results in clear and, where relevant, quantified and measurable indicators on the
improvements due to the use of the solutions.
Where relevant, contribute through specific and targeted actions to standardisation and
regulatory evolutions that can foster reuse and deconstruction of buildings materials and
products.
Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network
of innovation clusters.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce
meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research
activities.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 237.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Increased acceptability and uptake of sustainable deep renovation solutions in the built
environment.
Increase in plans for climate neutral and sustainable, aesthetic and inclusive built
environments with enhanced climate adaptation and resilience (e.g. based on nature-
based solutions).
237
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Scope: The transition to a climate-neutral society requires that Europe’s building stock also
becomes climate-neutral. At the same time, Europe’s building stock has to become climate
resilient. This requires a comprehensive approach beyond individual buildings, namely at the
level of neighbourhoods or urban districts. However, the decarbonisation of the built
environment and its adaptation to a changing climate and to societal needs in terms of
comfort, accessibility, inclusiveness, and aesthetics cannot happen without active
participation of the buildings’ users and occupants, individual / collective property owners,
and energy communities as beneficiaries of the value chain. Professionals, such as project
developers, architects, engineers, building owners, planners and statutory authorities, require
solutions that develop, analyse, model, visualise and present a multitude and complex set of
information in such a way that facilitates such co-design processes. This topic focuses on the
development of digital solutions for a stronger participation of end users, citizens and other
relevant stakeholders in the design, planning and management of the renovation of existing
buildings, neighbourhoods and / or districts.
Digital solutions that facilitate participative design and planning through visualisation,
analysis and engagement with data that is directly relevant to building users as well as
citizens in the surrounding urban area (including e.g. immersive and interactive
technologies, Virtual Reality / Augmented Reality, simulations and scenario modelling).
Digital solutions that allow to analyse and model different scenarios for to-be-renovated
buildings, neighbourhoods and / or districts in terms of energy use and generation; users’
health and wellbeing; impact on the energy grid; provisions for active and electric
mobility, and sustainable delivery solutions; life-cycle environmental and micro-climatic
impacts, and; socio-economic impacts for citizens, building users, owners and occupiers.
Ensure the digital solution complements, builds on and/or uses existing tools (including,
where relevant, on conventional, low-tech ones) and standards recognised by the market.
Engage citizens (seeking coverage of different genders and social characteristics), end
users of the tools and other relevant stakeholders involved in the design, planning and
management of urban development projects in the development process of the digital
solution.
Ensure the digital solution offers different means to exchange information and provide
input that are tailored to the specific needs of laypersons, including vulnerable, minority
and disadvantaged groups as well as persons with disabilities and older persons.
Demonstrate the prototype in at least three real-life urban development projects to apply,
evaluate and refine the digital solution and inform its market launch and / or
commercialisation strategy.
Ensure the project’s dissemination activities include actions that contribute to the
activities of the NEB Community, and to sharing information, best practices and results
within the NEB Lab.
Contribute to the activities of the Built4People partners and to the Built4People network
of innovation clusters.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise (including social
innovation), in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal
impact of the related research activities.
The transport sector is responsible for 23% of CO2 emissions and remains dependent on oil
for 92% of its energy demand. While there has been significant technological progress over
past decades, projected GHG emissions are not in line with the objectives of the Paris
Agreement due to the expected increase in transport demand. Intensified research and
innovation activities are therefore needed, across all transport modes and in line with societal
needs and preferences, in order for the EU to reach its policy goals towards a net-zero
greenhouse gas emissions by 2050 and to reduce significantly air pollutants.
The areas of rail and air traffic management will be addressed through dedicated Institutional
European Partnerships and are therefore not included in this document.
This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations
(KSO):
C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable
economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production
systems;
Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;
The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute “Towards climate-
neutral and environmental friendly mobility through clean solutions across all transport
modes while increasing global competitiveness of the EU transport sector", notably through:
Accelerating the reduction of all aviation impacts and emissions (CO2 and non-CO2,
including manufacturing and end-of-life, noise), developing aircraft technologies for
238
‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’,
as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
Accelerate the development and prepare the deployment of climate neutral and clean
solutions in the inland and marine shipping sector, reduce its environmental impact (on
biodiversity, noise, pollution and waste management), improve its system efficiency,
leverage digital and EU satellite-navigation solutions and contribute to the
competitiveness of the European waterborne sector (more detailed information below).
Devising more effective ways for reducing emissions and their impacts through
improved scientific knowledge (more detailed information below).
Several levels of interactions are foreseen with other European initiatives, in particular with
the Industrial Battery Value Chain (BATT4EU) partnership, the Cooperative Connected and
Automated Mobility (CCAM) partnership and the Mission on Climate Neutral and Smart
Cities, in particular:
Joint topic “CCAM – 2ZERO – Mission on Climate Neutral and Smart Cities” D5-1-5
Co-designed smart systems and services for user-centred shared zero-emission mobility
of people and goods in urban areas (2ZERO, CCAM and Cities’ Mission) (2023)
Affordable, user-friendly charging infrastructure concepts and technologies that are easy
to deploy with a wide coverage of urban spaces and of the road network and include
vehicle-grid-interactions, ready for mass electrification of passenger and freight road
transport.
Innovative demonstrations use cases for the integration of zero tailpipe emission
vehicles, and infrastructure concepts for the road mobility of people and goods.
Increased user acceptability of zero tailpipe emission vehicles, improved air quality, a
more circular economy and reduction of environmental and health239 impacts.
239
These aspects are also dealt with in the specific “Impact of transport on environment and human health”
section
Support EU leadership in world transport markets at component, vehicle and transport
system level, including related services.
Aviation
Disruptive low TRL technologies that have potential to lead to 30% reduction in fuel
burn and CO2, by 2035, between the existing aircraft in service and the next generation,
compared to 12-15% in previous replacement cycles (when not explicitly defined,
baselines refer to the best available aircraft of the same category with entry into service
prior to year 2020).
Disruptive low TRL technologies that have potential to enter into service between 2035
and 2050, based on new energy carriers, hybrid-electric architectures, next generation of
ultra-high efficient engines and systems, advanced aerostructures that will enable
new/optimised aircraft configurations and their cost-competitive industrialisation.
Waterborne transport
Increased and early deployment of climate neutral fuels, and significant electrification of
shipping, in particular intra-European transport connections.
Increased overall energy efficiency and use of renewable energies such as wind to
drastically lower fuel consumption of vessels. This is increasingly important considering
the likelihood of more expensive alternative fuels, where in some cases the waterborne
sector will have to compete with other transport modes.
Enable the innovative port infrastructure (bunkering of alternative fuels and provision of
electrical power) needed to achieve zero-emission waterborne transport (inland and
maritime).
Enable clean, climate-neutral, and climate-resilient inland waterway vessels before 2030
helping a significant market take-up and a comprehensive green fleet renewal which will
also help modal shift.
Achieve the smart, efficient, secure and safe integration of maritime and inland shipping
into logistic chains, facilitated by full digitisation, automation, resilient and efficient
connectivity.
Enable safe and efficient fully automated and connected shipping (maritime and inland).
The reduction of road vehicle polluting emissions (looking at both regulated, unregulated
and emerging ones) from both existing and future automotive fleets in urban and peri-
urban areas.
2023 2024
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01
Indicative budget(s)240
240
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
241
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
242
Of which EUR 8.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
243
Of which EUR 5.60 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
244
Of which EUR 11.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
245
Of which EUR 6.70 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
246
Of which EUR 0.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
247
Of which EUR 0.84 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
248
Of which EUR 11.20 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
249
Of which EUR 9.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
250
Of which EUR 8.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
251
Of which EUR 1.12 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
252
Of which EUR 9.50 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
253
Of which EUR 19.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
254
Of which EUR 8.40 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
255
Of which EUR 4.80 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
256
Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
257
Of which EUR 5.00 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
258
Of which EUR 0.75 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
259
Of which EUR 5.60 million from the 'NGEU' Fund Source.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Eligibility conditions The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following
exceptions apply:
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning,
navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must
make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and
services may additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 6 by the end of the
Readiness Level project – see General Annex B.
Legal and financial The rules are described in General Annex G. The following
set-up of the Grant exceptions apply:
Agreements The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit
legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible
costs.
Expected Outcome: In the coming years, user-centric design, predictive control and artificial
intelligence will offer significant opportunities to improve both the design and the operation
of electric vehicles (EV) to make them more affordable, efficient and offer an even more
attractive driving experience. This includes particularly the potential for improved thermal
energy management, ranging from the HVAC system and components to powertrain and
vehicle interior thermal design. Project results are expected to contribute to all the following
outcomes:
Accelerated uptake of affordable and more energy efficient electric vehicles (EVs)
through the development of innovative and holistic user-centric solutions, optimized
system concepts and components sizing.
Increase comfort and safety (e.g. de-misting) functions’ effectiveness and leading to a
real world range increase of 20% (compared to the chosen State of the Art donor vehicle
or demonstrator) at external temperature of 0 degrees Celsius
Reduced development time at vehicle systems and components by 30% through the use
of Artificial Intelligence (AI) for advanced design support and control algorithms in EV
holistic thermal management and powertrain systems.
Scope: This topic’s scope relates to both the operational perspective (especially intended
vehicle usage, as well as user behaviour, preferences, route planning, infrastructure, weather
conditions, etc.) and the technological perspective, addressing new concepts and components,
their efficiency, as well as new approaches based on artificial intelligence (AI) employed in
design, development and controls, and the potential of cloud-based solutions.
Proposals should involve all relevant stakeholders and are expected to address all of the
following aspects:
Data driven decision making enabling optimal interior design fulfilling perceived driver
needs, as well as, e.g., AI supported adjustment of operation and controls of the system
including of powertrain and auxiliary, components and their thermal state as well as
cabin comfort to avoid peak loads and ensure minimum energy consumption.
Identify the optimal system layout and possible interactions through multiple scalable
digital twins (thermal modelling of vehicle, powertrain, components and the driver).
New modular interoperable systems to enable the use of real-life data from vehicle fleet
operation to automatically (pre-)adjust control parameters and minimize engineering
effort in calibration stage as well as to maintain optimal performance over vehicle life-
time, e.g., to enable continuous learning of the applied AI and adaptability to work on-
board in “real-time” control systems, while considering the access needs of third parties
for services such as repair and maintenance. Protection of users’ data must be
guaranteed.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Eligibility conditions The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following
exceptions apply:
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning,
navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must
make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and
services may additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and financial The rules are described in General Annex G. The following
set-up of the Grant exceptions apply:
Agreements The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit
legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible
costs.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Improved and optimized monitoring and predictive diagnostics for a more accurate
reliable and efficient battery management maintenance (data-driven diagnostics, over-
the-cloud software updates and firmware replacements, self-testing and on-board
diagnostics) that are accessible to other third parties in non-discriminatory terms, for
instance for maintenance or reuse.
Development of relevant interfaces to allow access to the BMS and its database by
vehicle charging infrastructure and related mobility services providers with the consent
and input of EV driver preferences through an appropriate user interface, for instance for
battery and cabin pre-conditioning, minimum final state of charge selection etc.
New simulation tools and test methods for faster development, validation and integration
of the battery pack, considering assembly design (reducing cabling for the external
voltage detection communication function) and realizing a reduction of testing time by
30% (collection of battery characteristics for SoX algorithm optimisation using less
calibration).
Enhanced communication between battery and vehicle control unit for a more efficient
battery operation by synchronizing the electronic control units (ECUs) of the BMS and
the EV.
Scope: Advances in the design, functioning and data accessibility of an efficient battery
management system (BMS) are of high significance when it comes to the integration of
batteries in electric vehicles (passenger cars and commercial vehicles) and the general
improvement of battery performance.
Predictive SoX diagnostics (based on sensing at cell level) to accurately predict the end-
of-life, as well as high connectivity and data storage to optimize the life and general use
of the EV.
A link between the BMS and the ECU of the vehicle to exchange data about weather,
temperature, speed, topographies, etc. and detailed information on battery operation,
thereby achieving the best possible battery monitoring, diagnostics and lifetime, while
optimizing driving range.
Proposal should leverage and not duplicate activities underway under Important Project of
Common European Interest (IPCEI) and Batteries partnership 260 , and link with projects
funded under topics:
Where appropriate, links will need to be ensured with projects funded under topic HORIZON-
CL5-2024-D5-01-03: Advanced battery system integration for next generation vehicles.
Projects should take into account the access to battery information as defined in the proposal
for the Renewable Energy Directive COM(2021)557 of 14 July 2021.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnerships on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO) and Batteries (Batt4EU). As such, projects resulting from this topic
will be expected to report on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO) and Batteries (Batt4EU) in support of the monitoring of their KPIs.
Specific conditions
260
https://bepassociation.eu/synergies-and-collaborations/ipceis/; https://bepassociation.eu/
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to deliver solutions tailorable for specific usage
models and particular market factors in order to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Accelerated global uptake of affordable, user and mission centric solutions tailorable for
specific usage models e.g. occasionally transporting additional passengers (and
particular market factors both in advanced and emerging markets).
Higher sustainability and minimized cost by leveraging economies of scale but still
offering flexible variations through modularity.
Ensured ease of use in targeted urban and sub-urban areas that accounts for traffic and
parking conditions as well as for battery charging/swapping points availability.
Scope: Urban spaces will be changing in the future. There will be a massive shift from the
parking-lot culture in the city to recovery of living spaces as well as increasing intelligence in
the urban spaces. Both will have a strong impact on individual means of mobility. New
vehicle concepts that harmonize with these new developments, but also achieve widespread
user-acceptability, will be needed. Platform concepts with sufficient variability will be able to
meet the needs of both advanced and emerging countries.
261
The future Commission initiative for 'Safe and Sustainable by Design' will set a framework for
assessing safety and sustainability of chemicals and materials and should be considered as a baseline for
proposals.
Systematic and thorough analysis of user centric needs, due to future evolution of urban
areas representative for both emerging and established market use cases and of the
required infrastructure development (e.g. charging infrastructure and related information
and communication technologies).
Development and demonstration of at least two variations of the modular and scalable
vehicle (i.e. basic low-cost version and higher value version based on the same adaptable
platform with high-production volume potential; optionally and additionally, proposals
can foresee an extension to goods transport). For L-category vehicles this should include
the option of swappable and interoperable standard battery systems (across world
regions, for larger economies of scale) which can optionally be used for light vehicles or
microbuses, for instance for range extension or emergency use.
Validation with real electric vehicle(s) and related battery solutions testing,
demonstrating the developed functions, in particular the capabilities of the proposed
architecture in terms of payload, charging requirements, vehicle efficiency to optimise
range and battery sizing, also to match local needs.
Assess the potential impact in terms of emissions reduction considering the potential
scale-up opportunities of the addressed use cases, prioritizing higher impact use cases.
Taking into consideration future development pathways for urban public, semi-public,
private charging infrastructure adapted for such future urban vehicle concepts, in
particular in the developing countries where such infrastructure is currently non-existent.
Projects should deliver digital twin models of the demonstrator vehicles, so that the
impact of the innovations towards the overall objectives of the 2ZERO partnership might
be determined. Data that are produced as output from a ‘digital twin’ will be enacted in
line with FAIR principles for data262, and deposition in relevant repositories should be
encouraged.
International cooperation with emerging economies e.g. from Asia and Africa is encouraged.
262
Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data,
“TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” -
https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 5 by the end of the
Readiness Level project – see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Implementing a consistent circularity along the electric vehicle (EV)
value chain and life cycle (in particular for mass produced Light Duty vehicles but with
potential learning for other types of applications) will be a significant factor to reach the goals
defined in the European Green Deal.
Increasing the degree of circularity of EVs, thus reducing their environmental footprint
over the full life cycle. Specific circular design approaches are needed in particular for
some light-weighting materials (recycling of fibre reinforced materials and advanced
steel, aluminium and magnesium alloys), reuse and recycling technologies for new types
of components (traction motors, electronic components, wire bundles, etc. ) and
improved post shredder technologies supporting higher recovery of critical raw
materials.
Increasing the awareness and acceptability of circular economy and Life Cycle
Assessment (LCA) based design of innovative zero-emission solutions for the clean road
transport challenge.
Demonstrating the potential of these actions by delivering a circular car prototype (test
bench ready) aiming at 0% virgin material use by mass for all vehicle components
except cells, e-machines and electronics.
Accelerating the transformation of Europe towards being the first digitally enabled,
circular, climate-neutral and sustainable economy.
Improving markets for secondary raw materials and facilitate higher uses of recycled
content of plastics, glass and possibly REEs in the automotive supply chain.
Scope: The objective will be to demonstrate the feasibility of circular economy (CE) and net-
zero approaches for the EV value chain over its full lifetime (cradle to cradle). The proposed
activities should focus on vehicle production (design, manufacturing and assembly),
maintenance, repair and End-of-Life (EoL). Additionally, LCA-based vehicle concepts, their
related resource and energy efficient manufacturing and CE consistent EoL strategies should
be shown.
Proposals are expected to address all the following EV-related research activities:
Assessing the potential for high value and/or energy or rare material content components
to be refurbished and reused in new vehicles or as spares.
Enhancing digital tools enabling a higher degree of circularity along the automotive
value chain, e. g. supporting circular design and development, manufacturing or to track
materials, their use and the EoL.
The impact of maintenance and repair technologies and operational strategies will be
developed or adapted to ensure a higher degree of circularity compared to existing
practices in the passenger car industry.
Deriving a concept for measuring and assessing the circularity of EV solutions as well as
for ensuring a sufficient exchange of information along the automotive supply chain
applying FAIR principles263.
Concepts for training and increasing the required skills in the automotive industry
regarding CE.
A digital twin of the demonstrator should be used to assess various scenarios, including
the exclusive use of recycled or bio-based materials and for the assessment of KPIs.
The research activities are expected to apply the findings of vehicle level LCA methodology
developed by the CSA funded under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-04 as far as they are
available. International cooperation addressing requirements of and the impact on global
supply chains is encouraged.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant
263
Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data,
“TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” -
https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf
Agreements Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 264.
Expected Outcome: In its Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda (SRIA 265), the 2ZERO
partnership identified a large number of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) related to its
general, specific and operational objectives – that are not directly under the control of the
2ZERO partnership. In order to analyse the effectiveness and impact of the research and
innovation actions in this relevant area, project results are expected to contribute to all the
following outcomes:
Account for the contribution of the 2ZERO partnership and the results of its projects,
towards its main goals (as measured against the whole set of the identified KPIs).
Scope: In order to properly monitor the contribution of the different funded projects to the
achievements of the 2ZERO partnership objectives, a common framework for monitoring and
assessment of the results needs to be agreed, ultimately allowing their comparison and a
proper evaluation of their cumulative benefits at an EU level. Moreover, general objectives,
such as a carbon-neutral road transport system by 2050, air quality, technology leadership,
economic growth, European competitiveness, and circular economy aspects should be also
addressed. In order to do so, proposals are expected to address all of the following aspects:
Assess and measure results related to the specific partnership KPIs, how they are
predicted to vary (as a consequence of the project outcomes) in the 2025 to 2035 period.
Exploit the capabilities and techniques generated through the development and delivery
of digital twin representations and of the results of the 2ZERO funded projects.
Address at least the means of measuring all relevant parameters related to the 2ZERO
KPIs: more generically, climate, air quality and circular economy aspects could also be
quantitatively projected.
264
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
265
https://www.2ZEROemission.eu/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/2021-2ZERO-SRIA-FINAL-1.pdf
The project’s main governance (e.g. Steering Group, Advisory Board) is expected to provide
for direct involvement of all relevant stakeholders, as well as relevant European Commission
services. The selected project will cooperate with the 2ZERO partnership that shall on its side
provide access to all needed data and element in order to perform the foreseen activities.
The project should take account Open Science, its practices and learning, and the project’s
results will be enacted in line with FAIR principles for data266.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
266
Final Report and Action Plan from the European Commission Expert Group on FAIR Data,
“TURNING FAIR INTO REALITY” -
https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/info/files/turning_fair_into_reality_0.pdf
Stronger harmonised national policy plans, efforts, approaches with a focus on R&I
funding programmes of the different EU Member States/Associated countries,
accelerating zero-emission road mobility.
Maximally deployed and effectively utilised synergy effects, pooled resources and
aligned R&I funding programmes to support the EU 2030 and 2050 CO2 emission goals
for the road mobility sector in an affordable and effective way.
Exchange of knowledge and experiences and mutual coordination at multiple levels (EU/
national / regional / cities and stakeholders, funding organisations, OEMs, fleets, users,
etc.), implementation activities, regulations, incentives and demonstrations and the
sharing of data, information and best practices.
Provide companies, regions, cities and the research community with a holistic overview
of policy plans and R&I funding programmes across EU (and Associated Countries) to
maximise synergy effects and the efficient utilisation of resources, such as from recovery
packages and cohesion funds.
Allow a clear overview of the national projects and better take into account their results
in the development of their research and deployment actions.
267
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
the integration of data on national projects into existing databases, such as TRIMIS and
CORDIS.
Long lasting, strong coordination and cooperation between the European Commission,
MS and AC and the Stakeholders involved in the 2ZERO Partnership, facilitated by the
States Representatives Group (SRG).
Scope: Although there is a relatively large degree of similarity in the targets and approaches
of the EU Member States and Associate Countries to address the climate change targets, still
considerable differences in the paths can be observed: more coordination and collaboration is
urgently needed to promote zero emission road mobility, building on the policy cooperation
network of the EU Member States/Associated countries built-up in ERA-NET Transport,
Electromobility+ and ERA-NET Co-fund Electric Mobility Europe (EMEurope) with over
two decades of experience.
Address zero-emission road mobility for people and goods programmes supporting all
phases of the innovation: technology development, demonstration, deployment and
implementation will be considered.
Develop a long-lasting network (beyond the project duration) of public and private
stakeholders connecting EU Member States/Associated countries and European
initiatives, under the umbrella of the 2ZERO partnership States Representative Group
(also building on existing links with the supporting European technology platforms
ALICE, ETIP-SNET, EPoSS, ERTRAC and Batteries Europe) to share knowledge,
coordinate activities and bundling financial resources to achieve synchronicity, synergies
and complementarity in the R&I-related plans, efforts, approaches, incentives and
funding programmes to effectively support the EU and national objectives for 2030 and
2050.
Collect and share, up-to-date and targeted information on European and national
R&I funding programmes, demonstration projects and testing activities, test sites,
living labs with their features and capabilities, standards, testing and assessment
methodologies as well as programmes in the field of zero emission mobility in
Europe and beyond.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Aviation
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 6 by the end of the project
Readiness Level – see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Innovative ground-based refuelling and supply systems for liquid hydrogen at air
transport ground infrastructures, with the potential to be up-scaled at system level by
2027.
New standards and certification procedures for the roll-out of the new technologies and
solutions at large scale, in EU Member States/Associated countries and on the TEN-T
network.
In this context, building on good practices, studies and research projects (e.g. Horizon 2020
green airport projects, Horizon 2020 ENABLE-H2), as well as other policy initiatives (e.g. Fit
for 55 and ReFuelEU Aviation), actions should address all of the following aspects:
Assessing and validating potential liquid hydrogen demand models at air transport
ground infrastructures in Europe and globally, considering also multimodality issues at
airports arising from the use of hydrogen in road and rail transport. The techno-economic
assessment should also consider the energy supply side and be aligned with the targets,
investments and regulatory aspects addressed by REPowerEU, ReFuelEU Aviation, the
Alternative Fuels Infrastructure Regulation and the Trans-European Networks for
Transport and Energy (TEN-T and TEN-E).
Testing and demonstrating innovative and safe ground-based refuelling, storage and
supply systems for liquid hydrogen at air transport ground infrastructures, going beyond
the state-of-the-art and in view of future standardisation, with focus on airports and
vertiports serving national, intra-European and/or regional routes. Consideration should
268
https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/press/press-releases/2022/03/11/the-versailles-declaration-10-11-
03-2022/
269
https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_22_1511
Initiating and developing new standards and certification procedures, for the new
technologies and systems to be scalable and serve different types of aircraft and air
transport ground infrastructures of various sizes, locations and capacities for both
passenger and freight transport.
The EU’s Hydrogen Strategy prioritises renewable hydrogen (low-carbon hydrogen being
considered a transitional technology) and should be taken into account to develop the
proposals, considering, inter alia, how the hydrogen will be produced and supplied.
The topic aims to exploit synergies with the Horizon Europe Clean Aviation and Clean
Hydrogen partnerships, for the roll-out of transformative aircraft liquid hydrogen propulsion
technologies, with an eye towards future large-scale demonstrations and real-life airborne
plane trials during the later phase of the Clean Aviation partnership. The retained proposals,
should, during the implementation phase, regularly exchange information with the Technical
Committee and the Governing Board of the Clean Aviation and Clean Hydrogen partnerships
respectively (in-line with articles 65 and 80 of the COM(2021) 87).
For standardisation activities and in view of future certification of airports and vertiports and
aircraft, including VTOL and UAV, the participation of EASA is deemed necessary to
address airport and aircraft certification issues. The involvement of airports, vertiports and
aircraft manufacturers in the project activities is required. Since regional and short haul
aviation is likely the first segment to start the transition to hydrogen-based fuel technology,
the involvement of regional and insular airports in the project will be an asset.
In line with the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation, the
participation of airports and regulatory bodies outside of the European Union is encouraged.
Projects should collaborate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on aspects that
require integration of hydrogen and are expected to contribute and participate to the activities
of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-3 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results should focus on transformative technologies that address
existing technology gaps for an aircraft hydrogen and electrified powertrain of a megawatt
class. Project results are expected to contribute to one of the following expected outcomes:
Deliver novel heat dissipation, thermal management and recuperation technologies for
megawatt class, that exceed the state-of-the-art.
Deliver advanced simulation tools, validation methodologies and control approaches for
an aircraft hydrogen and electrified powertrain of megawatt class.
Scope: The proposal is expected to develop further transformative technologies, at low TRL,
that have potential to be reviewed and considered for further development and demonstration
beyond 2027, towards contributing to aviation climate neutrality by 2050. Electrified aircraft
propulsion is the use of electric motors to drive a subset or all of its propulsors. Hydrogen and
electrified aircraft propulsion explicitly expands the scope to include hydrogen combustion
propulsion.
Hydrogen as energy carrier and batteries as energy storage have the potential to eliminate
aviation CO2 emissions as well as reduce non-CO2 ones. Key enabling technologies for
aircraft thermal and power management have been identified as showstoppers for their
integration.
The topic is open also to fundamental hydrogen research - relevant to aviation – which can be
combined to any of the three expected outcomes, such as:
Beyond the development of transformative systems, the topic may consider the development
of innovative control approaches as well as simulation tools and validation methodologies for
hydrogen and electrified powertrain of a megawatt class. The development of dedicated test
benches (at a TRL range within the scope of this call) should exploit synergies with the CA
(cf. note).
The topic aims to exploit synergies with the Clean Aviation partnership, towards developing
transformative aircraft hydrogen and electrified powertrain technologies, with an eye towards
their review, selection and further development during the second phase of CA. The retained
proposals, should, during the implementation phase, regularly exchange information with the
Technical Committee and the Governing Board of the Clean Aviation and Clean Hydrogen
partnerships respectively (in-line with articles 65 and 80 of the COM(2021) 87).
The topic is not open to hydrogen and electrified architectures, their integration and new
aircraft configurations, as those are dealt exclusively in the Clean Aviation partnership
(except aircraft types/missions not covered by the CA partnership). Activities should exploit
synergies with the Clean Aviation (CA) partnership, with an eye towards their review,
selection and further development during the second phase of CA.
Projects should collaborate with the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking on aspects that
require integration of hydrogen and are expected to contribute and participate to the activities
of the TRUST database and the hydrogen observatory.
Specific conditions
contribution per and 5.00 million would allow these outcomes to be addressed
project appropriately. Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and
selection of a proposal requesting different amounts.
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Aircraft development requires testing for airframe, dynamic systems, materials performance,
new manufacturing techniques, propulsion, cabin and system and their sub-components in
order to ensure their performance but also the highest level of safety. As a result, the proposal
is also expected to develop methodologies and approaches dedicated to the use of combined
experimental testing with numerical simulation in order to enhance the testing results and
their integration - and therefore accelerate the development cycle.
Regarding the expected outcome on urban air-mobility safety critical and hazardous missions,
the scope is expanded to mission specific testing of the whole aerial vehicle after system
integration.
The proposal should seek to exploit synergies with Clean Aviation (and big demonstrations in
the second phase of the partnership) such as ground vibration testing, flutter mitigation,
design of Ultra performant aircraft, advanced dynamic systems, hydrogen systems testing,
thermal management, flight testing and long-term hydrogen exposed materials behaviour
testing. The retained proposals, should, during the implementation phase, regularly exchange
information with the Technical Committee of the Clean Aviation partnership (in-line with
article 65 of the COM(2021) 87).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to the following expected
outcomes:
Coordinate and support synergies between European, National and Regional R&I
aviation programmes.
Scope: The overall scope of this coordination and support action is to provide support and
advice to the European Commission on anticipated and small ad-hoc actions within 2023-
2025 period.
The action should contribute to the coordination and support of synergies between European,
National and Regional R&I aviation programmes, including joint calls or other co-funding
mechanisms aligning EU, National and Regional activities in specific fields. The action is also
expected to assist the European Research Area (ERA) in accelerating the update and sharing
of aviation technology infrastructures. Close collaboration with ACARE is expected.
The action should contribute to the organisation and preparation of the European Aerodays
2024-2025 as well as other ad-hoc communication activities.
Finally, the action should contribute to the communication of the impact of EU aviation
research and relevant policies (Fit for 55, Industrial Strategy, Alliances, Space Policy) and
provide support the Alliance on Zero Emission Aviation (AZEA) work with ad-hoc mapping
and analysis, including identification of potential technology gaps and lack of related R&I and
standardisation efforts.
Waterborne transport
Specific conditions
270
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Establish the basis for the on-board deployment of power conversion technologies for
sustainable alternative climate neutral fuels by 2030;
Validate the technical feasibility of the use of innovative power conversion technologies
for sustainable alternative carbon neutral fuels in waterborne transport;
Prove the scalability to power outputs significantly above 3 MW with acceptable power
density and high efficiency; Validate achievement of the additional KPIs of; minimum 5
kW/m3 power density (refers to power density of the energy converter, i.e. excluding
storage of fuel or liquid electrolytes); minimum 45 % total system energy efficiency
including all required ancillaries with zero carbon or climate neutral operation weighted
over the MARPOL Annex VI E2 or E3 cycle;
Prove the safety of the proposed solutions through verifiable KPIs for the use of the fuel
and power conversion system concerned;
Validate resilience of the power system to possible fuel impurities and variability of the
power required by the ship;
Developed a realistic pathway to the wider use of power conversion system technologies
in waterborne transport (e.g. Long Distance, Inland, Cruise, Ferries, Short Sea and
Offshore);
Risk assessed the power conversion system with respect to lifetime, maintenance scheme
and life cycle cost as well as a life cycle GHG emissions;
Scope: Sustainable climate neutral fuels with emissions considered on a full well to wake life
cycle basis are expected to be essential to decarbonise deep sea, large scale and energy
intensive shipping, with their associated high-power demands. A range of candidate fuels are
advocated, including for example liquid and gaseous advanced biofuels and liquids, advanced
synthetic renewable energy carriers, green hydrogen, green ammonia and green methanol.
Whilst power conversion technologies for these fuels, include novel internal combustion
engines and fuel cells are being addressed by ongoing R&I, whilst power outputs are slowly
increasing, in most cases, they remain well below that needed for a primary power source
which is usable for commercial shipping and systems remain very sensitive to fuel impurities,
whereas high purity fuel cannot always be assured for waterborne transport. Large
uncertainties with respect to the operational and capital costs are also a barrier for innovative
technologies being taken up in the market.
A power density which would be acceptable for integration within ship structures,
Progress beyond the state of the art is required. To facilitate scalability, the developed power
conversion technology should be robust to the typical fuel qualities expected within a
waterborne transport environment as well as potential contaminations introduced when
blending different fuels, while maintaining endurance and reliable power output with reduced
air pollution. Power conversion technologies have to be also robust under variable power
demand, experienced in typical seaways and ship manoeuvres.
The topic is open to all potentially sustainable climate neutral fuels and all energy conversion
technologies, including but not limited to Internal Combustion Engines, Turbines and fuel
cells.
Projects are expected to advance beyond the state of the art addressing all the following
aspects,
In addition, safety KPIs for the use of the fuel concerned, in particular when using green
ammonia and methanol, should be developed and verified.
The projects should undertake a risk and predictive assessment of lifetime of the power
conversion and fuel system, the life-cycle cost throughout vessel life, maintenance
scheme, as well as the life-cycle cost and GHG emissions on a well-to-wake assessment
basis.
Develop a realistic pathway to the wider use of power conversion system technologies in
waterborne transport
Where relevant, plan for synergies with the activities of the Batteries co-programmed
partnership and the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 34.00 million.
additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Verifiable KPIs to prove the effectiveness, viability, and impact of the demonstrated
solutions;
Demonstrate achievement of the 2040 targets specified within the European Commission
proposal for a Fuel EU Maritime regulation reference COM/2021/562.
Adoption of sustainable climate neutral fuels within waterborne transport assets will in turn be
possible only if the outstanding challenges of the daily operations are solved, for example
271
Waterborne transport concerns both maritime shipping and inland waterway transport, explanation of
the segments is included in the Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda of the ZEWT co-
programmed partnership.
bunkering, storage, handling and on-board operations have to be proven safe. Sustainable
climate neutral fuels include potential new safety issues, such as toxicity, different flashpoints
or fire hazards which are expected to be addressed.
Operational performance and efficiency of the overall system in full operations have to be
demonstrated, especially with respect to air pollution (NOx, SOx, PM, methane or ammonia
slip, black carbon etc.) and well to wake GHG emissions. The systems, processes and
components needed to handle and use sustainable climate neutral fuels will also be
demonstrated. Continuous emission and performance monitoring systems and their integration
are an additional challenge that should be taken into consideration, including monitoring of
emission profiles and identifying operating patterns that require optimisation as well as the
identification and management of potential trade-offs.
Smart digitalisation also provides new opportunities to facilitate the efficient, clean and safe
use of climate neutral sustainable fuels, for example by enabling advanced engine emission
management.
Activities will also underpin the pre-normative R&I required to facilitate the routine
deployment of Sustainable Alternative Fuels (SAFs).
Projects are expected to address all of the following aspects either for a) inland waterway
transport or b) maritime transport applications:
Provide validated risk and safety assessments, mitigation measures and demonstration
supporting the development of safety provisions in regulation proposals both in EU and
potentially at IMO, ISO and inland waterway regulatory frameworks and taking into
account operational conditions such as cargo handling activities.
Demonstrate the capacity of innovative smart digitalisation to facilitate the safe, clean
and efficient on-board use of sustainable climate neutral fuels.
Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results for proposals submitted under this
topic should include a strong business case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined
in the introduction to this Destination. The exploitation plans should include preliminary
plans for scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business
plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used (such as the
Innovation Fund).
Proposals should plan and propose relevant synergies with relevant Horizon Europe
activities such as the Clean Oceans Mission, the Batteries co-programmed partnership
and the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking results and activities arising from projects
under topics HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-07 or HORIZON-CL5-2021-D5-01-14.
Projects are expected to address either a) inland waterway transport or b) maritime transport
applications.
To ensure coverage of both areas, the most highly ranked projects scoring above the minimum
threshold will be selected in each area. Subsequent projects will be ranked and selected based
upon their scoring. Proposals are expected to clearly indicate if area a) inland waterway
transport or area b) maritime transport is the focus of the application.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Eligibility conditions The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following
exceptions apply:
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning,
navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must
make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and
services may additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and financial The rules are described in General Annex G. The following
set-up of the Grant exceptions apply:
Agreements The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit
legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible
costs.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Progressing beyond the state of the art, full-scale demonstration of an interoperable port
call and voyage optimisation tool on existing routes and services involving at least three
ports and two shipping companies and relevant stakeholders in port call operations.
Increased navigational safety through improved sea traffic management from onshore
which has been assessed with respect to the status quo considering also situational
awareness during port entrance, manoeuvring, berthing, departure and potentially related
skills issues.
Optimised fuel efficiency and reduced vessel emissions through voyage, waiting at
anchorage and port arrival optimisation to facilitate more efficient sailing speeds.
Reductions in fuel consumption of 10 to 20% with corresponding reductions in
greenhouse gas emission should be demonstrated, compared to business as usual during
navigation and at port and port-to-port approach.
Enable shipping companies to quantify their fuel savings and the GHG emissions
avoided as a result of the optimisation system and the real-time information shared with
ports during vessel voyage.
Assessment and quantification of the benefits of port and navigation optimisation for
different types of maritime traffic, e.g. tramp and regular services for bulk, container,
passenger, cruise ships, Ro-Pax, Ro-Ro, etc.
Adaption to the existing and/or development of business models to prove the commercial
viability of voyage and port call optimisation to facilitate take up and its wider
application.
Scope: Shipping is frequently subject to prolonged waiting periods offshore before birthing
and offloading cargo. Vessels waiting at anchorage pending the availability of port capacity
reduce operational efficiency as well as increasing emissions, either whilst waiting or due to
faster sailing speeds to arrive at port in case of birth availability. To avoid these situations,
port call optimisation systems have been developed and are now being piloted. However,
these have been generally limited to specific services. More widely applicable navigation and
port call optimisation tools which can address the entire voyage, promote the most efficient
sailing speeds to reduce emissions and ensure direct berthing without delay could
substantially improve operational efficiency and reduce emissions.
Activities should take a holistic approach to the development and scale up of an integrated
port scheduling and voyage optimisation tool to address real multi vessel traffic scenarios,
focussing on vessel routing and voyage optimisation, minimising emissions and the eventual
port call process, going beyond existing systems and combining the perspectives of both
shipping and port operators.
Using existing routes and services, progressing beyond the state of the art, demonstrate
the operation at full-scale of an interoperable port call and voyage optimisation tool
towards at least three ports and two shipping companies in addition other stakeholders
linked to port call operation.
Consider system security as well as resilience and mitigation actions in case of failure.
Carry out risk assessment for the developed solutions, using existing models (such as
FSA, HAZOP, etc.) to support safety and business continuity in case of failure as well as
regulatory development at IMO and EU level.
Address the full voyage, including vessel positions far from port, to maximise emission
reduction and operational efficiency benefits. Data sources should include among others
weather, consumption, emission, traffic and port planning.
Build upon existing systems, technologies and regulations (for instance, European
Maritime Single Window and other national undertakings) to ensure direct applicability
with existing requirements. Other innovative and new technologies can also be deployed.
Develop and measure KPIs for efficiency from real cases, including calculation of the
gains from the application of the solutions developed within the project. Measure the
resulting reduction in emissions achieved as a result of the voyage and port scheduling
optimisation system compared to a typical similar non-optimized service.
Plans for the exploitation and dissemination should include a strong business case and
sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this destination. The
exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation,
and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources
to be potentially used
Participation of end users in proposals is necessary. Commitment from end users towards the
deployment of solutions developed in the project will be considered positively. All proposals
will need to demonstrate a clear and credible pipeline from development to the operational
deployment of the solution following the projects end.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.50 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
In close cooperation with ship owners, operators and ports, demonstration and testing of
an innovative solution to provide auxiliary power and possibly battery charging for ships
moored and anchored at sea which will cut pollution and GHG’s and which can be
deployable before 2030;
Developing guidelines on technical, operational and safety aspects for the provision of
offshore power supply services;
Assessing the GHG and polluting emission savings from ships moored or at anchor
through verifiable KPIs;
Assessment of the CAPEX and OPEX of the developed solution and optimisation of the
concept to increase the financial viability of the developed solution.
Scope: The provision of electric energy to vessels at port is a mature technology which
provides important benefits in terms of reducing the emissions from the waterborne transport
sector, not only for CO2 but also for other pollutants. Within Europe this is particularly
important as many ports are either an integral part of densely populated cities or very close to
them. The provision of onshore power supply (OPS) to vessels in European ports forms an
integral part of the “Fit for 55” initiative. Due to direct electrification being more efficient,
OPS is an important long-term solution applying to vessels with other clean technology
solutions which will become more widely available. So far, the provision of OPS has been
designed and applied for vessels securely berthed at terminals. This is an important step,
which needs to be encouraged. However, in many cases, vessels need to spend important time
at port anchorage, before a berth at a terminal is available. Some vessels such as cruise ship
may also disembark their passengers to tenders offshore. During this period, vessels are using
their main or auxiliary engines, thus creating emissions which impact port cities and coastal
areas as well. A solution needs to be developed which can provide OPS to these vessels whilst
not at berth. Current consideration of such applications has been mainly limited to barge
mounted solutions and concept development of offshore cabled power buoys (e.g. floating
power plants, LNG HIVE2, OPS barges and offshore charging buoys). Generally, solutions
are not yet mature and, in several cases, use fossil fuels. Consequently, a range of other
possibilities may remain. The solutions to be developed and demonstrated by the projects are
expected to address all the following aspects:
The project should develop and test potential solutions for the provision of electric
power to maritime vessels (primarily container ships and passenger vessels, including
cruise ships) of at least 5000 GT.
Be adaptable, so that as required, power can be provided to different locations within the
port anchorage.
Develop and demonstrate a solution which is flexible in terms of area of application i.e.,
that can be deployed in other areas within a port or possibly be moved to other ports,
including if relevant, both inland and seaports.
Aim to minimize air pollution, including when solutions are founded upon biofuels.
If applicable, assess the possible use of circular energy sources such as those from
industrial processes taking place within the port perimeter (chemical processing, scrap
processing, melting etc.).
Aim for operational deployment by 2030. Minimize costs taking into account Capex and
Opex with consideration of the energy conversion efficiency, the cost and availability of
the supplied sustainable alternative fuels and/or energies.
Pay particular attention to all safety aspects relating to the provision of clean energy,
while a vessel is at anchorage.
For example, the proposed solution maybe founded upon one of the following concepts,
although other concepts may also be proposed:
Floating energy storage units, using batteries together with inverters and a
capability to provide the typical total energy need of a ship at a port anchorage.
Barge mounted fuel cells using green hydrogen fuel or other climate neutral
sustainable alternate fuel.
Cabled offshore power supply connections towards buoys or other supply interface.
Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business
case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.
The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability,
commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the
possible funding sources to be potentially used.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute concretely to the
following expected outcomes whilst supporting the overall medium- and long-term impacts
marked “*”:
10. Development of a blueprint for an EU-material passport for waterborne transport assets
classifying the ship circularity readiness level (CRL). In addition, a guideline for the
passport maintenance throughout the ship life cycle backed by a business model for
circularity and an appropriate regulatory regime in line with Regulation (EU) No.
1257/2013 on Ship Recycling (EU SRR) and coordinated with other ongoing Horizon
2020 / Horizon Europe projects.
Scope: The environmental impact of ships throughout their operational life is governed by the
IMO Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI, mandatory for new ships), the Ship Energy
Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP, all ships), as well as by IMO and EU GHG-targets for
2030 and 2050 respectively. In addition, the IMO Carbon Intensity Indicator (CII) for all
cargo, RoPax and cruise vessels above 5,000 GT and trading internationally will come into
effect in 2023. To ensure that ships at the end of their operational lives can be recycled and do
not pose any unnecessary risks to human health, safety and harm to the environment, the
Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of
Ships was introduced in 2009. Furthermore the 2013 EU ship recycling regulation sets higher
standards and requires that from 2019 ships have to be recycled within an approved facility.
Furthermore, Green Passport and Green Passport EU may be assigned to ships by class
societies which include an Inventory of on-board Hazardous Materials (IHM).
The contribution from the shipyards towards ship design and the application of non-
hazardous recyclable materials beyond the current IHM-passport.
Activities will address the greening of shipyards, facilitating clean, efficient, low-energy
processes which minimise pollution to air, water and earth and contribute to increasing ship
circularity.
Identify the contribution of shipyards and ship design to the circular life cycle of ships in
terms of reuse of components and materials within the context of shipyard processes, the
shipbuilding value chain, capacity for repair and refit, end of life circularity and disposal
value/cost. Considering also difficult materials such as reinforced plastics.
Develop and validate a digital shipyard model encompassing shipyard floor technologies
and logistic processes with the associated energy use and emissions, links to safety (e.g.,
ventilation to reduce indoor VOC’s increasing energy consumption), enabling the
assessment and benchmarking of the environmental performance of shipyards and the
impact of “clean floor” technologies on shipyards.
Develop and validate in line with the “Green Passport” a material circularity passport for
maritime assets and identify the role of the manufacturing and design value chain
stakeholders to apply best practices to increase circularity, reduce life cycle impacts and
optimise end of life value. Foresee the compilation and maintenance of the passport over
the ship lifecycle.
Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business
case and sound exploitation strategy. The exploitation plans should include preliminary
plans for scaling up application, wider commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility
study, business plan), if necessary indicating the possible funding sources to be
potentially used.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 9.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Quantification and assessment of the reduced costs and emissions and stronger intra- and
intermodal competitiveness of waterborne transport through integration of zero emission
Scope: Waterborne transport can transfer large freight volumes from road and as a result
reduce emissions and decongest road infrastructure. There are large opportunities to increase
waterborne freight, especially in coastal and inland or congested urban regions. This potential
is particularly underdeveloped within smaller waterways, lakes, estuaries and intra urban
regions and with the use of less developed ports which are not accessible for larger vessels.
Whilst projects addressing coastal transport and metropolitan inland waterway transport,
including new autonomous waterborne feeder loop logistic services are underway, these
remain at an early stage or are tailored to specific use cases which cannot be widely deployed.
Emerging energy efficient, zero-emission and automation technology can help fully exploit
the potential of small-sized waterborne transport but are expected to be adopted to the needs
of such vessels and the related additional transhipment.
Lower costs are needed for small waterborne transport to become more competitive with road
transport.
Flexible, fully automated transport chain is expected to facilitate waterborne services to new
and previously poorly accessible regions.
Shallow water depths of smaller waterways with confined conditions require a broad variety
of intelligent vessel solutions, which are tailored to the regional requirements, the specifics of
individual cargo types and load units, e.g., ISO containers, swap-bodies, unitized and
palletized goods for urban transport etc.
Research should develop versatile zero emission solutions for small, shallow water capable
automated vessels that are also usable on different classes of waterway and/or coastal waters.
Developments should advance beyond the state of the art taking into account current and
emerging developments concerning low-water designs, modular vessels, automation, digital
communication and security battery electrification, charging, and propulsion systems.
Development, testing and demonstration of the automated flexible vessel concepts with
emission-free propulsion systems in a relevant environment. In addition, the optimisation
of the logistics chain will be assessed through logistics modelling.
Tailored propulsion arrangements for small, flexible and versatile vessels which are
compatible with shallow water.
The development of new business models including a high degree of digitalisation and
smart on-demand services. Consideration of key stakeholder behaviours, including
retailers’ and customers.
Early communication and discussion with relevant regulatory and standardisation bodies.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Identification of best practices and increase their take up and faster modernisation of the
inland fleet.
Estimation of the potential modal shift to inland waterways transport with Impact of
each Naiades III actions on modal shift.
Working together with the Waterborne Technology Platform and the inland waterway
transport sector; strengthen the coordination between national, EU and industrial
research across the waterborne transport sector, the wider logistics chain in cooperation
with relevant international organisations so as to increase the deployment of the
solutions developed and provide input towards EU R&I and deployment programmes.
Scope: The European Green Deal and NAIADES III challenges require a breakthrough
Action Plan for the innovative system change from a holistic perspective to achieve drastic
emission reduction and modal shift targets. These elements lead to:
a change in the ownership structure and business models (e.g. energy as a service,
leasing),
272
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
standardised and modular hardware and ship design as well as advanced IT solutions for
connected inland waterways transport,
synchro-modal planning,
Also, the required infrastructure, regulations, incentives need to be addressed. Finally, end
user buy-in and commitment will be key to facilitate these changes.
Targeted follow up coordination and support activities are needed in the Inland Waterways
sector, and in particular to support implementation of NAIADES III. These actions will
address greening, and digitalisation and the leverage of the outcomes from related projects. In
addition, actions should support a bridge between research, innovation and the buy in and
deployment within inland waterways sector in coordination with the wider waterborne and
logistics sectors.
A dedicated Coordination and Support Action will act as European platform and catalyst by
bringing together the required expertise, disciplines and stakeholders. Synergies and
collaboration with other sectors and transport modes will be crucial elements.
273
Communication de la Commission: Future-proofing European inland waterway transport - NAIADES
III action plan: NAIADES III Annex I action 33 ”Facilitate the efforts of stakeholders and Member
States to create a fund complementing EU and national financial instruments”,
The consolidation of the Inland Waterways Transport (IWT) knowledge network, which
was previously established with the support of H2020 and will end in 2023. The
coordination and support action will build on the results of previous work and will
reflect the multi-disciplinary requirements and complexity of the subject, coordinating
with the wider waterborne, land transport and logistics communities. It will identify the
appropriate measures and define the necessary means and tools.
Develop further a RD&I roadmap and implementation plan, in coordination with the
Waterborne technology platform, by integrating all stakeholders.
Monitor the inland waterway transport RD&I project from relevant European
programmes and their impacts, in coordination with the Waterborne Technology
Platform.
This coordination and support action will ensure an active participation of key industrial
stakeholders, the Waterborne Technology Platform, EU Member States/Associated countries’
administrations, industry associations and river commissions.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of
Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may
additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following expected
outcomes:
Supporting the Zero Pollution Action Plan and its monitoring strategy by:
Monitoring pollutant (including both exhaust and non-exhaust traffic related particles274)
and noise emissions of road vehicles on specific sites in urban areas with high density
traffic in order to feed multiple real time systems and databases for air quality and
environmental noise monitoring, anti-tampering enforcement, market surveillance and
policy support at local, national and EU level.
Monitoring pollutant (including both exhaust and non-exhaust traffic related particles)
and noise emissions around ports, rail stations or junctions, dry ports, and airports,
allowing for instance to monitor and enforce the respect of fuel use mandates in specific
protection areas, correct noise abatement procedures, aircraft type limitations, etc.
Establishing real time maps and networks in at least eight cities with at least three traffic
air quality and noise stations on each city (a minimum of 5 stations in ports and 5
stations in airports is required) capable of measuring noise and solid particle number (PN
down to 10nm according to WHO recommendations) and other emerging pollutants and
GHGs in addition to the currently regulated ones and the impact of nature-based
solutions (such as line trees along the streets, green facades in buildings, urban parks
etc.) for mitigating them.
Supporting local, regional and national emissions and noise reduction plans (including
dynamic ones based on smart traffic management systems, capable of influencing the
behaviour of drivers and automated vehicles) by providing supporting real time data and
integrating the impact of road, rail, port and airport traffic into the management strategy.
Supporting health studies about the impact of ultrafine particles according to recent
WHO guidance
Stimulate citizen awareness and engagement in the Zero Pollution strategy (also through
citizen science approach)
274
Like the brake and tyre wear emissions which are generated from non-exhaust traffic related sources
such as brake, tyre, clutch and road surface wear.
Scope: Transport emissions are a known cause of air and noise pollution in Europe, and
therefore negative health impacts, particularly in urban environments. Road emissions play a
significant part, but there can be important contributions by other transport sources if airports,
ports, or rail stations with significant traffic from diesel locomotives are within or close to the
city boundaries. Moreover, construction machinery can largely contribute to both emissions
and noise where large building sites are present.
Long-term exposure to air pollutants from road traffic, railways and aircrafts can lead to
serious health effects, such as sleep disturbance, cardiovascular diseases, metabolic disorders,
annoyance, cognitive impairment and mental health problems. Noise pollution has its share of
causing those health impacts and is an equally important environmental concern, likewise
emitted by means of transport (road, rail, air traffic) and from sites of industrial activity.
Besides the combustion engine, it can also be caused by aerodynamics or tyre-road or wheel-
rail interactions. It adversely affects quality of life and well-being, prompting the need for
seeking solutions to tackle these two forms of environmental pollution in order to reduce their
harmful effects on human health and on the natural environment.
While some of these emissions are regulated, it has become apparent that the performance of
propulsion and after treatment systems can change depending on use conditions or over time
due to different causes (poor or even fraudulent design, tampering by the user, poor
maintenance, catalyst degradation …). Therefore, there is more and more interest to monitor
these pollutant and noise emissions to the level of the individual vehicle and their cumulative
effect at the city scale in order to provide a sound basis to understand the causes and to tackle,
if needed, higher-than-expected emissions by enforcement or regulatory means.
Traffic-related particles can be distinguished into exhaust traffic related particles, which are
emitted as a result of incomplete fuel combustion and lubricant volatilisation during the
combustion procedure, and non-exhaust traffic related particles, which are either generated
from non-exhaust traffic related sources such as brake, tyre, clutch and road surface wear or
already exist in the environment as deposited material and become re-suspended due to traffic
induced turbulence. It is estimated that exhaust and non-exhaust sources contribute
significantly to total traffic related PM10 emissions, thus it is important to monitor both these
categories of pollutant emissions, while differentiating their contribution to PN.
The Flagship on the contribution of transport to pollution in the 2019 call has included several
topics addressing the development of technologies to monitor some of these emissions, and it
is now important to transfer these technologies to the field and to integrate them in networks
capable of 24/7 unassisted operation and data management and reporting for enforcement and
fleet monitoring by cities and national bodies, and where appropriate shared with EU level
bodies.
The design, testing and demonstration of these applications will be developed in cooperation
with the involved cities, citizen associations, and authorities, to achieve the best use of
monitoring data. Citizen science approach could be appropriate for these activities.
Projects are expected to install monitoring stations around at least 5 ports and 5 airports,
allowing for instance to monitor and enforce the respect of fuel use mandates, correct noise
abatement procedures, aircraft type limitations, etc. Projects should achieve synergies
between the monitored cities, ports and airports.
At the same time, recent WHO guidance 275 recognised the specific risks posed by
nanoparticles and provided for the first time a quantification of what can be considered a low
and a high concentration of particles in terms of numbers instead of mass. Guidance was also
provided to widen the collection of data to ultrafine particles down to at least 10nm, in order
to allow the performance of epidemiological studies and, in the longer term, the establishment
of new limit values.
Moreover, emerging pollutants and greenhouse gases are increasing due to the deployment of
new technologies. Nitrous oxide, for instance, is both a very potent GHG and a neurotoxic
with negative effects also on liver and kidneys and is a by-product of several catalysts.
Ammonia is also posing similar by-product issues, in particular for methane and SCR-
equipped vehicles, by leading to high secondary particulate levels. Therefore, monitoring
these and other chemicals and their synergistic effects is becoming more and more important
to inform policy decisions and provide data for modelling and emissions inventories.
A specific topic in the 2020 Green Deal call 276 foresaw the developments of measurement
instruments and methodologies for ambient ultrafine particles and atmospheric particulate
matter, their sizes, constituents, source contributions and gaseous precursors. The wider
deployment of the results on a cross-European base, encompassing as many as possible
different locations in terms of urban morphology and meteorological and pollution conditions
is paramount for the validation of the system and for the establishment of an EU-wide
network.
Establishing, or contributing to, national level databases of traffic related emissions could
support population-based health studies about the impact of these emissions to human health.
These databases could, for example, contain detailed information on traffic density, modal
split, current composition of the respective road traffic fleet, especially in urban areas, and all
health relevant pollutants, such as particles (PM10, PM2.5, PN), NOx, benzene and
UFP/EC/BC.
In consideration of the above, proposals should address all the aforementioned aspects and
issues in order to achieve the expected outcomes.
275
https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/345329
276
https://cordis.europa.eu/programme/id/H2020_LC-GD-9-1-2020 and projects
https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101037319 and https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101036245
Cross-cutting actions
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.50 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 277.
Expected Outcome: Project’s results are expected to contribute to all the following expected
outcomes:
Reinforced cooperation between the European Union (EU) and the United States of
America (US) in the field of transport research and innovation.
EU-US Transport Research Symposia organisation with high visibility, political and
strategic relevance of the transport sector and of the EU policy in the field.
277
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
More effective links and exchanges between research and innovation stakeholders and
policy makers from the EU and the US.
Scope: The EU and the US are both world leaders in transport research. On both sides, there is
an increasing willingness to enhance and extend EU-US cooperation in the area of transport
research.
An Implementing Arrangement between the European Commission and the US DoT was
signed in 2013 for cooperative activities in the field of research, development, technology and
innovation applied to all modes of transport. The purpose of this arrangement is to advance
the EU and US cooperation and collaboration in R&I for all the four modes of transport,
including multi-modal activities. To implement that arrangement, a Steering Group has been
established, composed of DG MOVE and RTD officials for the EU side, to identify, elaborate
and coordinate collaborative activities.
Within this context, EU-US Transport Research Symposia are to be co-organised on one side
by the European Commission and on the US side, by the US DoT and the Transportation
Research Board (TRB) on a yearly basis. Hosting of the Symposia’s organisation is done on
alternate years by the EC and the US.
The symposia promote common understanding, sharing of experience and best practices,
efficiencies, and transatlantic cooperation within the international transportation research
community, while accelerating transport-sector innovations in EU Member States/Associated
countries and the United States.
Six symposia already took place in the last years addressing themes such as: ‘Urban City
Logistics’ (Washington, 2013), ‘Transport Research Implementation’ (Paris, 2014),
‘Automated Road Vehicles’ (Washington, 2015), 'Infrastructure Resilience' (Brussels 2016),
'Decarbonizing transport for a sustainable future: mitigating climate change' (Washington,
2017), ' Socio-economic Impacts of Automated and Connected Vehicles' (Brussels, June
2018).
The aim of this action is to support the European Commission in organising the future annual
symposia in 2024 (Washington), in 2025 (Brussels), in 2026 (Washington) and in 2027
(Brussels). Symposia are closed events with 50 experts -25 from the US and 25 from the EU-
selected by US DoT and the European Commission respectively. Throughout the 3-day event,
these experts are brought together to identify, discuss and elaborate strategic R&I
recommendations related to the jointly chosen theme of each symposium by the US DoT and
the European Commission.
The action will have to foresee the involvement of and collaboration with all the relevant
European actors – researchers, industry, users, innovation leaders, etc. - representing the
transport sector, in collaboration with the European Commission services in the relevant
Directorate Generals. Consultation of key transport players in Europe including the different
European Technology Platforms in transport and relevant Horizon Europe partnerships is
foreseen, depending on the theme selected for the future symposia.
The action will have to work together with the two EC services to define the overall planning
of each symposium, to support the drafting of a White Paper and conference proceedings
reports, to design the structure the sessions of the event, to manage the expert’s contributions
(25 EU experts, 3 of them being part of a planning committee with their US counterparts) and
cover the travel and subsistence of the EU experts, communication material, etc. For those
years when the Symposia is held in Brussels, to also manage the overall organisation of the
symposia including selecting the appropriate location for the venue, covering the costs for the
venue, the logistics, the travels and subsistence for the EU experts, communication material
etc.
The list of the European experts that will be invited to the symposia will be proposed by the
project after consultation with the stakeholders and will be finalised by the Commission.
The outcome of these symposia will help define a common vision for future transportation,
lay the foundation for activities of mutual interest and benefit in all modes of transport,
including enhancing EU international cooperation activities within the TRB International
Committee (ICC).
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01
Indicative budget(s)278
278
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
279
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Eligibility conditions The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following
exceptions apply:
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning,
navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must
make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and
services may additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL7-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and financial The rules are described in General Annex G. The following
set-up of the Grant exceptions apply:
Agreements The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit
legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible
costs.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
Quantifiable improvement of related business models and gaps for users compared to
current State of the Art, additionally also including considerations for less densely
populated areas.
The identification and analysis of potential regulatory aspects and barriers for relevant
standardisation activities via common, interoperable and open standards, protocols and
digital services.
Deployment of multilevel systemic architecture and solutions for smart and bi-
directional charging power management that will increase RES penetration as well as
enhance the grid capacities and power system resilience by alleviating grid congestions
and levelling off the load curve.
Scope: Future charging infrastructure deployment should be ubiquitous, and should parallel,
with a certain level of anticipation the growth of EV sales. Associated charging solutions
should enable seamless processes that are easy, fully interoperable across European country
borders and available at any time. The aim of this topic is to enable and improve massive
smart on-street low-cost charging of EVs as well as improving the overall efficiency of power
supply to the grid, including a space-and-time-oriented prediction and control of the global
charging power demand, also enabling and improving smart home and office charging that
could be explored by proposals to complement the on-street charging solutions.
280
Considering, where appropriate, deployment targets under the Alternative Fuels Infrastructure
Regulation (AFIR) and Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EPBD) proposals
281
https://transport.ec.europa.eu/transport-themes/clean-transport-urban-transport/sustainable-transport-
forum-stf_en
Use statistical models of parking, traffic and grid configuration and energy flows to
predict and support power supply planning on a larger scale (e.g. at least regional), along
with methodologies and demonstrations to derive or calibrate such models on the basis
of real traffic and behavioural data.
People centric applications equipped with the analytical capability and Human Machine
Interfaces (HMI) for friendly access and use, that support the interactions related to the
ratio between location, power (and its guaranteed minimum) and price for prompt
decision making or pre-allocation of charging stations in line with users’ charging
preferences and vehicle state of charge, also allowing charging point operators to predict
power demand.
Optimise the use of energy resources and infrastructures to cater not just for private
mobility usage but also integrating opportunity use of the same infrastructure by other
light duty captive fleets if their needs are compatible with the low power level.
This topic requires the effective contribution of Social Sciences and Humanities (SSH)
disciplines and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of
relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the
societal impact of the related research activities. Furthermore, in order to achieve the expected
outcomes, social innovation should be considered.
The selected projects are invited to participate to BRIDGE 282 activities when considered
relevant.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Next generation powertrain architectures using voltages 1200 V and
above might contribute to the achievement of safer, higher-performing and more sustainable
end products to serve high volume markets. A holistic approach to the whole powertrain
282
https://www.h2020-bridge.eu/
should contribute to determining the optimal next generation voltage level. Project results are
expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
Very fast charging, ultra-efficient electric vehicles (EVs) for broad mass markets, taking
into account volume effects and cost optimized architectures for future markets.
A cost reduction of a minimum of 20% of power electronic modules and inverters for a
given power, as well as for the whole powertrain, should be demonstrated (in
comparison to the cost of the best current-generation or close to market components and
architectures at proposal submission time).
Practical range increases over travel time (~20 percent increase with the same battery
weight) with overall higher efficiency and easier thermal management of the whole
powertrain allowing reasonably sized, lower cost and environmentally friendly batteries
to perform long trips conveniently.
Improved application safety and robustness that contribute to a better user buy-in.
Improved resource efficiency with better lifecycle impact and recycling capability ¬
contributing to a circular economy approach.
Scope: In the last decade, the more and more demanding power and application requirements
led to an increase of board net HV voltage from an initial 400V level to 800V in the latest
electric vehicles, already trickling down to lower categories. Significantly higher voltages
(indicatively, in the 1200V region) may be the next logical step and become standard in the
next decade, providing benefits in terms of efficiency, copper use and weight. If not properly
managed, they could have a constraining impact on the overall architecture especially in terms
of DC charging and efficiency for low power use. Thus, new challenges for the powertrain
arise in the areas of the motor, battery, cabling, couplers etc. as well as in electromagnetic
compatibility and the development and integration of new power semiconductors.
To successfully address the expected outcomes in the constant drive to improve efficiency and
performance while increasing affordability, proposals are expected to address several of the
following aspects capable of demonstrating the achievement of the intended objectives at
system level:
Assess in a holistic way the positive and negative impacts of higher voltage levels at
vehicle and powertrain level, defining the best option for the post-800V EV generation.
Modular powertrain platforms, with the aim of coming closer to a full mechanical,
electrical or thermal integration of the three main systems (electric motor, power
electronics systems and battery pack) benefitting from the smaller sizes and cooling
demands due to higher voltage.
Small-sized, ‘ready for integration’ power modules at the best system fitting position
(e.g. e-motor or battery) for greater design flexibility while optimizing costs.
Heat spreading technologies for short power pulses/ heat dissipation approaches for long
duration pulses, long acceleration phases.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Specific conditions
283
https://www.kdt-ju.europa.eu/
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve at least TRL 5 by the end of the
Readiness Level project – see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to address all the following outcomes:
Novel and innovative approaches to battery integration into vehicle structure focusing on
solid state generation-4 cells, including modular systems capable of temporary
expansion for long trips in small and medium sized cars without a permanently installed
large battery.
Improvement of the fast-charging capabilities up to at least 3C, and aiming for higher
capabilities for high energy cells, independent of battery topology in the vehicle.
Reduced battery system cost considering the functionalities of the vehicle structure
(excluding contributions by cell chemistry, below EUR 100/kWh for systems used in
light duty Electric Vehicles (EVs) by 2030). Safety aspects of the prototype cells need to
be considered.
Scope: In order to reduce the overall cost of electric vehicles modularity, scalability and the
development of strategies for their implementation will become increasingly important in the
future. With the expected introduction of new cell technologies, specific choices for
connections, cooling system concepts and materials for housing will play a crucial role in the
battery performance improvements and the battery integration in the vehicle structure. The
development and integration of structural, thermal and mechanical aspects (at different levels
of modularity or integration) will need to be improved, while exploiting the intrinsic
advantages of innovative type of cells.
Structural battery pack design and integration in the vehicle considering trade-offs in all
important areas such as energy density, thermal management, maintainability and
repairability, crash safety, energy density, production cost, second life, dismantling and
recycling processes.
Smart thermal management systems for both heating and cooling, with smart interfaces
to the vehicle systems (including energy-efficient preconditioning, using internal or
external energy sources whilst charging), contributing to further improvements in the
overall battery system efficiency and optimizing the overall battery system, also in
consideration of passenger comfort.
Novel cooling system concepts exploiting the reduced thermal constraints of generation-
4 cells ensuring minimal impact on system mass and costs, especially taking into account
the thermal and electrical interfaces of different possible cell geometries (e.g. pouch,
prismatic or cylindrical).
Take into account the development of the technical communication channel for the
access and exchange of relevant data types from the battery management system (BMS),
such as state of charge (SoC), state of health (SoH), temperature (T) or voltage (V) that
are essential to ensure efficient and secure recharging processes.
Digital twin of thermal behaviour of EV and battery for optimal chemistry / energy
management and safety assessment of batteries.
Enhanced communication between battery and vehicle control units for a more efficient
battery operation by synchronizing ECUs of the BMS and the EV (links are expected to
be established with projects funded under topic HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01-02:
Innovative battery management systems for next generation vehicles).
Projects should take into account the access to battery information as defined in the proposal
for the Renewable Energy Directive COM(2021)557 of 14 July 2021.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 8 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
Tools to identify the energy needs and the charging profiles of the electric vehicles that
are expected to charge on megawatt charging systems.
Tools and services for planning, operation, availability and reliability of the overall
megawatt charging multipoint hubs from users’ perspectives (vehicle driver, fleet
manager) and grid operators and energy providers.
Highly energy efficient megawatt-charging hubs, also with optimal utilisation of multi-
point megawatt charging stations for HDV-users but also considering other types of
vehicles.
The proposed concept for a charging stations with at least four flexible megawatt
charging points of 1MW or more will be demonstrated at the end of the project, each of
these points being in turn also capable of recharging at least four lighter vehicles.
Scope: Next generation battery electric vehicles need to be more energy efficient and
affordable, which means to keep battery size to the practical minimum. Megawatt charging is
then required to meet the demand for long operational range with even shorter charging times.
Ultra-high-power charging on-board and off-board sub-systems design is, as a first step,
covered in topic HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-08. The present topic covers their evolution
towards multi-charger hubs that cater for a widespread deployment of these vehicles on the
2030 horizon. Limited on-board systems optimisation may be included if properly justified.
At the same time each charger in these charging hubs will be usable for multiple lighter
vehicles with lower power (150-350 kW) during peak times such as weekend or holiday
periods, when demand from heavy duty vehicles may be lower. This will also require
concepts for topologies capable for accommodating one heavy vehicle or 4-6 light vehicles in
each charging spot.
Consider typical demands along significant TEN-T corridors, including under severe
weather and peak conditions, as well as opportunities for sharing and balancing power
supply within studied areas, locations of logistics terminals and truck stops with nearby
depots for overnight charging of trucks, buses, and construction machines, car-parking
etc.
Particular attention should be paid to the real needs of end users, including optimised
infrastructure locations, its reverse impact on the traffic flow, ease of use and
interoperable protocols that do not hinder universal use across different countries; the
identification and analysis of potential regulatory aspects and barriers for relevant
standardisation activities is encouraged.
The developed tools should have the capability to map the optimal locations for a fast
and high-power charging infrastructure (already built-up logistics hubs, truck service
centres, truck and bus depots, and for new ones also considering the permitting process),
offering planning information including to the developers of the targeted infrastructure.
For optimisation of the overall system use, services and tools should be developed
keeping into account on-board EV system characteristics.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Advanced digital tools can enable the mobility industry to efficiently
develop and operate software-defined electric vehicles that are key for achieving sustainable
mobility solutions. Core functions of the electric powertrain or vehicle dynamics are primarily
enabled and controlled via software. Function updates are at the fingertip of the end-users to
offer maximum customer benefits and satisfaction. Such next generation modelling and
simulation tools & methods empowering e.g., software-driven development, automated
engineering as well as credible simulation pave the way to make mobility safer, more
sustainable and more comfortable in a new way.
Design and validate digital tools for the automotive industry for enabling best possible
combination of digital development and digital operation for innovative zero-emission
solutions enabling up to 20% energy consumption reduction by e.g. deploying always
latest software-driven energy saving functions becoming available during vehicles entire
lifetime and to ensure performance, security, safety and reliability by design.
Method and tools for reliable modelling and simulation of total vehicle systems
including its environment.
Improve product quality, improve decision making efficiency, quality, and exploiting
operation data and thus contributing to the reduction of the overall development time.
Scope: The data driven development of software-defined functions and systems of EVs (e.g.
in context of battery and e-motor control, predictive eco-driving functions or control of
vehicle dynamics, as well as comfort) requires the use of improved tools across domains (e.g.
mechanical, dynamic, electrical, and acoustical) and scales (from component to vehicle in a
mobility scenario) as well as a deep understanding of the vehicle operation in real life.
However, the current development and design framework does not allow such complex
software-defined functions and systems to be addressed in an integrated manner, resulting
often in solutions optimised for a specific operating point that is only partially representative
of real use conditions and lacking the resource-efficient reuse of these solutions across
multiple vehicle platforms. Moreover, the development of vehicles that are constantly capable
to adapt during lifetime (e.g. by remote programming capabilities) is also not sufficiently
enabled. As such the scope of this call topic is expected to go far beyond today’s product
development as addressed in previous Horizon 2020 topics (e.g. H2020-GV-2018 “Virtual
product development and production of all types of electrified vehicles and components”).
Design and validation of robust digital tools to efficiently and effectively develop
complex EVs that are increasingly software-defined.
Promoting the use and adaption of conceptional tools and demonstrate integration into
development frameworks for virtual approval (early demonstrators) that are applicable to
all EV types considered in 2ZERO (from L-category to Heavy Duty vehicles).
Concepts enabling the feedback to and use of all types of data (e.g. engineering data,
real-life operational data of EVs) in the product development of software-defined vehicle
functions including automated update of the applied digital tools and models.
Close collaboration is expected between selected projects under this topic and modalities need
to be outlines in the proposal.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL7-8 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Develop and demonstrate new and innovative mission focused and efficient Light
Commercial Vehicles (LCV) battery electric concepts to address new requirements (e.g.
growing of e-commerce overall and in segments such as groceries or cold chain
products, urban logistics consolidation schemes) from zero emission logistics processes
in cities increasing the affordability and scalability of the proposed solutions.
Demonstrate scalable zero emission real life operations in the city environment including
charging and building synergies between the new LCVs and zero emission Heavy Duty
Vehicles operations to address user needs in a sustainable and safe manner.
Scope: The main objective of this call is to deliver new urban optimized light commercial
zero-emission vehicles with a focus on goods transport, that are affordable, safe, sustainable
and reliable and with a strong engagement from freight services users and fleet owners in the
definition of requirements and testing. The focus will be to identify and overcome the main
barriers for the development of new LCV concepts for urban and sub-urban logistics and
freight mobility. Proposals are expected to address all of the following aspects:
Engage with users of the vehicles, define requirements, expectations and potential
developments that may influence future demand for these vehicles as well as considering
the integration of vehicles in existing and future charging infrastructures.
Develop and demonstrate new designs, shapes and functionalities of Light Commercial
Vehicles to meet current and future needs for commercial delivery of goods, including
safety aspects.
Demonstrate the developed vehicles and operational concepts considering current and
future demands for these vehicles in a growing e-commerce market for deliveries and
returns of parcels, groceries and refrigerated goods and addressing the challenges
holistically (i.e. by demonstrating the concepts in actual current or new logistics
operations including charging and addressing requirements in cities with extended zero
emission zones).
Establish synergies and links with new logistics concepts developed in R&I projects
focused on logistics operations and innovative concepts (such as the Physical Internet).
Demonstrated vehicles and operational concepts are expected to target important markets
with the potential for the largest environmental impact.
Optionally and additionally, concepts for demonstration of the combined usage of people
and freight vehicle operation, fleet utilisation optimisation in dense-urban areas might be
included.
This topic implements the co-programmed European Partnership on ‘Towards zero emission
road transport’ (2ZERO). As such, projects resulting from this topic will be expected to report
on the results to the European Partnership ‘Towards zero emission road transport’ (2ZERO) in
support of the monitoring of its KPIs.
Aviation
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 17.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results should focus to the minimisation of aviation non-CO2
emissions. Project results are expected to contribute to at least three of the following expected
outcomes:
Primarily, further increase the scientific understanding related to the impact of aerosols
on clouds as well as the contribution of aviation NOx emissions to climate change.
Investigate further on how to support potential policy measures identified in the EASA
study 284 , including whether they are proportionate, feasible and reduce the overall
climate impact (CO2 and non-CO2 emissions).
Perform engine gas and particle emissions characterisation, when data is incomplete or
unavailable.
Perform flight tests and demonstrate the benefits and fuel burn trade-offs of avoiding
climate sensitive regions.
Perform hydrogen and aviation drop-in fuel research with an eye towards reducing
further non-CO2 emissions.
284
COM(2020) 747 final - Updated analysis of the non-CO2 climate impacts of aviation and potential
policy measures pursuant to EU Emissions Trading System Directive Article 30(4).
Develop further real-time decision-support software for airlines and ATM, to predict the
location and global warming impact of contrail and contrail cirrus formation.
Scope: EU-studies show that approximately 50-75% of aviation’s climate impact is caused by
non-CO2 emissions. It is because of their local geographical character, their dependency on
atmospheric phenomena, the incomplete understanding and uncertainty as well as operational
trade-offs that non-CO2 emissions have been less-targeted so far from international and
European regulatory measures. Recent studies show that cost-effective mitigation measures
are possible, provided that focused R&I actions together with flight tests resolve the final
uncertainties. However, today any avoidance that increases CO2 emissions, even at a net
reduction of overall climate warming impact, introduces a complex policy issue of mitigating
short-term versus long term climate effects.
Avoiding climate sensitive regions has a large potential in reducing climate impact at
relatively low costs without causing significantly more CO2 emissions that outweigh the
overall climate effect. The integration of data analytics and weather forecasting into advanced
decision-support software tools that are able to predict real-time the contrail formation as well
as propose alternative paths, are well in-line with the scope of this topic. This topic aims to
integrate and provide clear operational guidelines supported by validated flight tests. Engine
gas and particle emissions characterisation, when data is incomplete or unavailable, is in-line
with the scope of this topic.
As a follow-up of EASA study, on non-CO2 climate impacts, and for the standardisation in
view of safety considerations and future certification, the involvement of EASA is necessary
(e.g. as part of the steering group), as well as the coordination with ICAO relevant groups
(CAEP).
Synergies with SESAR3 should also be exploited – in view of the relevant topics in the
SESAR3 JU bi-annual work programme 2022-2023. Furthermore, international collaboration
for research and Air-Traffic Management should be sought (e.g. SESAR/NextGen).
Synergies may also be considered with the Digital Sky Demonstrators, including in particular
flights for demonstrating green trajectories or equipped with sensors to collect data for the
assessment of the non-CO2 impact on aviation. Finally, synergies with Destination Earth
should also be sought.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 21.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 2-4 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 285.
285
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Scope: The proposal is expected to develop further advanced composite design and
manufacturing technologies that have potential to contribute to the digital transformation of
the European aircraft supply chain.
The proposal should seek to exploit synergies with Clean Aviation (and big demonstrations in
the second phase of the partnership). The retained proposals, should, during the
implementation phase, regularly exchange information with the Technical Committee of the
Clean Aviation partnership.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.
Expected Outcome: Project results should deliver an impact monitoring toolbox, including
preliminary impact assessments, of the European aviation research and innovation -
integrating the impact of all Horizon Europe relevant aviation R&I actions along its three
pillars, excluding any actions beyond technologies and optimised operations (i.e. use of
sustainable aviation fuels and market-based measures). Project results are expected to
contribute to the following expected outcome:
Deliver a toolbox, including preliminary impact assessments, that will be the reference
choice for the definition and assessment of environmental, climate and competitiveness
policy options of future European aviation R&I and regulatory measures (e.g. be used as
the reference software to support future European Commission Impact Assessments) and
assist EU Member States/Associated Countries, the European Commission and EASA in
ICAO Working Groups and other International regulatory agencies. The toolbox, should
also be able to perform trade-off studies, address the most cost-effective policy options
as a function of time (towards up to 2070) and allow policy makers, industry and
scientists to take informed decisions.
Scope: The proposal is expected to build on and improve an already established reference
European toolbox (e.g. developed in retained proposal(s) from HORIZON-CL5-2022-D5-01-
14) able to assess the impact of European aviation R&I, which is deployed to perform impact
assessments of European relevant aviation R&I actions in Horizon Europe. The European
Aviation R&I policy, and aviation policy at large, need a European capability (as open-source
as possible) to assess what has been achieved and provide forecast analysis of the expected
outcome of technological, operational measures. The toolbox, through its impact assessments,
should provide insight that will be used in the communication of the impact and achievements
of European, National and private aviation R&I investments.
pay particular attention – beyond CO2 emissions - to non-CO2 emissions and climate-
sensitive regions as well as address interdependencies (e.g. noise in the airport vicinity);
integrate and make use of existing toolboxes developed in previous EU R&I Framework
Programmes (e.g. TEAM_PLAY, CS2-TE);
be able to set the level of fidelity for aircraft technologies and air transport system, based
on available data;
be aligned with the methodology, assumptions, criteria, and required data for seamless
data exchange with the Clean Aviation and SESAR 3 partnerships. The Commission will
further take into consideration other Horizon Europe impact assessments and coordinate
it with the Clean Aviation Technical Committee and SESAR 3 Scientific Committee.
The participants should work closely together with the relevant European Commission
Services, the European Union Aviation Safety Agency, the Clean Aviation and SERAR3
European Partnerships as well as the European Environment Agency.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 16.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 4-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects should contribute to Europe's industry lead the twin transitions
towards climate neutrality and digital leadership. The project is expected to deliver on all of
the following expected outcomes:
Design of concepts and validation of an experimental aircraft that will test, validate and
accelerate radical new technologies and aircraft configurations that go well beyond the
state-of-the-art;
Deliver feasibility studies of the targeted aircraft concept, towards a preliminary design
review, making use of sound/proven advanced simulation and modelling techniques;
Deliver detailed technical roadmaps that demonstrate the path towards a flying test bed.
Such roadmaps should include a needs and gaps analysis in terms of Technology
Infrastructures with respect to radical aircraft configurations and related technology
validation and certification;
Provide a preliminary implementation and execution plan for the targeted aircraft
concept, including a business and operating model.
Address the impact on the air transport system of the targeted aircraft concept.
Depending on the chosen concept, this may include Air Traffic Management, Safety and
Security (including Cyber), New business models, Unmanned Aerial Systems, societal
acceptability and impact, noise and quality of life, aircraft end-of-life aspects;
Provide a preliminary labour market analysis, including skills and education needs,
needed for the development and full-scale commercial production of the concepts;
Address the critical dependencies of aviation on imported fossil fuels and critical
materials, contributing to a significant reduction of overall Europe’s dependencies 286 and
promotion of European resilience and competitiveness;
Propose new approaches to shorten the time to market, such as through digitalisation of
key processes, virtual certification techniques, open innovation, etc.
Scope: Faced with the urgent imperative to decarbonise aviation, the industry is expected to
be prepared to change from the current traditional aircraft designs evolved over decades and
move to new sustainable disruptive solutions across its complete portfolio of aircraft for the
long-term.
In addition, experimental aircraft programmes have an agglomeration effect on key skills and
facilities throughout the research and development value chain, as well as providing a notable
source of inspiration to multiple generations of future aspiring aerospace professionals and
society in general.
Therefore, this type of endeavour is an ideal opportunity for a pan-European approach to lead
the way and build upon the findings from the H2020-RINGO287 project where a strong need
was found for sub-scale to full-scale flying demonstrators for validation and demonstration of
new configurations and concepts. These flying test beds should focus on innovations that go
well beyond anything currently addressed in Clean Aviation and should focus on generating
impact in 2050 and beyond.
286
https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?catId=1223&langId=en
287
https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/724102
This topic aims at significantly reinforcing the EUs leading position in Aerospace innovation
through radical, experimental innovation needed for zero-emission aircraft of the future. By
creating a flying, experimental test bed the twin transition of Europe towards a climate neutral
and digital society will be accelerated and EU global industrial leadership will be
strengthened. The European flying testbed, the E-Plane will enable disruptive ideas to be
tested and will shape the sustainable, zero-emission air transport of tomorrow.
The concept aircrafts are also expected to address long-range (>4000km) missions, where
new radical configurations are still needed to be explored to fill gaps for implementation in
time to help ensure global aviation carbon neutrality by 2050. To allow for new, disruptive
business models, no passenger range or payload is prescribed. However, future
competitiveness of the concept should be addressed.
This topic should contribute to the European Skills Agenda The topic addresses primarily to
RTOs/Academia/SMEs, with guidance from suppliers and aircraft integrators. One retained
project for this topic will allow meaningful validation and feasibility studies and common
platform.
Waterborne transport
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Efficient modular redundant conversion systems with low voltage battery modules at
floating potential and insulation for cost effective integrated battery modules and
conversion systems are designed.
Scope: The voltage level of battery installations on-board vessels is typically limited and
within the regulations for low voltage installations. By increasing the voltage level of the on-
board distribution system, the energy conversion can achieve higher efficiencies and be more
compact, due to the smaller cross-sectional area of conductors and lower losses. However, for
waterborne transport (waterborne transport refers to both maritime and inland waterway
transport) applications, challenges remain related to the design of conversion systems and
insulation methods for integrating low voltage battery systems in high voltage AC or DC
distribution systems. The necessary regulatory aspects also need to be defined to facilitate
market take up for waterborne transport. Although e.g. high-voltage Li-Ion battery packs may
be presently applied, the current state-of-the-art still offers solutions that are too heavy to
enable electrification of a wider range of larger waterborne transport assets. However new
developments show potential for a reduction of battery pack weight. Further study of the
adaptation and the on-board integration solutions available for recently developed
technologies, such as Li-Ion NMC, LTO, LFP is needed.
Building on the current state of the art solutions should contribute towards the battery
electrification of a wider range of vessel types, for both maritime and inland waterway
transport which are characterized by the need for larger battery systems and longer autonomy.
Design of battery management systems of high voltage battery installations for AC and
DC distribution systems in waterborne transport.
Design and control of conversion systems, insulation design and insulation coordination.
Adoption of low weight electrical energy storage designed to be integrated on board (e.g.
not an on deck ISO container).
Sustainability and circularity criteria to be preferably adapted for whole life of on-board
battery pack solutions (i.e. second-life applications).
Development of battery safety concept that is in principle suitable for class approval,
especially for large battery spaces on-board, considering detection, ventilation and fire
suppression technology.
Identify and, if necessary, support the development of any new standards and
certification procedures which will be required to facilitate deployment of the developed
new technologies and solutions.
The new solutions should also contribute significantly to the overall safety for on-board
battery applications (i.e. for toxic emissions, fire propagation, etc.). The form factor, the
battery management system and the interface with the shore side electric grid should also be
considered.
The projects are expected to ensure synergies with the Horizon Europe Batteries Partnership
and are encouraged to envisage clustering activities with the project funded from the topics
HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-02 and HORIZON-CL5-2021-D2-01-03.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Eligibility conditions The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following
exceptions apply:
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning,
navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must
make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and
services may additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and financial The rules are described in General Annex G. The following
set-up of the Grant exceptions apply:
Agreements The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit
legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible
costs.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Development of at least three market ready vessel design solutions to address short sea
shipping, inland waterway transport and high seas shipping making innovative use of
combinations of close to market (TRL 7 or higher) emission reduction and efficiency
improvement technologies to reduce emissions from shipping in line with the
expectations within the EUs “Fit for 55” legislative package.
Support accelerated conversion of inland and maritime vessels s towards better energy
efficiency and reduced emissions.
Development of robust business models for the design concepts, to ensure a high
probability of commercial European deployment and the expectation of becoming
operational by 2030.
Scope: Legislative proposals within the EU’s “Fit for 55” package targeting the reduction of
waterborne transport emissions will assess emissions reductions based on operational data
collected within the framework of the EU’s MRV regulation. Internationally, for global
maritime shipping, the forthcoming IMO Carbon Intensity Indicator and Data Collections
System (DCS) will be used. Vessels visiting EU ports will need to provide data to ensure
compliance with both MRV (EU) and DCS (IMO) data requirements. This change from
assessing emission reductions based on design to the direct measurement and verification of
actual operational emissions requires a new approach to design. Consequently, the vessel
design process will need to employ modelling and simulation techniques which take into
account the vessel’s expected operational profile and life cycle so as to ensure that the
delivered vessel or modification will deliver the expected emission reductions in the “real
world”
For new builds, present improvements in ship energy efficiency have reduced consumption by
15-30% compared to equivalent reference ships in 2008. Contributing to fit for 55 objectives,
the challenge is to develop at least three concept vessels which will further improve energy
efficiency by at least 20%, compared to a 2022 reference performance for equivalent ships.
This “design for operation” approach will integrate and combine both operational energy
savings and emission reduction technologies. Several technologies and solutions to be
combined and integrated should be chosen so as to provide the largest impact and these are
expected to already be individually demonstrated or developed to TRL 7. This could for
example concern various combinations of; power conversion/electrification /energy devices,
sustainable climate neutral low emission fuels, HVAC, energy storage, operations, smart
energy monitoring, renewables including wind assistance, hydrodynamics, cold ironing, slow
steaming, just in time scheduling, propeller designs etc.
In order to address the above-mentioned challenge, proposals are expected to address all the
following aspects:
Energy system modelling and fast simulation assessment to demonstrate the expected
energy efficiency gains and life-cycle emission reductions achieved by the resulting
designs within their operating reference cases. A holistic/systemic approach should be
applied to the design, which is to be based upon total vessel energy needs for use within
reference operating profiles and business cases.
A minimum of three vessel concept designs and use cases are expected to be developed
including the following vessel types: short-sea, inland waterway and high-seas. For each
vessel type, retrofit solutions for the baseline design (from 2008) should be proposed, as
well as a completely new design.
Development of an open-source design assessment tool which can be used to assess the
operational Carbon Intensity of vessel designs.
Plans for exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case
and sound exploitation strategy. Development of business models to facilitate the
deployment of the resulting vessel design concepts, in particular addressing financing,
market needs and possibilities to support first of a kind deployment. Considering the
potential of opportunities within EU support schemes such as the Connecting Europe
Facility, Climate Change Innovation Fund and regional funds. Proposals are expected to
demonstrate a clear and credible pipeline from the development to the operational
deployment of the developed designs by 2030. This should include preliminary plans for
scalability, commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan)
indicating the possible funding sources to be potentially used.
When appropriate, activities may also address the definition of a secure knowledge sharing
platform to enable the necessary data-transfer to obtain detailed operational performance
information.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Has increased the awareness of European ship owners of the environmental impact from
underwater noise and the possibilities to reduce noise and its harm to the marine
environment.
Scope: Whilst on-going research seeks to characterize the underwater radiated noise (URN)
which poses the greatest threat to aquatic species and the marine environment as well as
characterizing potentially promising solutions to reduce the impacts of URN, the
demonstration of technologies to minimize the harmful impacts from waterborne transport
URN remains less developed. Current on-site URN measurement campaigns do not address
all potential waterborne transport related noise sources and selecting suitable mitigation
measures remains a challenging task as there are many options for URN reduction.
Consequently, assessments need to be made on a case-by-case basis considering
environmental, operational and economic factors and when relevant taking into account
previous work such as the European Marine Board position paper on underwater noise. An
important challenge is to predict URN at the design stage to be able to implement less noisy
environmentally friendly solutions from an early stage. This challenge is faced both at
equipment design level and at the ship integration stage. Consequences of the noise reduction
solutions for GHG emissions should be considered.
Current approaches to the regulation of URN focus on controlled criteria (fixed speed, no
waves etc.), whilst ships operate at various speeds, loads and sea states which further
complicate the challenge of designing a quiet ship suitable for a wide range of conditions. A
further challenge is to be able to operate a noise measurement system on-board which can
provide instantaneous information to the crew on the ship’s operational radiated noise. Noting
that an informed balance may also need to be taken between GHG emissions and URN.
In order to address the above-mentioned challenge, proposals are expected to address all the
following aspects:
Development of methods and models to predict under water radiated noise levels in the
design phase.
Conduct modelling and field studies to improve the effectiveness, safety and cost-
effectiveness of noise mitigation devices, mitigation measures and management options
in different sea states and in different ship loads. The identified solutions should be
tested and demonstrated through large scale demonstrators that may, when appropriate,
and feasible, also include the monitoring of the response of key susceptible species.
Projects should develop systems for on-board measurement of noise, and decision
support systems to reduce radiated noise whilst maintaining energy efficiency in normal
operation.
The project should build upon the current state of play, for example taking into account
the H2020 project SATURN and the LIFE+ project PIAQUO to support the
development of standards for the specification of source noise levels by equipment
suppliers and shipyards. The projects are expected to propose synergies and clustering
with related projects and activities addressing underwater noise, including from non-
transport sources.
In addition, the project should address communication towards the European ship
owners and operators to raise awareness, inform about the environmental impact and on
the technical possibilities to reduce their noise and its impact on the underwater
environment.
Engage with regulators to raise awareness on noise from waterborne transport depending
on operational status, weather conditions, loading conditions, water conditions (depth,
type of bottom, temperature salinity etc.) the frequency and type of noise and its impact
on the environment for the purpose of considering them in future potential regulations.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Eligibility conditions The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following
exceptions apply:
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning,
navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must
make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and
services may additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-8 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and financial The rules are described in General Annex G. The following
set-up of the Grant exceptions apply:
Agreements The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit
legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible
costs.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Development of a new configuration for the entire power generation architecture for
large scale waterborne transport ready to be deployed.
Development of new power electronic systems for AC/DC converters and DC circuit
breakers within the electrical network with higher efficiency.
Assessment through verifiable KPIs of the operating costs reductions and the reduction
in emissions by cutting energy consumption and extending service intervals of the
generator sets.
Assessment through verifiable KPIs of the efficiency and power density improvements
to reduce the overall volume and weight.
Scope: Primary DC systems are now applied on multiple types of ships, employing battery
energy storage. The application of DC grids on-board has already started and will grow
In order to address the above-mentioned challenge, proposals are expected to address all the
following aspects:
Develop high TRL innovative power electronic systems (e.g. converters, circuit breakers
with logic selectivity) adapted and certified for waterborne transport applications.
Develop a new concept of smart, flexible, plug-and-play DC power grid which leverages
the capability of new power electronic systems and allows for different DC power
generation systems based on sustainable alternative energy sources.
Research the impact of design choices, safety measures and integration on the ship. This
will require the development and on-board integration of high-power equipment and
systems to complement the electrical grid (e.g. solid-state protection, solid-state
transformers, Silicon-Carbide Power Devices,
Develop a prototype system at small scale (min. 100kW) within a real waterborne
transport environment. Demonstrate the functionality and the integration of its
components, prove the possibilities for further upscaling. Prove the feasibility and
benefits of distributing main power based on DC instead of AC.
Validate the system with classification societies ensuring the highest standards for safety
and reliability.
Develop standards for on-board DC microgrids and communication protocols which are
particularly valuable for large ships where there is differentiation between the electrical
supplies towards different zones (e.g. zones with ICE and zones with RES systems).
Integrate new power electronic systems within the ship’s network with advanced control
systems to cope with variable loads and high levels of DC currents to interrupt.
Where relevant, synergies and collaboration should be planned with the related activities
and projects arising from linked Horizon Europe initiatives, in particular the Batteries
and Clean Hydrogen JU partnerships.
Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business
case and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination.
The exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability,
commercialisation, and deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the
possible funding sources to be potentially used.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.70 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Development and demonstration of a platform for Integrated Green Vessel Digital Twins
that will provide a basis to continuously improve the environmental performance of
vessels over their entire life cycle.
Proven applicability of the platform to a wide variety of vessel operations throughout the
vessels’ lifetime, by using model-based systems engineering, simulation and hardware in
the loop approaches.
Scope: State-of-the-art of Digital Twins (DT) applied to waterborne transport are typically
characterised by a focus on specific limited aspects of the design or operation of a vessel
based on numerical simulations. Integrated Green Vessel DTs, which take an integrated
approach to combine design and operation to improve efficiency and reduce emissions are not
well addressed. Furthermore, aspects of open (software) architecture, data standards, security
guarantees and data sovereignty of data owners are also not comprehensively addressed.
Whilst some advances in data integration for different applications have been made, a
comprehensive global integration of data remains missing.
These higher levels of integration between different functions of an Integrated Green Vessel
DT (e.g. during design and operation of waterborne transport assets) require both complex
multi-physics simulations and advanced levels of data organisation. This leads to the need for
higher computational efficiency to meet future requirements in terms of accuracy, and the
integration of the digital representation of suitable technologies for the transformation of
vessels into “Green Vessels” within an Integrated Green DT that will aim to improve the
vessels environmental performance.
Integrated Green Vessel DTs need to be applicable throughout the life cycle of the vessel,
from initial design, to detailed design, engineering and production, operation, retrofitting, and
circular end of life. To make best use of an Integrated Green Vessel DT, it should allow
addressing optimisation for enhanced energy efficiency and reduced environmental footprint
in a consistent way throughout the lifecycle of the vessel. This will require a thorough
consideration of potential operational conditions as well as possible future regulatory changes.
The Green Vessel DT will play a key role in design and operation of future zero or low
emission vessels as well as their through-life sustainability upgrades. Mapping all relevant
data influencing operational environmental performance, it will be the basis for decision
support for operational (AI-based) optimisation, for considering the use of for example
propulsion changes, retrofits, alternative fuel options, use of renewable energies solutions)
and predictive maintenance.
Make best use of available (simulation) concepts and consider all relevant life-cycle
aspects, including end of life disposal.
Incorporate all relevant aspects of physics simulation, design and operational planning
and optimisation as well as data organisation and storage, integrating also real data
obtained from monitoring and measurements.
Ensure the system will be adaptable to consider all potentially relevant retrofits needed
to meet future regulations and changes in operational profile both during initial design
and throughout the vessels lifecycle.
Use open standards, libraries and tools to create generic and reusable solutions
applicable to a wide range of waterborne assets.
Ensure the interoperability of data models, address data ownership and integrity of data
sets as well as ensuring security against cyber and physical threats.
For case studies on at least 2 different ship types, test and demonstrate the developed
digital twin model to quantify the improved environmental performance and efficiency
achieved as a result.
Plan for the exploitation and dissemination of results should include a strong business case
and sound exploitation strategy, as outlined in the introduction to this Destination. The
exploitation plans should include preliminary plans for scalability, commercialisation, and
deployment (feasibility study, business plan) indicating the possible funding sources to be
potentially used.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 0.85 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 288.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
A full understanding of the business model, labour, financial and commercial barriers to
the take up of innovative low and/or zero emission solutions for waterborne transport,
including consideration of ship financing and investment structures, charter and other
contracts.
Understanding of the industrial capacity and how it would be scheduled to retrofit and/or
replace the current European fleet to meet 2030 and 2050 emission reduction and
pollution targets. Considering all vessels operating within the European region, including
inland waterway transport vessels, short sea shipping services (including ferries and
cargo vessels), cruise and offshore vessels;
Increase commitment from the wider waterborne sector, including finance, contracting
insurance, charterers, operators, owners, public stake holders, technology providers as
well as civil society towards recognizing the importance of European waterborne
transport, its environmental objectives and the consequential economic impacts.
Scope: The European Green Deal sets ambitious objectives to transform Europe into the first
climate neutral continent by 2050 This presents a valuable opportunity for the European
288
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
industry, and in particular for the waterborne transport sector, where Europe leads in high
technology and green energy efficient shipping development. Also digitalisation has an
impact on reducing emissions and increasing efficiency, while increasing safety, security, and
reliability of the waterborne transport, and therefore is already impacting the business models
and dynamics of the sector.
Whilst Europe is still a worldwide leader in advanced, digital and green shipping, there is a
lack of take up of new technologies within the wider waterborne transport market. In part, this
is a reflection of the sectors' conservatism and reluctance to change unless driven by
regulation. It is also hindered by the complex commercial structures and finance models
which can distance the interests of ship owners who commission new builds, financiers who
commoditise vessel value by type, operators who can benefit from lower fuel consumption as
well as cargo owners who may benefit from ‘environmentally friendly image’ and final points
of sale where the use of low emission shipping can be a potential commercial advantage.
Whilst new business models and labelling schemes to better incentivize green shipping have
been developed, they are yet to be widely established and are largely unknown. There is a
need to objectively analyse the segments of the waterborne transport sector, and within each
segment characterize the business models, identify the barriers to the take up innovative low
and zero-emission waterborne transport solutions and in cooperation with the stakeholders to
propose commercial models which can provide a better incentive for increasing the
investment in low or zero-emission solutions in the European waterborne transport sector.
Furthermore, it is important to increase awareness of the public and the broader non research
waterborne sector about the economic and environmental importance of the European
waterborne transport sector, highlighting its commitment, ability and opportunities to develop
and implement competitive solutions which will meet the ambitious objectives reflected in the
European Green Deal.
Identify business models and the financial and commercial barriers to the take up of
innovative low and/or zero emission solutions for waterborne transport. The financial
investment, labelling and contract structures as well as the new possibilities enabled by
digitalisation should be considered. An analysis of the different responsibilities and
business motivations between charterer, cargo owner, ship owner, point of sale etc.
should also be taken into account.
Analyse the needs and timing to retrofit and replace the current European fleet
(including inland waterway transport vessels, ferries, short sea shipping, cruise ships and
offshore vessels). The analysis should be combined with an overview of the European
capacity (with respect to technology and skilled workforce) available to retrofit these
vessels and identify any capacity gaps for the timely implementation of the European
Green Deal emission targets;
To assure a beneficial societal impact from the activities, relevant social science and
humanities expertise are expected to be taken into account, including the active
contribution from SSH experts and/or institutions.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 289.
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Increase the impacts arising from the Zero Emission Waterborne Transport (ZEWT)
European partnership towards the achievement of zero emission waterborne transport in
Europe.
Further align national programs with the activities and outcomes of the ZEWT co-
programmed European Partnership;
Reinforced synergies between ZEWT actions within Horizon Europe and those of EU
Member States and Associated countries within other EU programs such as the Blue
Economy Partnership, European Regional Development Fund, Connecting Europe
Facility, Innovation Fund and other national programmes.
289
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Scope: EU Member States and Associated Countries have previously cooperated in the
framework of the Horizon 2020 ERA-NET Co-fund MarTERA (“Maritime and Marine
Technologies for a New ERA”) which engaged 16 countries which together launched joint
calls that supported nearly 50 joint projects with €56M of funding. This has established
valuable coordination between national and European research, including with the waterborne
transport sector. The benefits from synergies towards the achievement of common goals
which align with the objectives of the ZEWT partnership. This requires better coordination
and harmonisation of individual national funding programmes as well as consideration and
alignment with the ZEWT partnership and its related calls and projects. Furthermore, national
administrations are best placed to facilitate this alignment and the increased participation of
SMEs within European projects which are aligned with the objectives of ZEWT. Amongst a
critical mass comprising national authorities and R&I funding bodies from multiple EU
Member States/Associated countries will contribute to increasing the impact from the
activities of the partnership and its related calls and projects as well as accelerating
implementation of the partnerships SRIA and enhancing the efficiency, synergies and impacts
of national activities which are aligned with ZEWT objectives, also engaging with relevant
networks of Horizon Europe National Contact Points.
With respect to actions which are aligned with the objectives of the ZEWT partnership,
activities should include all of the aspects below:
Reinforcing synergies between ZEWT related actions addressed within Horizon Europe
and those of EU Member States and Associated States within other EU programs such as
the Blue Economy Partnership, European Regional Development Fund, Connecting
Europe Facility, Innovation Fund and other national programs
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: To support the Zero Pollution Action Plan290, project results are expected
to contribute to all of the following expected outcomes:
The air pollutant emissions from combustion-based heavy-duty vehicles (including Non-
Road Mobile Machinery like excavators, bulldozers, harvesters etc.), aircraft and ships
using alternative fuels, with a broad coverage of existing (at least in advanced prototype
form) powertrains and exhaust after treatment technologies, are measured and
characterised according to real-life scenarios of use.
Emerging pollutants resulting from the use of novel low-carbon fuels are identified and
quantified.
Technology packages to mitigate the emerging forms of pollution are proposed and
projections updated accordingly.
290
https://environment.ec.europa.eu/strategy/zero-pollution-action-plan_
Reliable scientific data to guide future policy and technology choices following the “do
no significant harm” principle is provided.
Scope: Low- or zero-carbon fuels proposed for use in the next decade can be covered,
however the priority is on fuels that have already been demonstrated in real world
applications or are foreseen to gain market share according to the projections made in the
context of the ‘Fit for 55’ package.
Since accessing ships and aircrafts for testing is not straightforward, and no fuel or engine
development work should be funded in the proposals, cooperation with existing projects
where such fuels are tested is expected.
A study of possible mitigation actions should focus on any new pollutants that have a high
toxicity, a high global warming potential, or both.
The potential from upstream emissions and of secondary pollutants formation in the
atmosphere deriving from the new emissions should also be considered and quantified. Any
trade-offs between GHG effects over the next 20-year period, health and other environmental
impacts should be identified and assessed.
The projects should assess impacts on human health, in particular those of any emerging
pollutants.
In consideration of the above, proposals should address all the aforementioned aspects and
issues in order to achieve the expected outcomes
Europe needs to manage the transformation of supply-based transport into safe, resilient and
sustainable transport and demand-driven, smart mobility services for passengers and goods.
Suitable research and innovation will enable significant safety, environmental, economic and
social benefits by reducing accidents caused by human error, decreasing traffic congestion,
reducing energy consumption and emissions of vehicles, increasing efficiency and
productivity of freight transport operations. To succeed in this transformation, Europe’s
ageing (and not always sustainable) transport infrastructure needs to be prepared for enabling
cleaner and smarter operations.
Europe needs also to maintain a high-level of transport safety for its citizens. Resilience
should be built in the transport systems to prevent, mitigate and recover from disruptions.
Research and innovation will underpin the three safety pillars: technologies, regulations and
human factors.
This Destination contributes to the following Strategic Plan’s Key Strategic Orientations
(KSO):
C: Making Europe the first digitally enabled circular, climate-neutral and sustainable
economy through the transformation of its mobility, energy, construction and production
systems;
Industrial leadership in key and emerging technologies that work for people;
The expected impact, in line with the Strategic Plan, is to contribute to “Safe, seamless,
smart, inclusive, resilient and sustainable mobility systems for people and goods thanks to
user-centric technologies and services including digital technologies and advanced satellite
navigation services”, notably through:
291
‘Open strategic autonomy’ refers to the term ‘strategic autonomy while preserving an open economy’,
as reflected in the conclusions of the European Council 1 – 2 October 2020.
Further developing a multimodal transport system through sustainable and smart long-
haul and urban freight transport and logistics, upgraded and resilient physical and digital
infrastructures for smarter vehicles and operations, for optimised system-wide network
efficiency (more detailed information below).
Joint actions are foreseen between the “Cooperative Connected and Automated Mobility”
(CCAM) partnership, the “2ZERO” Partnership and the Mission on “Climate Neutral and
Smart Cities”, in particular the Joint topic “Co-designed smart systems and services for user-
centred shared zero-emission mobility of people and goods in urban areas (see work
programme of the Cities’ Mission 2023).
To test CCAM solutions, applicants can seek possibilities of involving the European
Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC) in order to valorise the relevant expertise and
physical facilities of JRC in demonstrating and testing energy and mobility applications of the
JRC Living Lab for Future Urban Ecosystems https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/research-
facility/living-labs-at-the-jrc
Seamless, affordable and user oriented CCAM based solutions with particular focus on
shared, smart and zero emission mobility and goods deliveries for all and high public
buy-in of these solutions.
Vehicle technologies and solutions which optimise the on-board and off-board
experience in terms of well-being, security and privacy.
Secure and trustworthy interaction between road users, CCAM and “conventional”
vehicles, physical and digital infrastructure and services to achieve safer and more
efficient transport flows (people and goods) and better use of infrastructure capacity.
Better coordination of public and private R&I actions, large-scale testing and
implementation plans in Europe towards harmonisation and standardisation.
Upgraded and resilient physical and digital infrastructures for clean, accessible and
affordable multimodal mobility.
Sustainable and smart long-haul and regional (including links to urban) freight transport
and logistics, through increased efficiency and improved interconnectivity.
Reduced external costs (e.g. congestion, traffic jams, emissions, air and noise pollution,
road collisions) of passenger mobility and freight transport, as well as optimised system-
wide network efficiency and resilience.
Enhanced local and/or regional capacity for governance and innovation in passenger
mobility and freight transport.
Safety and resilience - per mode and across all transport modes
Drastic reduction in serious injuries and fatalities in road crashes by 2030 and
establishing a framework to improve traffic safety culture in the EU.
Avoiding risks, collisions and finding new ways of reducing long term consequences of
road crashes.
Minimising the effects of disruptive changes on transport safety and improving the
resilience of transport systems by design.
Better infrastructure safety on urban and secondary rural roads throughout a combination
of adaptable monitoring and maintenance solutions.
2023 2024
Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01
Indicative budget(s)292
292
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
293
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
1. Advanced vehicle technologies and solutions which optimise usability, perception and
experience on-board, and when boarding/off-boarding, in terms of security, privacy,
well-being, health and assistance.
2. Enhanced inclusiveness and trust in the interaction between users and new automated
modes of road transport and mobility services in the transition from human-driven to
automated vehicles.
3. Safety and security of vehicle occupants in all circumstances even when the vehicle is
driverless by helping to prevent dangerous and inconvenient situations, also when
boarding/off-boarding.
5. Better understanding of the benefits of new vehicle technologies and solutions in terms
of on-board experience, inclusiveness and trust to enable wider user acceptability and
hence contribute to the creation of future standards.
6. Full exploitation of the new opportunities offered by automated vehicles to provide user-
centric, accessible and inclusive mobility for all.
Scope: In the transition from human-driven to automated vehicles, optimising the on-board
experience and overall satisfaction of users is paramount for high social buy-in and
widespread adoption of CCAM-based mobility solutions. This can be achieved through the
development, integration and validation of advanced vehicle technologies and solutions that
serve to optimise the usability, perception and experience on-board and when boarding/off-
boarding. Such solutions should be designed holistically by adopting a universal design
approach from an inclusive, user-centric perspective. All users will demand vehicles that
allow and facilitate relaxing, social or work-related activities within a space designed for
health and well-being and that are responsive to individual needs (depending on gender, age,
disability, size, weight etc.), while ensuring privacy for social interaction. Hence, a wide
range of different user groups are expected to be involved early in the development phase to
have their specific needs understood, in order to develop technologies and solutions for
individual and shared automated vehicles that meet the demands of all.
To achieve these objectives, it is expected that activities will focus on the development and
validation of a range of new, advanced technologies and solutions that leverage the latest
advances in technologies and know-how in terms of ensuring a seamless interaction between
the vehicle and its occupants that are also fully aligned with safety requirements (and future
standards), including at least the following aspects:
Solutions that further advance the state-of-the-art with respect to tackling motion
sickness.
Adaptive systems that can also transfer preferred personal settings between vehicles to
increase the user acceptability of shared vehicles.
New mobility services also for users with special needs (e.g. elderly and disabled),
which take into account the heterogeneous requirements and preferences of different
target groups.
Technologies to ensure the security of the occupants, which monitor inside and outside
the vehicle to reduce the risk of its misuse and counteracting dangerous situations (e.g.
assaults, vandalism, thefts, etc.).
It will be necessary, also based on feedback from user groups, to assess how the technologies
and services developed benefit on-board experience and inclusiveness.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines including ethics and gender
and the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH
expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact
of the related research activities.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
1. Improved validation of CCAM systems enabled by real and synthetic test scenarios, with
the widest possible coverage of traffic situations CCAM systems can encounter on
European roads.
3. Accelerated AI development and training making use of the dynamic scenario database.
5. Commitment from key stakeholders to the validation methodology, the scenario database
and its usage and to the provision of significant volumes of raw data and/or scenarios
extracted from such data.
Scope: Higher levels of CCAM require validation methodologies making use of scenario-
based physical and virtual testing, thereby complementing real-world test drives on public
roads, audits and in-use reporting. Scenario-based testing is necessary as conventional testing
and validation approaches would require driving hundreds of millions of test kilometres
before new CCAM systems or system updates can be deployed. The development of common
scenario-based validation methodologies is the subject of HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02294
and should be based on the results of the HEADSTART project295. To enable these common
validation methodologies to be widely used, relevant test scenarios need to be provided. These
scenarios can partly be defined based on expert knowledge, which, however, needs to be
complemented by the extraction of test scenarios from real traffic data296, from collision data
and in the future, from advanced traffic simulations. The aim of this call topic is to generate a
wide range of test scenarios for the training, testing and validation of CCAM systems with a
focus on urban and rural traffic, for which there is significantly less knowledge on relevant
scenarios than for motorway driving.
To maximise the outcomes, proposed actions should demonstrate upfront commitment from
key stakeholders to the validation methodologies, as developed and used in HEADSTART, in
a project to be funded under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02297, in L3Pilot and in Hi-Drive,
either by providing significant volumes of raw data or by providing scenarios extracted from
such data making use of the automated processing chain. Furthermore, stakeholders should
dedicate resources to ensure that the scenarios are developed in a manner that maximises their
utility also to other entities and their successful integration in their future (virtual)
development and testing processes. Proposed actions are expected to share scenarios in an
openly accessible EU wide database, which should be established by a project to be funded
under HORIZON-CL5-2021-D6-01-02298.
Scenarios and other data shared by stakeholders and existing data made available by national
and by other EU-funded projects can be complemented by new data recorded in this action, to
provide a realistic set of scenarios with EU-wide coverage.
The proposed actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:
1. AI based tools to transform raw traffic data into reliable, plausibility-proofed data as
well as tools for automatic scenario identification and extraction from that data,
including the detection of edge cases - the relatively rare, but particularly challenging
traffic situations.
2. Generation of variations of scenarios (starting from those based on real traffic data and
creating synthetic entries to the scenario database) with a focus on extending ODDs
(including adverse weather conditions).
294
“Common approaches for the safety validation of CCAM systems”
295
https://www.headstart-project.eu/
296
Traffic data in this context refers to microscopic traffic data that describes a driving situation, incl. road
layout, road users with their dynamic behaviour, other objects and environmental conditions.
297
Ibid.
298
Ibid.
sensor technologies, data providers and traffic environments, and it should provide for
the data management and quality assurance through the whole process.
4. Ensuring reliable merging of scenarios from different data sources (different projects,
different vehicles and stationary units, different perspectives etc.).
coverage of complex traffic environments including the interaction with other road
users (e.g. pedestrians, bicyclists, users of personal mobility devices).
8. Evaluating different approaches to identify relevant scenarios on rural roads based on the
developed processing chain and on traffic data to be recorded on various types of rural
roads. This includes the fusion of data from different sensors. When recording traffic
data on rural roads, roads with low traffic density should be covered in addition to
addressing the coverage issues above.
9. Exploring the potential of complementing scenarios extracted from real traffic data with
scenarios extracted from validated, highly detailed traffic simulations, including the use
of AI to generate edge cases and other adversarial driving conditions in such simulations.
10. Development of a mechanism for the continuous generation of updates of the dynamic
scenario database, including an arrangement for the organisational set-up, governance
and financial management of the required activities and resources.
The research will require due consideration of cyber security and both personal and non-
personal data protection issues, including GDPR. The cyber security of the developed
processing chain should be demonstrated for training, virtual testing and validation of CCAM
systems.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Eligibility conditions The conditions are described in General Annex B. The following
exceptions apply:
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning,
navigation and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must
make use of Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and
services may additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Legal and financial The rules are described in General Annex G. The following
set-up of the Grant exceptions apply:
Agreements The funding rate is 60% of the eligible costs, except for non-profit
legal entities where the funding rate is up to 100% of the total eligible
costs.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
3. Input to standardisation, also legal, trust and data security aspects as well as business and
governance models (including organisational processes and right of use of data) for
Digital Twins.
4. Advanced cooperation of CCAM actors in a robust and functionally safe manner for
reasons of ODD continuity/extension, enhancing the readiness of CCAM services and
their future extendibility.
Scope: Operational Design Domains (ODDs) of automated vehicle functions are currently
limited (e.g. motorways up to 60 km/h). Infrastructure-enabled or -supported solutions can
help automated vehicles to overcome the limitation and fragmentation of ODDs. Several
Horizon 2020 projects (e.g. INFRAMIX 300 , TransAID 301 , MAVEN 302 ) have delivered
promising concepts on how infrastructure and vehicles can work together. Projects addressing
the first Horizon Europe calls of the CCAM Partnership (most notably HORIZON-CL5-2021-
D6-01-03 303 and HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-01 304 ) are expected to expand on this
promising ground 305 . Directions for improving the continuity of or extending the ODDs
comprise mechanisms such as extended perception and decision-making delegation,
supporting the real time knowledge about conditions in the “electronic horizon”, the
centimetric accuracy of the positioning signal, the ability of CCAM enabled vehicles to
navigate through road works and incident sites.
Digital Twins can improve the real-time availability of information, especially on information
that stems from road authorities and road operators. Digital Twins also serve as a data source
for prescriptive analytics and simulation environments, in order to improve the efficiency of
(virtual) testing and pro-active traffic management. Moreover, Digital Twins play an
important role for asset management. The scope includes technology requirements, coherence
299
A digital twin is a virtual representation that serves as the real-time digital counterpart of a physical
object or process, in the context here a virtual representation of road transport infrastructure.
300
https://www.inframix.eu/
301
https://www.transaid.eu/
302
http://www.maven-its.eu/
303
“Physical and Digital Infrastructure (PDI), connectivity and cooperation enabling and supporting
CCAM”
304
“European demonstrators for integrated shared automated mobility solutions for people and goods”
305
CCAM Partnership, Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda 2021-2027, December 2021,
https://www.ccam.eu/, Lessons Learned from completed projects:
https://connectedautomateddriving.eu/ projects/lessons-learned/, Horizon Europe Work Programme
2021-2022, Climate, Energy and Mobility, European Commission Decision C(2021)4200 of 15 June
2021.
with proven physical and digital infrastructure support concepts, using Digital Twins for true
redundancy and operation in different weather conditions.
Proposed actions for this topic are expected to address all of the following aspects:
Improve the availability of real-time information beyond the reach of vehicle on-board
sensors by developing and demonstrating system, data and service architectures for
Digital Twins for road transport infrastructure.
Develop novel solutions for the management of and navigation through road works and
incident sites for CCAM enabled vehicles, making such high-risk zones much safer for
road users (including vulnerable road users), but also for road workers and rescue
organisation personnel. Advancing CCAM from information only to services with
automated actions requires cooperation in higher classes (“agreement seeking” according
to SAE J 3216307). Safe and secure communication, transfer learning, distributed data
processing as well as tools and enablers for improving the vehicles’ capabilities of
coping with infrastructure imperfections (such as sub-standard infrastructure
maintenance) are expected to be addressed. Furthermore, harmonised local traffic
management measures at road works and incident sites to support their safe navigation
should also be addressed.
Proposed actions should advance the infrastructure-enabled solutions for ODD continuity
and/or extension to TRL 6/7 on the way towards (pre-)deployment as an important
contribution to large-scale demonstration actions308. EU-wide/global harmonisation is key in
this action, enabling broad uptake of services in the common single market and paving the
way towards coordinated deployment of necessary infrastructure support for CCAM. Potential
needs for standardisation or input for future regulatory action should be identified. Proposed
actions should build on NAP (National Access Points) and a Common European Mobility
Dataspace to ensure alignment with existing framework.
306
Social innovation concerns the development of new products, methods, and services for and with
society to meet societal needs involving citizens, public authorities, business and industry, social
partners and academia—the “Quadruple Helix”—in their design, development, and implementation to
drive social change and market uptake.
307
https://www.sae.org/standards/content/j3216_202107
308
Published impact evaluation methodologies such as the EU-CEM should be used to evaluate the impact
of the solutions as appropriate.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Expected Outcome: Projects results are expected to contribute to all of the following
outcomes:
1. Increased knowledge about the influence of geographical and cultural dimensions on the
societal acceptability, uptake and use of CCAM.
3. A strategy to support the fair deployment of CCAM systems and services, adapted to
local contexts and cultures, leading to enhanced acceptability and willingness to use
CCAM in Europe, thereby contributing to CCAM’s expected societal benefits.
Scope: Research on the societal implications and deployment of CCAM systems and services
has mostly been “geography- and culture-agnostic”, focusing instead on mobility behaviours
at demographic level and prioritising factors like age and gender. However, European
countries encompass multiple cultures, historical heritage, administrative structures, and
public policy approaches (e.g. on climate change, digitalisation, and road safety) which may
influence the uptake and use of CCAM. The range of cultural, geographical and policy
diversities need to be integrated into the design, development and deployment of CCAM
solutions. Such diversities can include infrastructure (certain regions have dedicated lanes for
alternative mobility solutions, strong bike cultures), specific geographical dispositions
(mountains, harsh weather conditions leading to car-captivity or a centralisation of mobility
services), or cultural norms and working conditions (e.g. remote working or diverging
innovation-friendly or privacy-centric cultures). Furthermore, there are also regional
regulatory, policy and governance structures that influence the development and
implementation of CCAM or other innovative services.
Adapting to and building on these European differences and similarities will ensure a more
tailored, resilient and sustainable match between CCAM solutions, people and societal needs,
thereby leading to higher public buy-in and societal benefits. R&I actions will therefore
provide a geographical and cultural understanding of CCAM uptake and use, with the aim of
contributing to a more integrated, diverse and people centric approach to the design,
development and implementation of CCAM supporting mobility equity. Intersecting social
factors, such as gender, age, social origin and income level should nevertheless be taken into
account, where relevant.
The proposed actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:
1. Evaluate how cultural and regional particularities have led to different transport
infrastructure, societal settings, travel needs and behaviours.
2. Develop methodologies that take into account the impact of cultural and regional
diversities on attitudes, demand, uptake, and implementation of CCAM solutions, early
in the design and development phase. In particular, these methodologies should combine
this range of diversities and be based on:
Aggregation of results from existing studies and pilots that have investigated
isolated diversity aspects in automated mobility contexts.
3. Develop principles, criteria and recommendations for the developers and implementers
of CCAM systems and services (including local decision-makers and policy makers) that
foster the integration of geographical and cultural factors in the planning, design,
development and implementation of CCAM through proactive and corrective measures.
4. Propose indicators and approaches to enable a fair integration of cultural and regional
factors in CCAM impact evaluation frameworks to better reflect the need for CCAM to
support mobility equity.
Projects should make use of the CCAM Knowledge Base309 to support their findings and to
share research outputs.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines including ethics and the
involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in
order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the
related research activities. Projects should also ground their work in participatory processes to
support their findings.
309
https://www.connectedautomateddriving.eu/
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 2.00 million.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
1. Improved understanding of the short-, medium- and long-term employment effects (e.g.
working conditions, shifts in responsibilities, future roles and driver’s skills
depreciation) and wider socio-economic effects (income segregation, geographic
dispersion, availability of entry level jobs) resulting from CCAM deployment, taking
into account the full range of professions associated with CCAM services for the
movement of people and goods. This includes insight on the demand of new and updated
skills, as well as plans to develop and enhance these skills in order to realise new
opportunities and future needs arising from CCAM deployment.
2. High awareness within the stakeholder community about the effects of CCAM on jobs,
along the entire CCAM value chain, and recommendations on how to address those
effects.
3. Prerequisites for job creation and job growth through strategies that aim to boost
innovation capabilities and develop competitive CCAM solutions and associated
businesses.
4. Support the development of educational plans and activities (e.g. for curricula, Lifelong
learning initiatives) as well as reskilling efforts to develop human capital in innovative
mobility systems and services through education and training, thereby realising the
benefits of a large deployment of CCAM solutions.
Scope: In order to make the socio-economic transition to CCAM fair for all, it is important to
anticipate and mitigate potential job losses and job relocations due to CCAM deployment
(including shared services) by ensuring that necessary skills are available and up scaled across
a wide range of fields (along the entire CCAM value chain, from mobility operators, IT staff,
drivers and non-drivers, to administration and management in transport). While concerns and
future needs regarding the impact of automation on the transport sector have been identified
and investigated 310,311 , the potential for CCAM solutions to lead to job creation and job
growth remains strong.
H2020 projects312 and studies313 have investigated the socio-economic impacts of automation
across different transport modes (air, rail, road, waterborne) in order to provide policy
recommendations that keep pace of this rapidly developing mobility transition.
Building upon the findings of these projects, the proposed action will aim to further anticipate
and mitigate the impacts and rebound effects on jobs due to the deployment of road based
CCAM systems and services, as well as boost innovation capabilities through the availability
and upscaling of CCAM-specific professional skills. A wide range of professions and fields
has to be considered. In addition, proposed actions should raise the awareness of the
stakeholder community to better understand and anticipate upcoming socio-economic needs
and requirements (especially in terms of employment opportunities and skills) and provide
support through proactive planning.
The proposed actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:
Define and assess how expectations for job growth enabled by CCAM development and
deployment can be achieved. Identify mechanisms and options to enhance innovation
capabilities to develop competitive solutions. Social innovation315 is encouraged.
Analyse socio-economic and employment effects of CCAM across the full value-chain,
such as income segregation, geographic dispersion, workforce overcapacity/shortages,
310
ECORYS: Study on exploring the possible employment implications of connected and automated
driving. Final Report. Rotterdam, October 2020.
311 European Commission: Study on the social dimension of the transition to automation and digitalisation in transport focusing on the labour force. Final report.
Brussels, 2021.
312
WETRANSFORM, SKILLFULL, Pascal.
313
In particular, work within the Wise-ACT COST project.
314
ECORYS: ibid.
315
Social innovation concerns the development of new products, methods, and services for and with
society to meet societal needs involving citizens, public authorities, business and industry, social
partners and academia—the “Quadruple Helix”—in their design, development, and implementation to
drive social change and market uptake.
considering various penetration degrees of mobility solutions with automation levels 3-5,
taking into account:
The role of road transport as an entry point into work-life and the effect of CCAM
on the availability of entry-level jobs.
Identify and assess short to long-term demands for updated skills (as well as skills and
gender gaps) and enhanced knowledge regarding the full range of CCAM-related
professions along its entire value chain, both for the mobility of persons and delivery of
goods. This goes beyond jobs directly involved with vehicles (manufacturing, driving
and operating) and should also include services (e.g. boarding assistance at travel end-
points such as hospitals). This should include the development of educational plans and
trainings316.
Design schemes for the development and enhancement of skills to support future CCAM
jobs and innovations. This is to be done throughout educational chains by looking at
different use cases, paying particular attention to potential mismatches in skills and
spatial demand and supply. Consider at least three use-cases for groups of people that are
directly or indirectly involved in the provision of CCAM services. A variety of angles
should be covered, including young persons, gender, private and public sector, passenger
mobility and freight.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines including ethics, gender and
the involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH
expertise, in order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact
of the related research activities. Involvement of labour market competencies is encouraged.
Social innovation should also be considered to support the actions under this topic in order to
match innovative ideas with social needs.
316
In this respect it would be advisable to establish, as appropriate, a link to project FAME funded under
CL5-2021-D6-01-06 and to the future project funded under topic HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01-05 that
are developing the EU- Common Evaluation Methodology (EU-CEM).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 6.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Consumers are aware and committed in using delivery and return strategies to reduce
emissions and traffic congestion.
A wider range of zero-emission delivery and return options and related incentive
schemes (at least comparable to the existing ones e.g. in terms of price and convenience)
are co-designed with customers and proposed by retailers, incentivised by customers’
growing demand for greener choices and cities’ regulations.
At least 50% of the delivery and return options/processes adopted by the retailers and
logistics operators involved in the action and available to their customers are zero-
emissions.
Taking stock of existing studies, assess which conditions would make zero-emission
delivery and return options attractive to consumers and which motivations and options
would incentivise consumers to change their behaviour towards greener choices.
Integrate an intersectional analysis of consumers’ gender, age, and socioeconomic status
to account better for the customers’ variety of expectations and motivations and develop
solutions which cater for all social groups.
Co-designing with and engaging consumers and retailers, and taking into account the
assessed motivations and incentives, develop a set of zero-emission delivery and return
options, which are at least comparable with existing delivery offering and account for the
different consumer groups’ needs and motivations to change their behaviour. Identify
which options would be more suitable to the customers’ group or groups more motivated
to change their behaviours and act as frontrunners, thus leading to a more rapid adoption.
Actively involve consumers (e.g. through consumer organisations) and retailers in the
development of guidelines and best practices for retailers to raise awareness and
communicate transparently and in an understandable way on the greenhouse gas
emission footprint of deliveries and returns’ modes and options.
317
Commission’s CountEmissions EU initiative (https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-
say/initiatives/13217-Count-your-transport-emissions-%E2%80%98Coun tEmissions-
EU%E2%80%99_en –
Define scalable and generic processes and requirements for the retailers to adopt the
zero-emission logistics processes in practice.
Develop and analyse different scenarios that implement measures towards both more
transparent communication and implementation of cleaner and zero-emission e-
commerce last mile deliveries to assess reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and air
pollution.
Test with selected retailers and representative customers, and in collaboration with
relevant local authorities, the proposed guidelines to visualise the advanced information
on emissions and the zero-emission delivery and return options towards consumers.
Assess their attractiveness to consumers, the potential impact on consumers’ behaviours
(including e.g. same-day delivery, returns and physical store pick up options) and their
possible buy-in into more sustainable offering. In an iterative process develop and
implement recommendations for improvement.
Define indicators to measure and evaluate the successful communication and the
implementation by the retailers as well as the adoption by the consumers of zero-
emission delivery and return options.
Develop recommendations and a toolset with and for local authorities to accelerate the
adoption of zero-emission delivery and return options and choices.
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing
data and services, beneficiaries are expected to clearly describe if and how the use of
Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions. In addition, if
the activities proposed involve the use and/or development of AI-based systems and/or
techniques, the technical and social robustness of the proposed systems has to be described in
the proposal.
Specific conditions
318
https://civitas.eu/
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Clearly assessed benefits, in terms of reduced social and environmental impacts (e.g.
GHG, congestion, working conditions, employment rate and safety) and reduced
logistics and freight transport costs, as well as technological gaps of hubs’ automation.
Strategies to reduce the investment cost in this sector and support the implementation of
automated solutions for logistics and multimodal freight transport are proposed.
Synergies are established among rail, road, aviation, waterborne and alternative
innovative modes of transport research actions on automation relevant for freight
transport (e.g. links to CCAM 319 and Zero Emission Waterborne Transport
Partnerships320, and EU Rail JU Flagship Areas 1, 2 and 5321).
Scope: Automated vehicles, rolling stock and vessels, as well as related transhipment
automated processes, are developed independently within the various transport modes and
sectors. This creates gaps and disconnections in the actual use within the logistics operations,
missing concrete new operational models and opportunities for end-to-end logistics, which
may support adoption and contributing to system integration and decarbonisation.
319
https://www.ccam.eu/
320
https://www.waterborne.eu/partnership/partnership
321
See draft EU-Rail Multi Annual Work programme at https://shift2rail.org/wp-
content/uploads/2021/12/20211222_mawp_v1_agreed-in-principle_clean.pdf
Automation will change the way goods flow across all modes (possibly encouraging modal
shifts to coastal shipping modes/smaller vessel fleets, inland waterways transport, railway
transport, or alternative road transport usages) and is not well explored in terms of
opportunities for the logistics supply chains and enabling increased usage of vehicles and
infrastructures. A high level of operational automation can be reached in terminals and hubs
(e.g. node-to-node operations undertaken in inland hubs, multimodal depots, logistics
terminals, freight consolidation facilities), which offer controlled environments and repeatable
processes but also in the operational domain of processes occurring in those places.
To ensure operational efficiency and support multimodal transport, proposals should address
all the following points:
Assess benefits of autonomous vehicles, rolling stock and vessels to multimodal logistics
and the role/benefits of seamless multimodal automatic cargo transport across transport
modes (rail, road, waterborne, aviation, alternative innovative modes of transport).
Investigate the requirements and define concrete benefits of seamless and automated
logistics operations, particularly in multimodal terminals and hubs, linking e.g. rail, road
and inland waterways with a focus on intra-European freight flows. Consider
interoperability and cybersecurity issues.
With the support of e.g. machine learning, digital twins, robotic process automation and
AI, and using historical operational data, compare and demonstrate (through simulation)
benefits of operational automation to current standard flows and operations in all modes.
Synergies for rail will need to be sought with the EU-Rail Programme projects
implementing the Flagship Areas 1, 2 and Destination 5322.
Design, analyse and evaluate business and governance models as well as organisational
change issues and incentives to reduce the investment costs and support the
implementation of automated solutions for logistics and multimodal freight transport.
Develop and propose recommendations for possible regulatory and policy actions
supporting the adoption of automated solutions for logistics and multimodal freight
transport.
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing
data and services, beneficiaries are expected to clearly describe if and how the use of
Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions. In addition, if
the activities proposed involve the use and/or development of AI-based systems and/or
techniques, the technical and social robustness of the proposed systems has to be described in
the proposal.
322
See draft EU-Rail Multi Annual Work programme at https://shift2rail.org/wp-
content/uploads/2021/12/20211222_mawp_v1_agreed-in-principle_clean.pdf
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 323.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Establish a comprehensive set of harmonised GHG emission factors, for transport and
logistics operations;
Scope: Proposals should develop a comprehensive set of harmonised emission factors for the
transport sector (freight and passenger), covering GHG emissions (CO2 equivalent) of
transport and logistics operations. Proposals should address values for the entire
transport/logistics chain and take up the full energy lifecycle (Well-To-Wheel/Wake).
323
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Emission factors that relate the amount of GHG emission to the unit of energy consumed (for
an energy-based calculation), or to the amount of GHG activity (for an activity-based
calculation) are the basis of any GHG calculation. The increased efforts for measuring effects
of climate change in various segments of the transport sector resulted in a range of values
developed within the organisational structures of different transport modes, research entities
and countries. Some of this work led to legitimate testing and development of the
methodologies for the calculation and use of emission factors, or the generation of values that
represent fuel specifications for given applications. However, much of it has merely resulted
in a proliferation of apparently similar values creating confusion in the marketplace and
bearing the risk of selection of sources/values purely on the basis of what is beneficial to the
individual entity rather than what is correct.
This problem becomes more important in conjunction with the development of a wide set of
technical solutions combating climate change, particularly the new and increasingly complex
zero and low carbon energy mixes, including e- and biofuels. These solutions are deployed in
the market very often with the support of dedicated financial mechanisms and programs,
based on the estimated GHG emission reduction associated with the specific fuel
technologies. Not only is it important for the climate impact that the emission calculations are
‘correct’324, but when dealing with large amounts of transport energy even a small difference
over an emission factor value can lead to a significant difference in the associated financial
transaction. Without an agreed and validated set of default emission factors for a wide range
of the most common energy sources and a mechanism whereby legitimate variations or new
energy carriers can be regularly updated, many actions based on calculating GHG emission
reduction can be considered to be a risk of conflict and associated legal dispute.
Review the existing emission factors derived from the key global sources, duly reflecting
the scientific state of the art and ensuring the coverage of new and conventional fuels.
Perform the gap analysis and develop emission factors for categories not yet covered,
both for upstream and downstream emissions, taking into due consideration new
production pathways, and addressing in particular the uncertainty and variation in the
well to tank factors to be applied to the new fuels.
1. Methodology – to ensure that the basis and legitimate use of the two fundamental
methodology types (consequential and attributional) are properly understood and
applied appropriately.
324
There may be no such thing as a 100% correct value, but it is essential there is a consensus and linked
convention based around values within an agreed, small uncertainty threshold.
3. Common sets of fuel / energy specifications – to ensure that data labels and
associated values are truly aligned between sources.
4. Assumptions about input parameters that can result in variations in output values
based on local circumstances for specific production.
5. The basis for new energy carriers to be calculated quickly and consistently in order
to avoid delaying the deployment of new, beneficial solutions.
Establish a simple guidance to the transport sector as to which emission factors are the agreed
defaults, and why; under what circumstances an alternative can legitimately be used.
The project’s main governance (e.g. Steering Group, Advisory Board) is expected to provide
for direct involvement of all relevant stakeholders, as well as relevant European Commission
services.
The proposal should build on the existing and emerging EU regulatory frameworks (including
Commission’s proposal for the Fit-for-55 package and the new initiative on harmonised
measurement of transport and logistics emissions – ‘CountEmissions EU’), GHG emissions
accounting standardisation activities (such as the future ISO standard 14083) and other
relevant initiatives and projects. Given that emission factors are applied in a global transport
market, efforts need to be made to ensure that internationally relevant bodies such as IMO or
ICAO are involved alongside prominent European stakeholders.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to ALL of the following outcomes
(with a clear baseline for each use case):
Contribute with at least 20% increase in modal shift of port hinterland connections
towards zero- and low-emission transport systems.
Ensure safe port access and port operations by avoiding extra accidents as a consequence
of disruptions caused by a changing climate.
Sea ports and waterways around the world are experiencing air and water temperature
increases, rising sea levels, changes in seasonal precipitation and wind and wave conditions.
Many are also seeing more frequent and severe extreme events such as storms, flash floods,
prolonged heatwaves and droughts. Climate change represents a significant risk to business,
operations, safety and infrastructure – and hence to local, national and European economies.
Extreme weather events affect transport infrastructures and their management. Even if
infrastructures are designed to cope with various stresses along their life, the increase of
frequency and severity of extreme weather events will, increase their deterioration pace and
increase possibility of accidents that may become more frequent due to adverse weather
conditions. Sea ports and connected inland waterways are particularly exposed to extreme
weather events and are very important for the local and global economy, since nearly 80% of
world freight is transported by ship. Seaports of Europe are gateways to other continents. 74%
of extra-EU goods are shipped through ports. They are also important for intra-European
325
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?qid=1590574123338&uri=CELEX:52020DC0380
trade: 37% of the intra-EU freight traffic and 385 million passengers pass by ports every year.
A 50% growth of cargo handled in EU ports is predicted by 2030326
Port and waterway operators need to take urgent action to strengthen resilience and adapt. As
costal structures, seaports and connected inland waterways are exposed to storm surges and
sea level rise and are vulnerable to flooding. Climate change is expected to have more severe
impacts in northern Europe, where Europe’s top 20 cargo seaports are located. In total, 852
ports face the risk of inundation in 2080 and the number of seaports to be exposed to
inundation levels higher than 1m is projected to increase by 80% from 2030 to 2080. The
number of ports that face the risk of inundation is expected to increase by more than 50%
from 2030 to 2080. This trend is even stronger on the North Sea coast, where according to the
GISCO database over 500 ports are located with traffic accounting for up to 15% of the
world’s cargo transport (EUCC-D, 2013). In total, 852 important ports face the risk of
inundation by the end of the century is 852327.
At the same time when focusing at a resilient and performing transport infrastructure, its
environmental footprint, resource and material consumption and habitat fragmentation and
biodiversity degradation should be reduced to a minimum. The goal is smart, green,
sustainable, climate-resilient and biodiversity friendly infrastructure.
Proposals will develop and validate new solutions to increase resilience, efficiency, inter-
modality and safety of the transport system, for passengers and freight.
Develop solutions for ensuring the performance and safety of a) seaports, b) connected
inland waterways infrastructure c) connected hinterland land infrastructure, during
periods of extreme weather events.
326
https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/MEMO_13_448
327
https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/bitstream/JRC108865/jrc108865_final.pdf
328
See EU-Rail Multi Annual Work programme at https://shift2rail.org/wp-
content/uploads/2022/03/EURAIL_MAWP_final.pdf
Build on innovative solutions for surveillance and prediction of climate change effects,
such as the Destination Earth digital twins 329 , and for identification of infrastructure
points particularly vulnerable to climate change. Proposals should develop cross-modal
strategies to upgrade (including physical upgrade) existing infrastructures and reduce
their vulnerability, while using sustainable materials and construction techniques.
Develop novel and improved governance models that enable cooperation across
institutional, modal and national boundaries to cope with large-scale shocks and
disruptions.
Evaluate the qualitative and quantitative impact of the proposed measures with a clear
baseline for each pilot demonstration.
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing
data and services, beneficiaries are expected to describe how the use of Copernicus and/or
Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions.
Proposals should also consider results from previous calls on infrastructure resilience 330
construction and sustainable construction and should uptake relevant EU guidance on
development and management of European transport infrastructures.
329
https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/activities/work-programmes-digital, main work programme,
section 5.1.1
330
FORESEE: https://trimis.ec.europa.eu/project/future-proofing-strategies-resilient-transport-networks-
against-extreme-events
SAFEWAY: https://trimis.ec.europa.eu/project/gis-based-infrastructure-management-system-
optimized-response-extreme-events-terrestrial
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Enhanced criteria catalogue for road safety assessment for urban and secondary roads
with particular applicability for non-trunk roads and the safety impact on all – including
new – types of users. Criteria can be mapped on to established safety-related Key
Performance Indicators (KPIs) e.g. reduction of collisions, homogeneous driving speed,
reduction of maintenance costs, etc. to provide measurable societal benefits.
PANOPTIS: https://trimis.ec.europa.eu/project/development-decision-support-system-increasing-
resilience-transportation-infrastructure
RESIST: https://trimis.ec.europa.eu/project/resilient-transport-infrastructure-extreme-events
CLARITY: https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/730355
Scope: Road infrastructure can be improved to decrease the risk of crashes and other incidents
as well as crash severity. The benefits of this will be amplified in a connected transport
system where automated or partially automated vehicles are supported by infrastructure
features to perform as expected. In addition, road infrastructure can provide clear guidance
towards desirable road user behaviour, which may lead to more predictable behaviour, and
consequently to less crashes.
The results of the research will enhance the safety level of the infrastructure by enabling a
prompt reaction to potentially unsafe conditions and will enable to identify the infrastructures
where connected, automated vehicles can travel under safe conditions.
In addition, actions should address at least three out of the following aspects:
Integration of safety and V2I issues in asset management to ensure that the infrastructure
is always capable to provide the minimum required level of performance to provide safe
travel conditions for automated vehicles (ISAD concept).
Development of onsite data storage and communication systems (e.g. RFID) capable to
provide in real time details on the properties of the road equipment relevant to road
safety.
Use of data from connected probe vehicles to detect safety relevant conditions and
collect maintenance indicators.
Development of new maintenance techniques for road equipment with low negative
impact on the surroundings (including but not limited to roadside safety features, signs
and marking, lighting).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 3-5 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results should focus to the quantification of uncertainty (UQ) in
all aspects of the design, manufacturing and operations for achieving high level of safety and
a better management of risks. Project results are expected to contribute to at least three (or
more) of the following expected outcomes:
Big data processing and data science for safety intelligence and risk management,
including both structured and unstructured (text-based) data.
Scope: Uncertainties are always present due to limited manufacturing precision and variable
operating conditions and life cycle events. Integrating these uncertainties into the design
process of aircraft, aircraft engines and systems is a key element to reduce program risk and to
ensure safe and economic operation.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Research results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
Established system for classification of long-term injuries, including methods for follow-
up of personal injuries for the required time after a crash.
Validated tools and methods for the assessment of injuries leading to long-term
consequences, such as upgraded virtual human body models.
Preconditions to develop policy, regulatory, and standard requirements for the purpose
of reducing serious injuries, in particular those with long-term consequences.
A general upgrade in protection for all road users through safe and robust
countermeasures and solutions.
Scope: In addition to fatal and near-fatal injuries, personal injuries with long-term
consequences continue to pose a threat to personal mobility. Particularly pedestrians,
bicyclists, and motorcycle riders, as well as users of new mobility devices, have a high risk to
sustain personal injuries with long-term outcomes, such as brain and neck injuries. In cars,
despite new collision mitigation systems, low and medium severity collisions may still cause
similar permanent neurological disorders to occupants. Long-term injuries to both the upper
and lower extremities are further examples, occurring among all road user types. As of today,
neither any standardized nor any accepted method exists for the evaluation of solutions to
reduce long-term outcomes. In addition, there is a need to include more aspects of human
variability like age, sex, weight, and stature, with particular focus on long-term disability.
Several research areas, also social sciences, are required for the sake of understanding and
reducing the long-term consequences fully. Cognitive capabilities could for example be
impaired by physical head trauma, and there is at the same time a need for more knowledge of
psychiatric impairment related to posttraumatic stress or reduced quality of life. In other
words, cognitive issues and depression have to be fully recognized as potential long-term
consequences of road crashes.
Virtual testing tools are crucial for new more efficient evaluation methods, and accordingly
further development of human body models (HBM) is particularly important. The
effectiveness of new systems should for instance be assessed in a wide range of crash load
cases, which the current test dummies cannot support, and another possibility with the use of
virtual HBM will be to evaluate integrated and adaptive safety at a significantly higher level
of detail. The potential of HBM to be usable for the evaluation of long-term injuries in
product development is strong and will be supported by further multidisciplinary research.
Research is also needed to assess any limitations in this respect and, if applicable, examine
how best to complement HBM with Anthropomorphic Test Devices and physical tools.
Virtual methods with HBM should not only be developed further for passenger car safety, but
for the purpose of assessing personal protection equipment, forgiving road infrastructure
(including road surfaces), and the protection of motorcycle, moped and bicycle riders, as well
as pedestrians and users of new micro-mobility devices against long-term injuries. Virtual
HBM need to reflect human variability, and there is a particular need to focus attention on
children in all different road user roles, e.g. preteens in passenger vehicles who normally are
not seated in child seats, yet often too small to be fully protected by current vehicle integrated
safety systems.
New and upgraded vehicle interiors (including non-conventional seating and new interior
features) of highly automated passenger cars, shuttle buses (including minibuses), and other
driverless passenger vehicles, will play an important role in the efforts to raise the road safety
level further regarding passenger vehicles. Persons who are standing, for instance passengers
in public transport, should also be included. Market drivers (e.g. increased automation,
Findings, knowledge, and experience are encouraged to be shared with other fields, such as
certain sport, recreation, and work activities, as well as with other transport modes, which
may have similar issues regarding personal injuries with long-term consequences as road
traffic, although a different incidence.
Actions should take into account the results of previous EU research projects in that domain
(e.g. Seniors, VIRTUAL, SafetyCube).
Integration of relevant expertise from social sciences and humanities (SSH) and international
cooperation with partners from the US and/or Australia is encouraged.
Cross-cutting actions
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 1.50 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
Expected Outcome: Project’s results are expected to contribute to all of the following
expected outcomes:
Higher visibility, political and strategic relevance of the transport sector and of the EU
policy in the field;
More effective links and exchanges between research and innovation stakeholders and
policy makers, to support the development and deployment of innovative solutions in
Europe;
Scope: Actions should address the activities of both Part A and Part B:
Part A: The action will prepare and provide support to the Transport Research Arena
conference (TRA) to be organised in 2026 gathering transport stakeholders for discussing
political, industrial and research issues on a European and global level.
Proposals are expected to demonstrate the financial and organisational support of the national
authorities' and a preliminary economic plan covering the additional funding needs. In order
to ensure high political and strategic relevance, preference will be given to proposals
involving Member States holding the Presidency of the European Union in year 2025, 2026 or
2027.
In line with previous TRA biannual conferences, the event should address the technological
and industrial developments of the transport sector (road, rail, waterborne, aviation sectors
and cross-modal aspects) providing a high level, future oriented perspective coming from
politics, the industry and the research community, in response to Europe’s social needs and
expectations.
In collaboration with the relevant actors, such as the European Commission services, the
different European Technology Platforms (ERTRAC for road, ERRAC for rail,
WATERBORNE TP for waterborne, ALICE for logistics and ACARE for aeronautics and
331
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
ECTP for construction), the Conference of European Directors of Roads (CEDR), the
European Transport Research Alliance (ETRA), relevant transport-related European
partnerships, such as 2ZERO, CCAM, EU-Rail, ZEWT and Clean Aviation and the previous
TRA conference organisers in order to maintain continuity, the action will define the overall
planning of the conference, structure the technical and political sessions of the event,
contribute to select the appropriate location for the venue and offer operational IT tools for the
registration of participants, the handling of speakers’ contributions, contribute to the
organisation of logistics, etc. Support to the organisation of demonstration activities should
also be foreseen.
Specific attention should be put on a broad and balanced participation i.e. students, young
researchers, women, a large number of countries' representatives, etc.
Part B: The proposal is expected to also organise two competitions for transport research and
innovation awards covering all transport modes and cross-cutting issues (technological, socio-
economic and behavioural aspects) in line with the EU policy objectives for climate-neutral
and environmentally friendly mobility:
A competition for students and young researchers with the goal of stimulating the
interest among young researchers/students in the field of transport;
A competition for senior researchers in the field of innovative transport concepts based
on results from EU-funded projects only.
The organisation of these awards should ensure high-quality competition and very good
media coverage before, during and after the TRA conference, in line with previous editions
(TRA Visions). The competition is expected to give particular attention to gender issues.
Call - Safe, Resilient Transport and Smart Mobility services for passengers and goods
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01
Indicative budget(s)332
332
The Director-General responsible for the call may decide to open the call up to one month prior to or
after the envisaged date(s) of opening.
The Director-General responsible may delay the deadline(s) by up to two months.
All deadlines are at 17.00.00 Brussels local time.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
Financial and operational capacity and The criteria are described in General Annex
exclusion C.
333
Nonetheless, this does not preclude submission and selection of a proposal requesting different
amounts.
Legal and financial set-up of the Grant The rules are described in General Annex G.
Agreements
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Safe operation of Connected and Automated Driving (CAD) functions e.g. regarding
Vulnerable Road Users (VRUs) and ODD transitions through system agility, experience-
based decision making and access to cloud intelligence.
Scope: Since current on-board electronic systems are assembled from various controllers in a
piecemeal fashion, they are not suitable for the complex, combined performance requirements
of advanced levels of CCAM applications in terms of bandwidths, latency, flexibility, fail
safety and cyber security. Therefore, a complete redesign of the in-vehicle control architecture
is needed, combining innovations at hardware, software and data levels in the vehicle and in
connection with distributed intelligence in the edge-cloud continuity. It should build on a
centralised e.g. zonal or domain-based layout using distributed high-performance computing
for connecting sensing and actuation systems with software updates over the air, big data
flows and AI at the edge, resulting in a novel and upgradable electronic in-vehicle control
scheme for safe and efficient automated driving functions and tele-operations.
Important building blocks for the in-vehicle control architecture include sensors and sensor
data fusion for environment perception with AI “at the edge”, using on-board high-
performance computers and generic hard- and software including cyber secure components.
At the same time, the new control architecture and its context aware building blocks are
expected to enable the following:
definition of safety and security targets, open-source standard layouts and harmonised
validation methods.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 14.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
1. Safe scaling up of the deployment of CCAM systems for all levels of automation,
including systems that for part of the driving phases rely on human-machine interaction.
2. Assurance of vehicle safety despite system changes, e.g., due to software updates and
data exchanges between vehicles and the infrastructure.
Scope: To ensure the safety of CCAM, it is essential that vehicles are not only safe during the
(first) type approval, but also during their complete lifetime in a fast-changing road transport
system. Changes can result from the evolution of the CCAM system itself, for example, as a
result of increasing connectivity using V2X communication, the use of AI-based systems, and
OTA (over-the-air) software updates. The traffic system, in which CCAM systems are being
deployed, is changing at a rapid pace as well, with an increased market share of vehicles with
higher levels of automation, new (personal) mobility devices and autonomous mobility robots
(e.g., for package delivery).
At the same time, the way CCAM systems interact with humans in traffic is changing. Until
full automation in transport is reached, the human driver will keep on playing an essential
role. Also, the interaction with other road users will change, supported by technologies that
allow a CCAM system to communicate its intentions to other road users.
The proposed actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:
2. Connectivity. Developing validation procedures for CCAM systems that rely on V2X for
safety-critical functions i.e., the inclusion of the connectivity context. Ensuring aspects
of reliability, trustworthiness and cyber-security with respect to V2X is essential. The
approach to V2X connectivity is technology neutral.
4. Validating the virtual approach. Developing tools that ensure the relevant degree of
detail and the appropriate representation of other road users’ behaviour (incl. Vulnerable
Road Users such as pedestrians and/or bicyclists) in virtual scenario-based testing. This
includes methods to deal with perception, localisation, and world modelling errors in the
validation procedures.
vehicle and between vehicle and other road users, making Human Machine Interaction
inclusive (i.e. in terms of age, mental and physical ability, cultural aspects, etc.).
Links should be established with the Mobility Data Space initiatives from Digital Europe,
federated data infrastructure projects (Gaia-X, International Data Spaces, Big Data Value -
BDV).
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 12.00 million.
334
https://www.headstart-project.eu/
335
“Common approaches for the safety validation of CCAM systems”
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 6-7 by the end of the project –
Readiness Level see General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
1. System approach towards traffic management that integrates the operations and needs of
a wide range of road network users (vehicle drivers, passengers and different kinds of
VRUs) traffic management centres and public authorities as well as service providers,
(public transport/commercial/logistics fleet managers, infrastructure industry) within the
mobility ecosystem.
2. Safer, more efficient and sustainable traffic management through the orchestration of
heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic336 within the CCAM ecosystem.
4. Governance and operational models that allow for better cooperation and collaboration
of all relevant actors in the orchestration of traffic management through new mobility
management for all modes and road types.
6. Strategic transport planning methods for all modes in the CCAM ecosystem including
individual as well as public transport.
Scope: The aim is to advance on the orchestration of heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic by
building on, linking and integrating the following streams of research results and innovation
challenges337:
336
The term ‘heterogeneous actors’ comprises the heterogeneity of Road actors such as fleet managers,
service providers, traffic managers, individual vehicles, Public Transport operators and users, Road
operators and contractors and VRUs. Their actions differ due to their position in the ecosystem, their
objectives and behaviour, which have an impact on traffic flow and other actors in the road network).
The term ‘mixed traffic’ refers to different levels of vehicle automation (including human driven
vehicles) present in the road network. Orchestration of heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic takes place
when the managing authorities take the needs and plans of all relevant actors into account when
planning and directing traffic flows in the system also balancing the priorities set by the public.
337
CCAM Partnership, Strategic Research and Innovation Agenda 2021-2027, December 2021, Lessons
Learned from completed projects, Horizon Europe Work Programme 2021-2022, Climate, Energy and
Mobility, European Commission Decision C(2021)4200 of 15 June 2021, SOCRATES 2.0: Connecting
Europe Facility (CEF) 2016-EU-TM-0148-S 2017, TM 2.0 Innovation Platform on interactive traffic
management.
1. Smart routing and interactive traffic management using connectivity and C-ITS for the
orchestration of heterogeneous actors in mixed traffic within the CCAM ecosystem338.
2. Solutions for ensuring the safety and efficiency of early CCAM deployment in the
interaction of drivers, riders, passengers, traffic participants and automated systems
performing driving tasks in mixed traffic339.
3. Coherent approach towards managing fleets from an overall system perspective in real-
life urban demonstrations of CCAM via testing and demonstrations in large sets of
traffic environments with an emphasis on different fleets, i.e. groups of vehicles
(including e.g. public transport/commercial/logistics fleets, fleets operated by public or
private transport operators) that are typically controlled/supervised/managed by
heterogeneous actors340.
4. New governance and operational models facilitating the orchestration schemes of traffic
management that are inclusive towards all heterogeneous actors in traffic
management341.
Proposed actions will develop and demonstrate an orchestration scheme for traffic
management energy according to priorities set by traffic authorities (including targets) that
will facilitate the coexistence of heterogeneous actors or fleets on the road network
(individual vehicles, public transport, Vulnerable Road Users) as well as, at different levels of
vehicle automation (including human driven vehicles) in mixed traffic. Actions should
contribute to the transformation of traffic management from managing traffic volumes to the
management of vehicles (or even travellers) taking benefit from the advantages of fleet
management (groups of vehicles that share the same attributes). Vehicles should be
considered in their different sizes and usages, as well as by the mobility service they provide
(private, public, shared, pooled etc.). Proposed actions should address both the transport of
people and goods within automated fleets (commercial/logistics fleets, fleets operated by
public or private transport operators) and individual vehicles (CCAM- or conventional
vehicles, including micro-mobility) that are well integrated in the entire traffic management
system.
Proposed actions are expected to develop and demonstrate orchestration schemes for
operations in mixed traffic by addressing all of the following aspects:
338
Building on the results of SOCRATES 2.0 pilots reflecting the TM 2.0 concept on smart routing and
interactive traffic management.
339
Expanding on the results of Horizon 2020 projects (such as CoExist, TransAID, INFRAMIX,
MAVEN). While the solutions above should be embedded in a technology-neutral approach, actions
should ensure that future technological options such as photonics applications (Photonics Partnership
“Green and efficient lighting for future mobility”) are also addressed, if possible.
340
Expanding on the results of the projects of SHOW and HiDrive.
341
Building on the work and results of SOCRATES 2.0 and TM 2.0 as well as expanding on the results of
the projects being funded under HORIZON-CL5-2022-D6-01-04: Integrate CCAM services in fleet and
traffic management systems (CCAM Partnership).
2. Developing traffic management tools that are essential for the coordination of mixed
automated and non-automated mobility. These management tools should be robust and
able to address uncertainty due to uncertain technological developments, performances,
services and business cases that go beyond what is available through current research
results. Tools should support orchestration by, among others, integration of ad-hoc and
manoeuvre coordination (SAE cooperation classes 342 ), efficient route guidance and
capacity aware demand management.
3. Defining and demonstrating business and governance models (including for public
actors) for the orchestration of traffic management in real-time CCAM traffic conditions
in urban and motorway environment, allowing actors to address their needs on a win-win
basis.
4. Developing measures and KPIs to demonstrate the benefits and added value of
orchestration for traffic management actions (in terms of traffic efficiency, energy
efficiency, safety etc.).
5. Demonstrating a process that ensures trust in the traffic orchestration scheme proposed
as well as sufficient accessibility to quality data for all traffic actors involved and
readiness for large-scale demonstration actions.
Specific conditions
342
SAE J 3216, Taxonomy and Definitions for Terms Related to Cooperative Driving Automation for On-
Road Motor Vehicles.
343
‘Sustainable Urban Mobility Indicators”, as well as other published impact evaluation methodologies
such as the EU-CEM, should be used to evaluate the impact of the solutions as appropriate.
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following expected
outcomes:
Approaches for resilient collective awareness, which can eventually be used in e.g.
complex models of collective behaviour.
Advanced collective awareness, decision making and triggering of actions for CCAM
applications, enabled by new concepts and tools built on advancements in Artificial
Intelligence (AI), including Hybrid Intelligence (HI).
CCAM solutions evolving from reactive into predictive system state awareness
(including driver state and road user diversity), decision making and actuation,
enhancing road safety.
Understanding of AI-related ethical issues and user needs, together with capabilities,
limitations and potential conflicts of AI based systems for CCAM, including a definition
and a measure of human-like control.
Scope: Today’s mobility landscape is rapidly changing, as is seen in the recent boom in the
detection of advanced and/or complex urban scenarios that add new challenges to the
development of CCAM technologies. These novel scenarios are especially emerging with the
establishment of new urban traffic regimes and cultures, such as restricted zones, shared
zones, and cycle-streets, which need to be taken into account when designing and developing
CCAM solutions.
To integrate and tackle complex traffic scenarios, CCAM technologies will require highly
advanced decision-making based on enhanced collective awareness – the stage beyond on-
board perception, advancing on e.g. results from projects under CL5-2022-D6-01-05 344 –
incorporating information from multiple sources and including interpretation for the
aggregation of this information. Developing collective awareness should take into account the
state of the vehicle, the driver and the road user environment. It can also involve the tracking
of other road users' behaviour and generating predictions on a short horizon, which can be
based on the input from advanced behavioural models, e.g. those developed within CL5-2022-
D6-01-03345 projects. The integration of these findings will lead to collective awareness for
CCAM.
The use of multiple sources (sensors and sensor fused information, maps, infrastructure, other
road users, and localisation systems) and the sharing of the overall situational information and
related intentions of the vehicle and that of its direct environment will be an important
building block towards collective awareness. Eventually, in future work this can be
incorporated in complex, self-organised bottom-up models of collective behaviour based on
the change/modelling of individual interactions. Collective awareness should create a larger
time window in safety critical situations and generate benefits for the overarching mobility
system, which include efficient traffic management and improved traffic flow as it
incorporates situation prediction capabilities and environmental benefits (which can
eventually include e.g. smart charging strategies).
AI is a key enabler to bring these increasing amounts of information together, with decision-
making enabled both at vehicle level (including safety critical decisions) and at a mobility
system level. In order to continue to define the role and limits of AI and of emerging new
developments within AI, this topic recommends exploring Hybrid Intelligence (HI) as such a
new subset of AI. Hybrid Intelligence is the process of developing and mobilising Artificial
Intelligence (AI) to expand on human intelligence and expertise, thereby ensuring human-like
control of CCAM operations. Applying an HI approach will allow CCAM technologies to
integrate human expertise and intentionality into its decision-making in order to generate
meaningful and appropriate actions that are aligned with ethical, legal and societal values.
This will be essential to foster user acceptability, trust and adoption, especially when
appropriate SSH expertise is included.
Proposed R&I actions are expected to address all of the following aspects:
thereby understanding of potential risks and capabilities and needs of other road users).
Tooling will be required to deliver situational awareness information in a structured way,
based on multiple sources and in real-time. In addition, the development and integration
of ethical goal functions to support collective awareness should be included. Work is
expected to be based on:
Relationships between the vehicle and forecasted intentions of other road users (e.g.
a pedestrian crossing the street at a zebra crossing), as such including spatial
temporal relation of elements in the driving-situation.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines including ethics and the
involvement of SSH experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in
order to produce meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the
related research activities.
Proposals should monitor and align relevant developments under this topic with on-going
discussions regarding EU type vehicle approval rules as well as in the framework of the
UNECE.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 4.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 346.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Extended and up to date CCAM Knowledge Base 347 , including CCAM projects,
demonstration and deployment initiatives, standards, facilitating the exchange of best
practices and the deployment of CCAM services.
Well established network of experts and forum for stakeholders in the different thematic
R&I fields of CCAM.
Strong collaboration and cooperation between all CCAM stakeholders through effective
collaboration mechanisms fostering exchanges of practices, experiences, tools and
methodologies supporting the transition to large-scale deployment.
Good level of understanding and awareness of CCAM among citizens, decision and
policy makers in Europe.
Scope: A common basis for CCAM Knowledge in Europe is available today with the online
CCAM Knowledge Base which constitutes a one stop shop for all relevant R&I initiatives,
tools, methodologies, regulations and standards in the field. Targeted content will be available
346
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
347
https://www.connectedautomateddriving.eu
for some stakeholder categories 348 . The Knowledge Base should be expanded and further
adapted to the needs of all relevant stakeholders. Results and lessons learned from the EU,
national and international projects should be made available and accessible to targeted user
groups. Proposed actions should in particular provide support for stakeholders to move into
operations by identifying key building blocks and standards for deploying pilot services and
enable capacity building for key actors of different use cases /applications domains as well as
for citizens and non-experts on how to use CCAM systems and services and to become aware
of new developments and related risks.
A States Representatives Group (SRG)350 has been created within the CCAM Partnership to
ensure a continuous dialogue at European and national level for the sharing of information on
CCAM R&I to increase coordination between European and national R&I funding schemes,
and among national programmes. To carry out its mission efficiently, the SRG will need
support to collect and analyse information on national R&I initiatives and to implement
cooperation activities.
To successfully contribute to the expected outcomes, proposed actions are expected to address
all of the following aspects:
1. Ensure the maintenance and expansion of the Knowledge Base to support the CCAM
stakeholder community and CCAM Partnership for the identification of future needs for
R&I, testing and demonstration initiatives and for moving into operations (minimum
block requirements, standards and common definitions to run pilot services across
Europe). The content of the Knowledge Base should support the monitoring of the
progress made on the targets and impacts set by the CCAM Partnership351.
2. Identify further needs for targeted content for specific stakeholder categories and in
particular, develop content that is accessible to non-experts, thereby supporting capacity
building of the general public. The proposed action should define the above-mentioned
stakeholder categories, and develop a subsequent communication strategy (content,
material, media, etc.) using realistic and accessible terms to address different target
groups (including non-experts).
348
Outcomes of the project resulting from the call CL5-2021-D6-01-06: Framework for better coordination
of large-scale demonstration pilots in Europe and EU-wide knowledge base.
349
Ibid
350
https://www.ccam.eu/what-is-ccam/governance/ccam-states-representatives-group/
351
See KPI included in the SRIA
3. Provide effective dissemination and concertation mechanisms and means for the
stakeholder community (e.g. conferences, workshops, international cooperation, capacity
building content for non-experts) to enable the exchange of experiences and practices,
stimulate collaboration and cooperation between all CCAM stakeholders and reach
consensus on challenges and future R&I needs within the thematic clusters of the
European Partnership.
4. Facilitate the work of the CCAM SRG and stimulate the cooperation between EU
Member States/Associated Countries for improved coordination of activities in the areas
identified as priorities by the SRG. Provide an analysis of initiatives in EU Member
States/Associated countries and support the SRG in identifying areas for R&I
cooperation.
6. Continue to evaluate and update the EU-CEM through targeted discussions with EU
Member States/Associated countries in order to align the CEM with national mobility
strategies and regulations, also looking at both national and regional transport and
mobility data to ensure compatibility.
7. Support the practical implementation of the EU-CEM (for existing and innovative use-
cases) and provide training programmes for CCAM projects to integrate the
methodology.
8. Assess the level of awareness and attitudes of European citizens, decision- and policy
makers about CCAM as well as their intention to use through regular surveys and
workshops. Results should be published in the Knowledge Base and mechanisms should
be provided to integrate findings into the EU-CEM. A link should be established with
existing survey initiatives in place at EU and Member States’/Associated countries’
levels. This action should be grounded in a co-creative process.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 10.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Project results are expected to contribute to at least 4 of the following
expected outcomes:
Optimised multimodal transport network and traffic management, for efficient door-to-
door mobility of passengers and freight (from producers to last mile deliveries).
Validated solutions for effective and secure data exchange across all modes of transport,
for dynamic and responsive multimodal network and traffic management.
New tools and services for optimising mobility of passengers and freight, in cities and
other areas, cutting traffic jams and improving multimodal traffic flows. The proposed
solutions should demonstrate (e.g. through simulations, pilots) the potential to reduce by
at least 30% the average travel delay, as well as the overall transport energy
consumption and emissions of greenhouse gases and other pollutants in the network.
Scope: Optimised multimodal network and traffic management is essential for an efficient
transport network and seamless door-to-door mobility of passengers and freight. Such
advanced capabilities need to be supported by harnessing data from physical and digital
infrastructures, as well as from the mobility of passengers and freight, involving different
types of vehicles, rolling stock, aircraft and vessels (including zero-emission, connected and
automated), technologies and the use of innovative services. At the same time, novel forms of
mobility (e.g. shared, micro-mobility or even hyperloop) and new services (e.g. Mobility as a
Service) present new challenges, but also great opportunities for enhanced management and
optimisation of the transport network. This includes advances to fully utilise dynamic and
interoperable data exchange from multiple actors and transport modes, for well-tested and
validated systems and operations, with appropriate governance arrangements in place.
Developing and testing new generation multimodal, flexible, agile and adaptable, secure
and resilient transport network and traffic management systems, leveraging state of the
art technologies (e.g. artificial intelligence, big data, edge computing, internet of things,
blockchain).
Assessing and simulating the effects on multimodal network and traffic management of
new forms of mobility (e.g. zero-emission, connected and automated vehicles and
vessels, car sharing/pooling, active-/micro-mobility, sustainable land/air transport modes
and drones), as well as of innovative services (e.g. Mobility/Logistics as a Service), in
different urban and rural environments, considering the socio-economic acceptability
and different user needs (including vulnerable and gender groups).
Demonstrating the collection, aggregation, analysis and use of network-wide data from
infrastructures, vehicles/vessels and users (using ICT and EU satellite-based systems),
from across transport modes (modal and intermodal data), stakeholders and national
borders, while preserving data privacy, security and confidentiality to data providers,
thereby enabling effective and intelligent multimodal network and traffic management,
and even further data exchanges with other sectors (e.g. energy and telecoms).
Designing and testing innovative multimodal network and traffic management services,
offered by public and/or private stakeholders, which can be operated at network centres
(e.g. at cities or hubs) and/or at decentralised level (e.g. by users or vehicles/vessels
themselves).
Developing and showcasing workable governance and dynamic incentive models, for the
effective engagement of public and private stakeholders in interoperable data exchange,
in the optimisation of transport network and traffic management and in promoting a
better use of (public) transport systems.
Evaluating the qualitative and quantitative impact of the proposed measures and project
results, including on reducing travel delay, transport emissions and energy consumption,
with a clear baseline for each use case.
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing
data and services, beneficiaries are expected to describe if and how the use of Copernicus
and/or Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions. In addition, proposals
should describe the technological and societal readiness of the systems and/or techniques
proposed for development and use, particularly in the case of systems based on Artificial
Intelligence.
The multimodal aspects listed above are complementary and in synergy with actions foreseen
in other parts of the Work Programme, such as in the areas of C-ITS (as part of Connected,
Cooperative and Automated Mobility), rail traffic management (as part of EU-Rail Joint
Undertaking), air traffic management (as part of SESAR 3 Joint Undertaking) and vessel
traffic management (as part of Zero-Emission Waterborne Transport).
In line with the Union’s strategy for international cooperation in research and innovation,
international cooperation is encouraged.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 20.00 million.
and/or related timing data and services, beneficiaries must make use of
Copernicus and/or Galileo/EGNOS (other data and services may
additionally be used).
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
Reduced greenhouse gas emissions by 55%352 by 2030 in the project networks, without
reducing the overall performance of the logistics supply chain and taking account of all
costs and externalities.
Scope: Building on previously funded projects and ongoing activities (e.g. Connecting Europe
Facility, Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe projects), ensuring compliance with the data
sharing framework pursued by the Digital Transport and Logistics Forum (DTLF), and taking
into account the development of the common European mobility data space, proposals will
pilot, demonstrate and scale up systemic collaborative solutions regarding logistics nodes,
multimodal logistics networks connectivity, business and governance models. The focus will
be on both digital and physical interoperability as well as on the adoption of zero-emission
vehicles/vessels.
Proposals will have to research and demonstrate in a structured and systemic way all of the
following points:
Demonstrate at least 10 working open standard processes, procedures and services across
several logistics nodes providing seamless access to users. Processes, procedures, and
services are expected to have an open access definition and scalability aspects need to be
addressed.
Develop and demonstrate further compatibility and interoperability of the full range of
standardised multimodal transport units (from containers to boxes), also across transport
modes.
352
In line with the 2030 Climate Target Plan the baseline for the greenhouse gas emissions reduction is at
least 55% below 1990 levels.
353
”The Roadmap to the Physical Internet” was developed in the frame of the EU-funded project SENSE,
ref. http://www.etp-logistics.eu/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Roadmap-to-Physical-Intenet-Executive-
Version_Final.pdf
Test and demonstrate sound business and governance models and rules (including
organisational change requirements) for resource-sharing across logistics networks, to
ensure operational efficiency of freight movements irrespective of mode, nodal
operations and freight characteristics.
Test and demonstrate the functionalities and relevance of the data sharing framework,
serving for optimisation of the logistic system, including through the establishment of an
appropriate semantic model and its components, such as for instance Digital Twins with
specific algorithms allowing for predictive planning of logistic related events. Synergies
for rail will need to be sought with the EU-Rail Programme projects implementing the
Transversal Topic on Digital enablers and Flagship Area 5354.
Develop and demonstrate scalability of the proposed solutions providing open access
mechanisms and low thresholds to the system of logistics networks. Consider realising
visualisation and simulation models and tools to show the practical use of collaborative
models for the various types of stakeholders and the potential benefits based on actual
cases. Develop specific actions to encourage, facilitate and ensure the access of SMEs
and smaller players.
If projects use satellite-based earth observation, positioning, navigation and/or related timing
data and services, beneficiaries have to describe if and how the use of Copernicus and/or
Galileo/EGNOS are incorporated in the proposed solutions. In addition, if the activities
354
See EU-Rail Multi Annual Work programme at https://shift2rail.org/wp-
content/uploads/2022/03/EURAIL_MAWP_final.pdf
proposed involve the use and/or development of AI-based systems and/or techniques, the
technical and social robustness of the proposed systems is to be described in the proposal.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 15.00 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 7 by the end of the project – see
Readiness Level General Annex B.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to ALL of the following outcomes
(with a clear baseline for each use case):
Reduction of transport operation costs by 20% for transport operators along with 20%
reduction of fossil fuels consumption in transport.
Assessment and redesign of existing infrastructure (e.g. cycling lanes, walking paths,
charging points, parking spaces etc.) in order to ensure its effective and safe use by
different transport modes. Different infrastructure types should be assessed in each of the
pilot demonstrations and safe coexistence of various forms of mobility enhanced (e.g.
soft, active, shared mobility).
Reduce the transport emissions of greenhouse gases and other pollutants by 30% by
2030 in the pilot demonstrations.
Reduce the number of accidents involving infrastructure users and infrastructure workers
by 50% in the pilot demonstrations.
Scope: Innovative digital tools and solutions will allow to upgrade transport infrastructure
ensuring an improved performance and safety, together with a reduction of emissions and
better inclusiveness. Increasing the performance of multi-modal transport infrastructure can
be achieved through improving the efficiency of the assets and by the cross-modal data
management. Digital solutions are key to reduce drastically disruptions in traffic flows,
increase transport efficiency and lower its dependency on fossil fuels.
The integration between transport infrastructure and digital technologies will help achieve
personalised seamless passenger and freight journeys transport across different transport
modes. This integration will consider safety and security starting from the design phase, while
simultaneously automating and accelerating the decision process at every level from
maintenance to traffic management.
Special attention should be given to the accessibility of new digital tools from persons with
disabilities and older persons, in order to ensure that this segment of the population is also
able to participate fully and benefit from digital progress. As set by the Green Deal, priorities
should be given for projects allowing modal shift from road to more sustainable mode such
rail and inland waterways.
Improve performance of transport infrastructure and increase multimodality with the use
of, for example: IoT, edge computing and decentralised artificial intelligence, or other
digital tools in view of its potential to facilitate real-time decision-making, improve
safety and to save bandwidth and energy. Develop solutions for self-monitoring, self-
reporting, non-intrusive/non-destructive inspection and testing methods, including
advanced predictive modelling and structural safety assessment.
Demonstrate ability to process internal and external raw data, such as sensor data, into
smart data and related cloud architecture that can be deployed to optimize infrastructure
management processes
Building on the common European mobility data space and the Digital Transport and
Logistics Forum (DTLF), facilitate the seamless use and provision of data and
information to the end user across the transport infrastructure network and logistic chain,
with a view to progress advancing towards smart mobility concepts for passengers and
freight.
Evaluate the qualitative and quantitative impact of the proposed measures with a clear
baseline for each pilot demonstration.
For rail infrastructure the solutions will need to be harmonised with the EU-RailRAIL
Programme projects implementing the Flagship Area 1, 3 and 5 355. Proposals should consider
results from previous calls on infrastructure maintenance, digitalisation, and on edge-IoT, and
focus on validation of innovative solutions (i.e. robotics, IoT, edge computing and AI).
If the activities proposed involve the use and/or development of AI-based systems and/or
techniques, the technical and social robustness of the proposed systems is to be described in
the proposal.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 3.00 million.
355
See EU-Rail Multi Annual Work programme at https://shift2rail.org/wp-
content/uploads/2022/03/EURAIL_MAWP_final.pdf
additionally be used).
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 356.
Expected Outcome: Projects are expected to contribute to all of the following outcomes:
More effective and sustainable national, regional and transnational transport and
mobility policies toward accepted approaches, based on a system-thinking perspective.
Better harnessing the potential of digitised mobility data while protecting citizen’s
privacy.
Scope: Governance, policies and incentives play an important role in shaping transport and
mobility systems and influence the development and implementation of different technologies
and modes of transport (e.g. walking, cycling, public transport and rail). It is therefore
important to study how policies and regulations could be best used to govern transport and
mobility systems in desired directions, so that they become more sustainable and just, for
instance with regard to gender, place, or low-income households, as well as their fiscal
impacts.
356
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
357
Governance is all the processes of interactions be they through laws, norms, power or language of an
organized society over a social system, done by the government of a state.
358
Policies are deliberate systems of guidelines to guide decisions and achieve rational outcomes. Policies
are generally adopted by a governance body within a national or local authority.
In addition, the COVID-19 crisis has significantly altered commuting habits; remote and
telework have become widespread together with other flexible work arrangements. The true
impact of these changes on gas emissions and on the well-being of people as well as on the
real-estate market (offices) are not known. This is now an opportunity to leverage on an
ongoing change in habits that could result in significant GHG reduction.
Propose approaches that better integrate mobility policies with policies from other
sectors (e.g. energy efficiency, renewables, gender mainstreaming, healthcare, retail and
poverty and low income population reduction).
Consider the benefits of public/private partnerships towards future transport and mobility
system, as to secure local adjustment and solutions that are effective and economic for
private stakeholders, with a long-term sustainable horizon for the society.
Identify and assess the potential of (shared) mobility hubs at neighbourhood-level and
define the role of organisational innovations in supporting them.
Explore how small, medium cities and metropolitan areas manage the emergence of
micro-mobility and how driverless vehicles are likely to affect urban areas and land use
(e.g. mixed use of urban space, dynamic parking).
Identify the major flaws on national transport and mobility regulations in EU countries
and provide recommendations on how to better harmonize them trans-nationally (e.g.
incentives for putting bicycles on trains etc.).
Identify regulations and accountability measures to ensure that mobility data are best
utilised for the common good, for example, harnessing the potential of data to stimulate
innovation for more sustainable mobility behaviour patterns and guide urban planning,
while also protecting citizen privacy.
Analyse the drivers for public acceptability of stringent and mandatory transport policies
(e.g. carbon taxes, urban traffic bans).
Examine the most effective strategies in promoting the transition to more sustainable
freight transport in Europe following the recent and ongoing changes in consumer
culture, such as the increase in e-commerce and online.
A ’social optimum’ balance should be included to developing research knowledge within new
governance models from several perspectives (e.g. socio-economic, environmental, health,
accessibility, gender and inclusion, safety and security aspects). This concept complements
the work launched within the Cities Mission regarding MaaR (Mobility as a Right). Synergies
with the projects GECKO 359 , ACCTING 360 and SHARED GREEN DEAL 361 should be
explored, given that mobility behaviours and the role of cities as agent of change will
influence policy makers in enabling adaptive and anticipatory regulatory schemes and
governance with novel policies contributing to sustainable mobility goals.
In addition to the research activities, actions are expected to involve citizens from different
backgrounds and origins in the policy analysis to gather and study their understanding,
perceptions, opinions and positions, thus contributing to co-designing and co-assessing the
most appropriate policies’ recommendations. The collection of children’s views can also be
included in the study. Citizen platforms if existing, can be used for this purpose.
This topic requires the effective contribution of SSH disciplines and the involvement of SSH
experts, institutions as well as the inclusion of relevant SSH expertise, in order to produce
meaningful and significant effects enhancing the societal impact of the related research.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 8.50 million.
Technology Activities are expected to achieve TRL 5-6 by the end of the project –
359
https://h2020-gecko.eu/
360
https://www.esf.org/eu-projects/accting/
361
https://mailchi.mp/06ac151106cf/shared-green-deal
Expected Outcome: Project outputs and results are expected to contribute to the following
expected outcomes:
Improved system design addressing human factors issues in the changing levels of
human/automated system interactions
Assurance of the resilience, safety and security of waterborne digital and connected
systems is undertaken on the basis of robust methodologies to a similar standard to that
applied within other sectors which apply safety critical digital technology and their
application in safety critical conditions including the safety of navigation and its
systems.
Robust by design waterborne digital and connected systems for safety and resilience
(incl. reliability regimes such as fail safe, fail secure, fail to operation etc., HAZOP,
system of systems, security, hardware and equipment data, etc.)
Increased cyber security for operation and maintenance (incl. software maintenance).
Scope: Increasingly, modern waterborne transport relies upon smart digital and connected
systems to ensure safe and efficient operation. Within large complex vessels, system of
systems approaches are used together with Internet of Things and Artificial Intelligence
approaches to integrate diverse systems ranging from sensors, business and cargo
management systems, power and engine management, electronic navigation and situational
awareness. System integration of systems with proprietary digital control systems has become
more and more critical in terms of ensuring safety and efficiency. The complexity and
foundation upon software, makes assurance of the resilience of such systems challenging and
requires a different to that applied to hardware- based systems. Waterborne digital system can
be vulnerable to both malicious intervention and the consequences of system failure.
Examples have included the spoofing of navigational GPS signals, ransom wear attacks on
integrated container management systems, complete power shutdown and the helicopter
evacuation of a large passenger ship when engine protection systems identified a common
fault across all engine waterborne systems. The challenge to assure the safety and resilience of
digital systems is particularly important within large complex vessels where the level of
integration and connectivity is high and where the consequences of failure can be particularly
severe.
In the domain of power generation and management the vastness of new technological
solutions, often driven by environmental regulations, poses new challenges in ships’ design
and management, where the need for integration of diverse energy converters (ICEs, batteries,
fuel cells, wind, capacitors, etc.) confront designers and operators with systems based on
profoundly different operating principles coming together with different requirements and
control and digital systems. Integration for harnessing the full potential in a safe and secure
frame is key to their implementation.
Furthermore, the capability of integrating different systems (and their dynamics) involve an
always increased number of sensors, whose data, fused, should become available for
optimisation and increased awareness during normal and safe critical operations.
Comprehensive HAZOP (Hazard Operability) studies are essential for such vessels, yet the
methodologies are poorly established within the waterborne sector whilst other sectors
operating safety critical digital systems (aerospace, nuclear, medical automotive etc.) have
well established practices. Furthermore, applying “hardware in the loop” to simulation and
validation of digital systems in dependent on the quality of the digital simulation model. This
can be difficult for waterborne transport due to the variability of ship designs, complexity and
lack of relevant data concerning the integrated components. Pre-delivery testing and sea trials
could include fault simulation and digital testing founded upon the identification of critical
digital systems identified by the HAZOP, yet such trials focus on hard-ware or subsystems
such as rudder control rather than addressing the entire integration. For safety critical systems,
reliability regimes need to be established to identify the safe default state in case of system
failure or the identification of malicious intervention. In this respect the best system state
could be: “fail operational”, “fail soft”, “fail safe”, “fail secure”, “fail passive”, “be fault
tolerant”.
Activities will address the development of a HAZOP methodology for whole system
assessment of highly digitised, connected complex vessels. The methodology should include
system, system of systems designed for specific function or sets of functions and/or a
methodology for the entire vessel, including when application of artificial intelligence
algorithms is foreseen. The methodology will be developed with relevant stakeholders
including shipbuilders, system designers and equipment providers, IT professionals,
operators, class societies, regulators. The acceptability of the methodology to all stakeholders
will be assessed and an implementation roadmap will be developed to account for any
identified barriers. Work will draw upon the expertise of other sectors with more developed
procedures for the assessment and assurance of digital safety.
On-board systems and functions integration by design, for safe and secure operation should be
used to test and demonstrate the safety and security of the applications.
regimes and mitigation measures will be established with consideration of both malicious
intervention and system failure.
Cost effective methodologies for validating the safety, resilience and correct functioning of
digital and connected safety critical ship systems, including system of systems, will be
developed and demonstrated.
In case of validation on the basis of a theoretical digital models and/or digital twinning
(e.g. hardware in the loop) then the validity of the model should be proven as well as its
flexibility to be applied towards a range of vessel designs.
In case of validation on the basis of physical testing of the responses of the final system
to a range of fault conditions and malicious interventions during the final trials, there
should be assurance that test conditions are representative of the identified risks.
The safety assessment should be developed by using methodologies suitable for being
assessed in international fora such as the International Maritime Organisation.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Transport systems that are resilient, i.e. prepared for disruptive changes of different
kinds, and thereby supporting continuously improved traffic safety.
Increased understanding how sudden changes in the availability of transport means e.g.
through dramatic weather events or emission induced ban of certain vehicles in a city,
affect the safety of transport system users, and the underlying psychological effects for
users’ reactions.
Scope: The importance of a robust transport systems becomes highly evident in times of
rapid, changes that are neither planned, scheduled nor predicted. The COVID-19 pandemic
has pointed at several issues (e.g. delivery of essential goods, ensuring uninterrupted and safe
public transport operations for essential workers etc.) that need to be addressed to secure
future resilience of the transport system and to ensure that the level of transport safety is not
only maintained, but also meeting more demanding targets. For instance, the decreased use of
public transport during the pandemic has to some extent led to increases in both biking and
walking, but also an increased use of cars in some parts of the world. At the same time,
decreased traveling has meant fewer vehicles on the roads in certain areas, whereas others
have seen an increase of delivery vehicles, as home deliveries have surged. Likewise, the
current energy market realities have made even more pressing the need of an energy efficient
mobility system that could absorb disruptions in the fuel supply chain.
Digital tools/services and new transport means (e.g. urban air mobility and micro mobility),
new ways how to use the infrastructure (e.g. even more shared spaces with different types of
vehicles, both highly automated and manually controlled) in a more energy efficient manner
and new behaviour should be included in the research.
In order to provide safe and resilient transport for all, many aspects are expected to be
considered in a clearly multidisciplinary approach. Proposed actions are expected to address
at least three out of the following aspects:
362
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
Scenarios of disruptive changes that can make a transport system unstable should be
identified, the consequences on transport safety be analysed, and solutions to tackle them
developed. This includes safety implications of rapid changes / new incentives
(sometimes contradictory to previous ones, e.g. regarding the use of public transport in a
pandemic situation).
Analysis of how socio-economic differences may affect the safety of individuals in case
of disruptive changes (e.g. individual mobility options are determined by the socio-
economic status).
Study of how the concept of resilience at the system level can be applied and used for
the improvement of transport safety.
A definition of resilience in the context of transport systems should be provided, and factors
of transport safety and energy efficiency that are essential to take into account should be
determined. Moreover, scenarios for disruptive changes should be identified that can make a
transport system instable, the consequences on transport safety be analysed, and solutions to
tackle them be developed. Hence, a structured method to secure safety as an integrated part in
resilient transport systems should be provided.
A solid foundation for this research is the Safe System Approach. It requires the inclusion of
relevant expertise in social sciences and humanities (SSH) and will benefit from international
cooperation.
Specific conditions
Indicative budget The total indicative budget for the topic is EUR 7.00 million.
Legal and The rules are described in General Annex G. The following exceptions
financial set-up of apply:
the Grant Eligible costs will take the form of a lump sum as defined in the
Agreements Decision of 7 July 2021 authorising the use of lump sum contributions
under the Horizon Europe Programme – the Framework Programme for
Research and Innovation (2021-2027) – and in actions under the
Research and Training Programme of the European Atomic Energy
Community (2021-2025). 363.
Expected Outcome: Research results are expected to contribute to all the following outcomes:
Growing a positive traffic safety culture across the EU that supports the Vision Zero goal
and the Safe System Approach, and which is in line with the UN Sustainable
Development Goals and the 2020 Stockholm Declaration, UN General Assembly
Resolution and Global Plan of Action for the second decade on road safety
Development and evaluation of strategies to transform the traffic safety culture of road
users and stakeholders based on a valid model that identifies the key components
defining traffic safety culture, including, for example, social norms, attitudes, perceived
control, values, and system assumptions (including its energy efficiency and
consumption)
Concepts and guidelines to make the concept of traffic safety culture an integral part of
road safety work of actors across the socio-economic systems of European societies
Better understanding of the link between road safety outcomes and safety culture; pilot
implementation of road safety education at secondary school level and also for decision
makers and practitioners in EU Member States/Associated countries.
Scope: A Safe System entails the understanding and managing of all elements of the transport
system, including the behaviour and interplay of its actors. Comparative analysis shows
persistent differences in road safety performances between EU Member States/Associated
countries. These differences may be attributable to differences in culture, which are hard to
363
This decision is available on the Funding and Tenders Portal, in the reference documents section for
Horizon Europe, under ‘Simplified costs decisions’ or through this link:
https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/guidance/ls-
decision_he_en.pdf
explain with classical risk models. Efforts should therefore be made to complement road
safety initiatives by a safety culture perspective, i.e., the values, beliefs, priorities and
viewpoints shared among groups of road users and stakeholders that influence their decisions
to behave or act in ways that affect safety, while also considering energy consumption. This
concept is already well established in organisational research.
Assessing road safety cultures in different national, regional or local systems, groups and
organisations is believed to help understanding and explaining different patterns of risk
perception and risk taking across communities and countries – and can likewise inform
tailored interventions for these (sub-)cultures, which all come with their specific norms,
values, beliefs and behaviours (including gender-related behavioural patterns). These
interventions should address all relevant actors in the system for road transport of people and
goods, and consider future developments, such as potential impacts by increasing automation
levels or by the introduction of new means of road transport such as e-scooters and
hoverboards.
Within this context, actions should contribute to establishing a framework for cultural
transformation in road safety across the EU and thereby address all the following aspects:
Better understanding of the link between road safety outcomes and safety culture, i.e. of
sociocultural factors like values, beliefs, attitudes, and norms and their effects on actual
behaviour of road users (including subjective perception of safety as well as implications
of value of time and institutionalised travel costs) – and the ways how these factors can
be sustainably transformed.
Consideration in particular - but not exclusively - of traffic behaviour with high safety
impacts, such as inadequate speed choice, distraction by communication or control
devices, driving or riding under the influence of alcohol or drugs, non-use of protective
devices, and risks triggered by professional drivers’ requirements to multitask and report
while driving.
Assessment of safety cultures and respective activities from other transport modes such
as aviation and rail and their potential for road safety.
Assessment of the interplay between shifting to more energy efficient mobility solutions
and traffic safety.
Targeting all levels of the socio-economic systems of societies in the EU, i.e. from
European to national, regional and local communities, including entities such as schools
and workplaces. Also, NGOs, victims’ organisations etc. can play an important role in
that regard.
Clear guidance & hands-on advice on the design and evaluation of interventions to
define, measure, transform and institutionalise traffic safety culture across all areas
affecting road safety – for decision-makers and practitioners, with a good geographic
coverage across EU institutions, EU Member States/Associated countries. At the level of
individual road users, including VRUs, such interventions may entail targeted
educational and communication efforts to challenge wrong beliefs or to clarify
misperceived social norms, and the use of incentives and nudging to encourage
compliant behaviour. At the level of enterprises and authorities, initiatives may include
the take-up of safety culture principles in sustainability reporting and encompass various
activities from staff training and supervision to procurement and operations – at best
permeating work culture and norms of an organisation. Advice at the level of EU
Member States/Associated countries and the EU is sought on how to support such
transformation such as with legislation, enforcement, and data.
At least three different pilot tests of selected interventions at various levels in different
EU Member States/Associated countries.
Actions should be based on the results of previous research projects in this domain, such as
the TraSaCu project, and make advances by completing and updating their theoretical
foundations, teaming up with EU stakeholders and bringing their findings to life by
establishing a framework for true cultural transformation in road safety both among
stakeholders and road users. Making use of data that is already being collected in EU Member
States/Associated countries about traffic safety culture such as the ESRA initiative (which
already involves 60 countries, including over 20 European ones) and Baseline364 project is
strongly encouraged.
Special attention should be given to EU countries with lower safety performance 365 .
Integration of relevant expertise from social sciences and humanities (SSH) and international
cooperation with partners from the US and/or Australia is encouraged.
364
https://www.baseline.vias.be/en/
365
According to the data provided by the European Road Safety Observatory
(https://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safety/statistics-and-analysis/data-and-analysis/facts-and-
figures_en)
Other Actions366
Grants to identified beneficiaries
Spain will organise the annual Strategic Energy Technology Plan conference in 2023. The
conference will take place in Spain during the Spanish Presidency of the Council of the
European Union. The European Commission will support the organisation of the annual SET
Plan conference in cooperation with the entity designated by the Spanish Presidency.
This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the
Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entity
identified below as the co-organisation of SET Plan Conference falls under its competence.
Due to political sensitivity of the event, the evaluation committee will be composed fully by
representatives of EU institutions.
Legal entities:
Hungary will organise the annual Strategic Energy Technology Plan conference in 2024. The
conference will take place in Hungary during the Hungarian Presidency of the Council of the
European Union. The European Commission will support the organisation of the annual SET
Plan conference in cooperation with the entity designated by the Hungarian Presidency.
366
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the
Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation to the legal entity
identified below as it is responsible for energy policy and will lead all activities on energy
policies during the time of Hungarian Presidency of the Council of the European Union. As
such, the co-organisation of SET Plan Conference falls under its competence.
Due to political sensitivity of the event, the evaluation committee will be composed fully by
representatives of EU institutions.
Legal entities:
3. ENTSO-E and the EU.DSO Entity cooperation in the realisation of a Digital Twin of
the EU Electricity Grid
In the framework of the Digitalisation of Energy Action Plan, the Call D4-2-8 will contribute
to the development of a Digital Twin of the EU Electricity Grid to improve management,
operations and resilience of the EU Electricity System in support to REPowerEU.
In addition, coordination and support from both the EU.DSO Entity and ENTSO-E are key to
ensure that bottom-up smart grid and digital investments of TSOs and DSOs are interoperable
and build on best-practices, at EU-level, to promote seamless data exchange between TSOs
and DSOs on the one hand, and TSOs-DSOs with the market on the other hand. The aim is to
facilitate EU-wide markets for innovative data-driven services, for example in demand
response, integration of renewables, and smart charging of electric vehicles.
ENTSO-E and EU.DSO cooperation will also target the following outcomes:
iii. Joint modelling for a more resilient grid in terms of RES integration and cybersecurity
(e.g. in the framework of the TYNDP and EERA)
iv. Increased use of active System Management and Forecasting to support Flexibility and
Demand Response
This grant will be awarded without a call for proposals according to Article 195(e) of the
Financial Regulation and Article 24(3)(b) of the Horizon Europe Regulation.
Legal entities:
European Network of Transmission System Operators for Electricity (ENTSO-E), Rue de Spa
8, B-1000 Brussels, Belgium
European Distribution System Operators Entity (EU DSO Entity), Avenue de Tervueren
188A / Box 4, 1150 Sint-Pieters-Woluwe (Brussels), Belgium
Public procurements
Based on the assessment of the industrial capacity needs and potential of the WP 2021 tender
study367 and the roadmap for building it, this study will identify and propose ways to realize
the industrial value chains, including financial, technical, business and feedstock related.
367
https://ted.europa.eu/udl?uri=TED:NOTICE:219917-2022:TEXT:EN:HTML
2. Technical support for low carbon and renewables policy development and
implementation
This action aims at providing technical support for the development and implementation of
policies related to low carbon and renewable energy. The main base will be the recast of the
renewables directive 2018/2001, as well as preparatory actions linked to the European
Commission proposals for the amended renewable directive 2021/0218 (COD) and the
hydrogen & decarbonised gas market package 2021/0423 (COD), 2021/0424 (COD), and
2021/0425 (COD).
Indicative timetable: 1st quarter and 3rd quarter of 2023; 1st quarter and 3rd quarter of 2024
Indicative budget: EUR 1.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the
2024 budget
Technical assistance, and economic and policy analysis to support various aspects of the
research and innovation policy relevant in climate, energy and mobility and related
sectors.
Providing information on new forms of innovation in the climate, energy and mobility
sectors, as well as new forms of supporting innovation, e.g. start-up support, new
business models, new financing instruments, cooperation with organisations outside the
climate, energy and mobility sectors, supporting innovation investment communities and
intermediaries.
Indicative budget: EUR 1.50 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.50 million from the
2024 budget
4. Extension of the METIS energy model in terms of market design, demand sector
granularity and interface with regions outside of Europe
METIS is a mathematical model providing analysis of the European energy system for
electricity, gas and heat. It simulates the operation of energy systems and markets on an
hourly basis over a year, while also factoring in uncertainties like weather variations. The
model also explicitly represents electricity transmission and distribution networks. The
addition of hydrogen as an energy carrier have allowed using the model in the Impact
Assessment for revised gas markets and hydrogen directive and regulation. Further ongoing
developments address the better integration of demand with supply sectors and a finer
regional granularity.
In order to secure the model in future policy cycles, extensions would be necessary along the
following three dimensions:
2. The inclusion of all demand sectors including a linkage of demand in these sectors to
economic activity as represented by macro-economic models.
3. The interaction with energy systems outside the EU that have a key impact on the EU
energy system, e.g. via exports of electricity, gas and hydrogen.
Standardised method for the calculation and testing of the yield of bifacial photovoltaic
modules and;
Standardised method for the measurement and testing of the long term degradation of the
photovoltaic modules performance (some activity started with the preparation of the IEC
63209 standard). The main aspects of interest (e.g. thermal fatigue, damp heat, etc.)
should be identified.
Characterization (e.g. insulation test, wet leakage current test) and stabilization
techniques to be applied;
Definition of the testing protocols, testing sequence and, when applicable, pass criteria,
related to the various aspects of interest (e.g. thermal fatigue, damp heat, etc.).
The overall duration of the testing process should also be analysed, with the aim of
minimising it, while keeping a minimum defined level of confidence in the results. This may
also imply the calculation and development of correlation factors on the basis of the duration
of the testing process.
This action aims at developing a recyclability index for photovoltaic modules, to be built up
starting from the general methods laid down in the horizontal standards developed under
M/543 and under eco-design and energy labelling regulatory framework.
1. Analysis of the recycling processes currently available and expected to become available
in the short-middle term for photovoltaic modules;
c. Scoring framework.
The action foresees the continuation and update of previous works on the internalisation of
external costs in transport, in line with the EU’s Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy.
This includes an update of the respective handbook on the external costs of transport, which is
widely and intensely used as source of information, both for the European Commission’s
analyses, studies and impact assessments, as well as by other stakeholders around the world
(including researchers, NGOs and Member States themselves). The previous study 368 was
published in 2019 and new data would become available by 2025, thus this action will allow
to mirror the frequency of updates of the handbook over the past decades.
8. Support to R&I strategic planning and implementation with regard to smart energy
systems, ensuring feedback from R&I projects and communities to policy-making
processes
The action is directly aimed at supporting the development and implementation of sound
evidence base for R&I policies in the field of smart energy systems, encompassing all energy
vectors and including storage. Energy system integration, digitalisation and power grid
flexibility are important themes. The action will support the coordination of stakeholder views
on R&I strategy by using existing structures (including the BRIDGE initiative and the ETIP
Smart Networks for the Energy Transition) and possible new initiatives (if applicable), and by
building on the Strategic Energy Technology Plan approach and developments. It will also
mobilise inputs and feedback coming from the R&I communities and EU-funded projects and
provide advice and feedback to EU policy-making processes supporting the rollout of policy
instruments.
368
https://transport.ec.europa.eu/transport-themes/sustainable-transport/internalisation-transport-external-
costs_en
The study will carry out in-depth analytical work to assess the socio-economic impacts of the
transition to climate neutral economies. It will focus on issues that have been insufficiently
explored thus far, including risks related to frictions in the reallocation of labour and capital
across economic sectors, the political economy of the transition process, distributional issues,
the impacts of stranded assets and the implications of the transition for government finances.
The study will rely at least in part on macro-economic modelling tools.
Indicative budget: EUR 1.60 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.70 million from the
2024 budget
The Strategic Energy Technology Plan will be revised in Spring 2023 to better support the
European Green Deal objectives, make the SET Plan fully compatible with the ‘fit for 55’
proposals, the 2050 decarbonisation goal and the REPowerEU initiative, while ensuring
continued support to long-term research on new energy sources.
To facilitate the implementation of the revised SET Plan, this action should support the
following activities:
The REpowerEU Plan has set ambitious objectives for heat pump deployment in Europe. The
Commission report on the Competitiveness of clean energy technologies of 15 November
2022 indicates some bottlenecks that are also related to scaling up manufacturing and to
improve certain technical aspects (e.g. smart controls of heat pumps or faster transition to
low-GWP refrigerants). The aim of this action is to take stock of the results of R&I projects
on heat pumps in both the building and industry sectors, monitor data on deployment
(including existing and potential workforce and/or skills shortages) and competitiveness of
heat pumps, consult the key heat pump industrial and research actors in the EU in order to
develop a joint research approach for low upfront-cost, efficient, smart and interoperable heat
pumps (including for existing buildings where heat pumps are currently not an affordable
option), as well as supporting a specific activity strand in the frame of the SET Plan.
Subscription actions
Bioenergy;
Hydrogen;
Indicative budget: EUR 0.45 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.45 million from the
2024 budget
The European Union is a member of IRENA. According to the organisation's Statute and
Financial Regulation this implies the obligation to pay an annual contribution to its budget
covering the participation of the EU in IRENA's activities. IRENA's main objective is to
disseminate best practices in the field of renewables as the principal platform for international
cooperation in the field, a centre of excellence on renewable energy and a repository of
policy, technology, resource and financial knowledge. This includes:
The promotion of the widespread and increased adoption and the sustainable use of all
forms of renewable energy globally, including in the EU, in particular to bring down
costs and also to increase market experience, in order to contribute to economic growth
and social cohesion as well as access to and security of energy supply;
Reducing of barriers for renewable energy, stimulating best practice and raising
awareness.
Indicative budget: EUR 0.56 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.56 million from the
2024 budget
The Commission has been active in the Clean Energy Ministerial (CEM) since its inception in
2010 and the European Union formally became a member on 6 June 2016 when the EU
Energy Ministers formally endorsed the CEM Framework. The CEM consists of major
economies that, together with the European Commission on behalf of the EU, are aiming to
accelerate the global clean energy transition. Together they have the potential for making a
major impact as they represent about 90% of global clean energy investment and 75% of
global greenhouse gas emissions. The Commission supported the extension and strengthening
of CEM’s mandate to Phase III, or CEM3.0 (from July 2022 to June 2025) and provided
voluntary contribution for its Secretariat.
Under CEM, groups of member countries create, engage in and provide voluntary financial
contributions for CEM workstreams (initiatives and campaigns) to advance specific CEM
objectives. The Commission currently co-leads and supports financially the operating agents
of the following initiatives: the Super-efficient Equipment and Appliance Deployment
(SEAD) initiative (50.000 EUR/year) and the Hydrogen initiative (20.000 EUR/year).
Indicative timetable: 2nd or 3rd quarter 2023 and 2nd or 3rd quarter 2024
Indicative budget: EUR 0.07 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.07 million from the
2024 budget
5. Contribution to the International Energy Agency (IEA) – Energy Efficiency Hub (EE
HUB)
The purpose of the International Partnership for Energy Efficiency Cooperation (IPEEC) is to
strengthen international cooperation on energy efficiency. The action carried out under the
auspices of the partnership should result in more effective energy policy and programme
output, in best practices being more widely known, disseminated and applied and in
economies of scale. The aim of the partnership is to offer a topic-driven, structured dialogue
and an operational network for enhanced cooperation and exchanges on energy efficiency
between countries and international organisations by:
developing benchmarks and sharing information on goods and services, along with
measurement methods regarding energy performance and energy savings;
building stakeholder capacity by improving contacts between national, regional and local
authorities and other relevant partners and stakeholders, exchanging views and sharing
knowledge and experience.
Indicative budget: EUR 0.08 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.08 million from the
2024 budget
TRIMIS was announced by the Commission’s “Europe on the Move” Communication in May
2017, as an important instrument for assessing technology trends and research and innovation
capacities in the transport sector. Since its launch in September 2017, it has been serving as a
one-stop-shop that gathers, analyses and provides open-access information on transport
research and innovation activities at EU and Member State level. TRIMIS is providing up to
date, reliable information and analyses in support of the research community, transport
stakeholders and policy makers, facilitating exchanges between partners and informing
decision making processes. It is also acting as a monitoring system of progress against agreed
targets and roadmaps, notably towards the delivery of the European Green Deal, EU’s
Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy and Fit for 55 targets.
The current operating horizon of TRIMIS is until 2024 and this action will enable its
continuation beyond that timeframe. In particular, it will allow to capture in the database and
analyses of TRIMIS the results of EU-funded and Member States' projects available after
2024 (including from the Horizon 2020 Green Deal Call). Furthermore, this action will enable
to expand the work of TRIMIS, developing new analyses, technology assessments and
recommendations for future Research & Innovation and policy action. Finally, the extension
of TRIMIS will allow the continuous monitoring of strategic transport research and
innovation agendas, with Key Performance Indicators to track progress against targets, as well
as reporting on the progress of innovation and implementation, following the funding support
provided by Horizon Europe and other programmes.
Indicative timetable: 2nd quarter of 2024 for the service level agreement
Regular and reliable information on the progression from research to deployment is necessary
for further research, evidence-based policy and decision making. In particular, information on
alternative fuels infrastructure deployment and identified gaps in the network can help direct
public funding (e.g. Horizon Europe, CEF) where it is most needed, to support the uptake of
innovative solutions for sustainable transport. Better visibility of the alternative fuels network
can also facilitate investments in research and innovation by private stakeholders. Valuable
information is starting to become available, for instance through the European Alternative
Fuels Observatory369 and the first analyses performed in TENtec. However, additional data
and analyses are needed to develop a comprehensive algorithm that takes account of routing,
to perform an in-depth, comprehensive assessment of alternative fuels network coverage on
the TEN-T network. The development and integration of new thematic data layers in TEN-T
will also foster new analyses and research into the opportunities and effects of EU policies on
alternative fuels.
Indicative timetable: 1st quarter of 2023 for the service level agreement
369
https://www.eafo.eu/
3. Support for the design and implementation of cost-effective solutions for zero-
emission HDVs
This action aims at providing scientific and technical support from the JRC to EU policies on
Heavy Duty Vehicles (HDV) CO2 emissions for the decarbonisation of the EU transport
system. Activities will be coordinated with the European industrial players (e.g. Hydrogen
and Batteries’ partnerships, components and auxiliary industry), research and standardization
stakeholders.
Duration: 24 months
With the REPowerEU Plan and its ambition to accelerate the uptake of renewable energies,
energy storage has become ever more important to guarantee energy supply security. In this
context, it is important to trace its technological development and deployment across the EU,
in order to inform energy policymaking, R&I programming, and the revised SET Plan. This
action will aim at setting up a European Storage Inventory that surveys and maps energy
storage R&I (including pilot sites), as well as major commercial installations through
interactive IT tools and data bases. It will feed into the work of the Clean Energy Technology
Observatory in highlighting major developments in storage R&I, observed trends and their
assessment, as well as an assessment of the annual deployment of storage and total cumulative
storage stock across the EU. The latter will be important for energy modelling and security of
supply assessments. The European Storage Inventory is expected to develop synergies with
the Clean Energy Technology Observatory.
The ‘Fit for 55’ package of measures adopted by the Commission in July 2021 sets out the
policies and legislation for the EU to meet its 2030 target of 55% net greenhouse gas
emissions reductions, which will create new opportunities for investment in new technologies
and approaches. The final aim is decarbonising the economy in line with the objectives of the
Paris Agreement, the European Green Deal and the European Union’s 2050 net-zero target,
and Climate Law. That is why the European Commission intends to establish an efficient
framework to identify European projects deploying innovative technologies, business models
and approaches to reduce the green premium – the difference between the price of a carbon-
emitting technology and its clean alternative. Under existing initiatives, the Commission has
already been supporting, under InnovFin and other EU programmes, a variety of
technological pathways for decarbonisation. InnovFin Energy Demonstration Projects370, in
particular, has been very effective at mobilising finance for first-of-a-kind projects in the area
of innovative renewable energy production, storage and smart grids. It has mobilised so far
EUR 346 million of EU support for 11 operations (with total project costs of EUR 864
million).
The blending operation will target projects at TRLs 6-8 via the European Investment Bank
(EIB) or other implementing partners’ financial instruments, by providing loans and quasi-
equity (or a combination of both), which may be blended with non-reimbursable components.
The financial instrument component of operations may draw from the Innovation Fund, this
Horizon Europe action, or the InvestEU budget, while the non-reimbursable component will
only be funded by this Horizon Europe action – to be spent economically as a last resort
option to enable project’s financial closure.
The blending under the InvestEU’s Green Transition product focusses on the following four
areas that are underrepresented in the current portfolio of InnovFin:
Renewable hydrogen. In July 2020, the Commission adopted the Hydrogen Strategy371
with the aim of decarbonising its production and to expand its use to store, transport and
accelerate the use of renewable energy, as well as replacing fossil fuels in specific
sectors, aiming to reach 40 GW of electrolyser capacity by 2030, producing up to 10
million tonnes of renewable hydrogen. Investments in renewable hydrogen production
capacity are estimated at EUR 180-470 billion in the EU until 2050. The strategy
identifies as a clear priority the production of renewable hydrogen, i.e. hydrogen
produced through electrolysis using renewable electricity. In this context, a top priority
is to demonstrate larger size, more efficient and cost-effective electrolysers, with
capacities reaching 100 MW and above. Another priority is to further develop large scale
hydrogen end-use applications, notably in industry. The path to business case feasibility
(without any grant component) of the solution at potential replication sites shall also be
investigated. The necessary coordination, along the value chain with the European Clean
Hydrogen Alliance372, and on data and knowledge with the observatory and data base in
the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking, is foreseen.
Sustainable aviation fuels (SAF). Though aviation accounted for only 3.7% of total CO2
emissions in the EU in 2018, it accounted for 15.7% of CO2 transport emissions.
370
https://www.eib.org/en/products/mandates-partnerships/innovfin/products/energy-demo-projects.htm
371
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0301
372
https://ec.europa.eu/growth/industry/policy/european-clean-hydrogen-alliance_en
Aviation is the second highest transport sector after road vehicles, and the fastest
growing. Reducing aviation emissions is challenging considering the long operational
life of aircraft and the fact that that zero-emission aircraft configurations and powertrain
options for commercial air transport are far from technological and commercial maturity.
SAF can significantly reduce aviation reliance on fossil fuels, while relying on existing
infrastructure and propulsion systems, but the transition will require significant
investments. While several SAF production pathways are certified, their use in the fuel
mix is still negligible (less than 0.1%) due to high production costs. The price of the
most innovative and sustainable types of fuels is estimated at up to 3 to 6 times the price
of fossil aviation fuels depending on the production pathway, while their lifecycle
emissions savings are 85% or more compared to fossil fuels. The path to business case
feasibility (without any grant component) of the solutions at potential replication sites
shall also be investigated as well as sustainability in wider scale as part of the Fit-for-55
package. The Commission has therefore proposed the ReFuelEU Aviation initiative373 to
boost the supply and use of sustainable aviation fuels in the EU. The action will support
the development of the most innovative SAF notably advanced biofuels and RFNBOs374
in line with the ReFuelEU Aviation and Renewable Energy Directive sustainability
framework.
Long duration energy storage (LDES). At any moment in time, electricity consumption
and generation have to be perfectly matched. This balance is necessary not only in the
short term for power grid stabilisation (for which short duration storage solutions exist),
but also over the long term, to ensure supply adequacy, by compensating for
fluctuations, for meteorological dark and still periods (‘dunkelflaute’) that can last a few
weeks, and for seasonal variations between summer and winter. Long duration – weekly
to seasonal - renewable grid scale energy storage needs will expand as both the
electrification of demand and the share of renewable – and variable as well as distributed
- energy sources in the total supply mix will grow. Sustainable long duration energy
storage therefore has a key role to play in the transition towards a carbon-neutral
economy. The storage system needs to be optimised for large capacity and long duration
(weekly, seasonal), for minimal climate and environmental footprint over the full life
cycle, for regulatory compliance and for financial viability (hence maximising round trip
efficiency, minimising costs and identifying a business case for the targeted investment
based on electricity storing / de-stocking price projections). The path to business case
feasibility (without any grant component) of the storage solution at potential replication
sites shall also be investigated. Sustainable storage solutions for renewable energy,
involving an energy vector that can be used for other purposes than regenerating
electricity are also eligible. The topic is open to all technologies: chemical (including
hydrogen and its derivatives), electrochemical, thermal and mechanical technologies
(other than pumped hydro which is mature and available commercially).
373
Commission proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and the Council on ensuring a level
playing field for sustainable air transport (COM(2021) 561 final, 14 July 2021, 2021/0205 (COD))
374
Renewable Fuels of Non Biological Origin (RFNBOs) as defined under RED II.
Direct air capture (DAC) of CO2. European Commission scenarios reaching net-zero
emission by 2050 show extensive use of carbon dioxide removal, including DAC. For
example, the 1.5 tech scenario forecasts 266 Mt of CO₂ point capture and 200 Mt of CO₂
DAC. Most IPCC scenarios modelling 1.5°C paths also include a share of carbon
dioxide removal (with and without DAC). DAC emerges as the most relevant source of
carbon for renewable power-to-fuels/chemicals processes in such scenarios, but several
challenges remain for a large-scale deployment of the technology. The future operational
and financial viability (without any grant component or support scheme) of any DAC
solution at potential replication sites shall also be investigated in function of the fate of
the captured CO2 (i.e. underground storage or use), renewable energy source used for
the capture process, and vicinity to CO2 transport and storage infrastructure (in case of
underground storage). The International Energy Agency estimates the current DAC cost
to be within a wide range of $100-$1000 per captured tonne of CO₂. Stakeholders claim
that costs can be reduced to €50-€100 by 2030 with sufficient investments in R&I and
deployment. As there is so far no specific EU initiative targeting DAC, this topic will fill
an important gap.
The blending operation will be open to all applicants meeting the set eligibility criteria set in
this text and InvestEU Green Transition product. As such, it is not restricted to projects
proposed under pre-existing or future partnerships with the European Commission. This
blending operation is particularly relevant because it seeks to bring together the public and
private sector to fund pre-commercial, industry-scale demonstration projects for critical
decarbonisation technologies, directly addressing the early deployment funding gap for the
selected technologies and provide a structure to accelerate their commercialisation.
Projects’ selection and financing procedure follows the InvestEU Regulation. In particular,
the EIB or other implementing partners will check the financial viability of and perform full
due diligence on each potential financing operation, while the Commission services assure
their eligibility under the ‘policy check’ procedure. Special attention shall be paid to ensuring
that the technologies developed, and Intellectual Property generated will benefit the EU
interest, in particular by focussing the funds on high quality projects realised in the Union/
eligible Associated Countries.
Expected impact
Unprecedented investment is needed to turn climate policy targets into reality. Attaining the
2030 target of at least 55% net emissions reduction is estimated to require EUR 350 billion of
additional annual investment. Blended finance is a crucial tool to mobilise urgently needed
private ‘patient capital,’ especially in domains considered too risky for the markets to
function. This is the case of the technologies selected, which will benefit from investments in
demonstration and scaling-up – leading to increased confidence among market participants,
economies of scale in production and deployment, and significant cost reductions. The project
pipeline of the InnovFin EDP and FutureMobility facility, as well as the high number of
submitted proposals under the first Innovation Fund calls, indicate the richness of the EU
ecosystem, which - boosted by the Fit-for-55 package - is expected to thrive in the coming
years. The initiative will accelerate the reduction of the green premium in key areas, allow for
wider, faster up-take and contribute to the creation of jobs in the EU in green industries
manufacturing these solutions.
Legal entities:
European Investment Bank (EIB), 98-100, boulevard Konrad Adenauer, L-2950 Luxembourg,
Luxembourg
Indicative budget: EUR 50.00 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 50.00 million from the
2024 budget
2. Research on aviation safety and sustainability issues to prepare future standards and
regulations
While facing the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, ground-breaking challenges are coming
to the fore for the aviation industry, including the reduction of its environmental impact, the
response to security threats and the need to reduce the time to market for novel services or
products.
The extent of changes at stake is creating a challenge to public authorities, and notably the
aviation regulators, as they imply to reconsider the existing references supporting rulemaking,
certification, compliance assessment and/or standardisation. The needs to ensure the highest
level of safety while maintaining a level playing field for all users, to develop the appropriate
responses to new threats, to support the transition towards a sustainable aviation and to assess
emerging risks keep generating new quests for regulators to fulfil their mission as guarantors
of public interest – whether on safety, security, health and/or environmental protection.
The importance of these questions in the protection of public interest requires a swift handling
by Aviation authorities to timely find the due responses required. Research and innovation is
pivotal to instigate a new mind-set and the re-design of knowledge, processes and
methodologies, so often required to devise robust and future-proof strategies and solutions
best serving the interests of the aviation sector and of European citizens alike.
The modernisation of the aviation system in the areas of safety, efficiency, level playing field
and environmental protection are key elements with the European Plan for Aviation Safety
(EPAS375).
375
Available at: https://www.easa.europa.eu/domains/safety-management/european-plan-aviation-safety
Training media allocation - simulator vs. actual flying: the allocation of training media to
the various objectives and phases of pilot training have been defined several decades ago.
Technological evolution of training-media, the pedagogical development in pilot training,
changing economic context and environmental protection needs for aviation make the
reassessment of the allocation of training-media necessary to prepare the evolutions of flight
training standards.
New intelligence solutions exploiting big data technologies and data science: building on
the capacities of the ‘Data4Safety’ (D4S) programme (coordinated by EASA) and exploiting
previous R&I initiatives, there is a need to mature new intelligence solutions building on big
data technologies and data science and to make them available to a larger community of
aviation actors and stakeholders.
These new intelligence solutions are expected to be matured in view of (1) a generalised use
in aviation safety risk management, (2) their application to other aviation domains such as
security, cyber-security, environmental protection, operational efficiency and training and (3)
their potential application to other transport modes and sectors.
In addition, the environmental (e.g. thermal, moisture) coefficient differences which exist
between some materials in hybrid structural configurations (mixed material) can be significant
and difficult to predict in complete structures in service, sometimes resulting in unexpected
damage in service (in the metallic and/or composite structure).
To be able to correctly evaluate the risks from cybersecurity threats on aviation and their
acceptability, it is first necessary to establish the impact on the safety of flights, taking into
account for instance types of operations being conducted, pilots’ situational awareness, and
traffic situation. Some threats have already been evaluated by analysis but an end-to-end
evaluation is needed due to the human factor issues involved, both in the cockpit and on the
ground segment. As new ‘entrants’ to aviation, drone operations represent one specific
domain to address as part of the project.
New health safety measures in aircraft: the COVID-19 crisis has revealed again the critical
role of air transport in accelerating the transmission of infectious diseases, as it was
previously observed for the severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) in 2002/03, the
influenza H1N1 virus in 2009.
Ensuring the preparedness of the air transport system to achieve a strong resilience to
infectious disease outbreak or high-threat pathogen events, is now an essential enabler for the
economical sustainability of the air transport sector.
The objectives of the project are to investigate the possibilities to further reduce the spread of
a series of airborne infectious agents (viruses, bacteria, fungi) within the aircraft environment
by improving filtration systems, recirculation systems and cabin airflow, including individual
air supply nozzles, to ensure that passengers are not adversely affected during the flight.
Colour vision requirements in the new full glass cockpit environment and modern
ATCO consoles: recently, major progress in aircraft design as well as in the development of
air traffic control (ATC) stations, including full glass cockpit, LED displays and other
technologies. In order to increase the safety and decrease the reaction times a lot of
information provided to pilots and ATC controllers is colour coded.
Fulfilment of targeted research needs on aviation standards, notably those evolving from the
needs for mitigation of occurred accidents/incidents, perceived emerging threats and other
international obligations of EASA and European States at large – namely those in the
framework of ICAO.
Developing, agreeing and implementing an effective policy response to the issue of the
climate impact of non-CO2 emissions from the aviation sector requires a coordinated effort
and consensus across a wide range of relevant stakeholders (e.g. scientific community,
academia, aircraft operators, fuel producers, ANSPs, NGOs, regulators, analysts and
policymakers at EU / State level). The measures can be clustered into three categories:
financial/market-related, fuel standards/aircraft engine emission standards and specific
operational measures.
376
Available at: https://www.easa.europa.eu/document-library/research-reports/report-commission-
european-parliament-and-council
The project encompasses the establishment of a non-CO2 science network (incl. EU and non-
EU teams), the consolidation of the series of recent research project results, the evaluation
with on-going/planned projects on required actions to address open issues and gaps as well as
the definition of the roadmap for enhanced impact assessment capabilities. The results will
also support work on the climate impact of non-CO2 emissions in the ICAO Committee on
Aviation Environmental Protection (CAEP).
Legal entities:
This action will support the use of appointed independent experts for the monitoring of
running actions (grant agreement, grant decision, public procurement actions, financial
instruments) funded under Horizon Europe and previous Framework Programmes for
Research and Innovation, and where appropriate include ethics checks, as well as compliance
checks regarding the Gender Equality Plan eligibility criterion.
Indicative budget: EUR 0.80 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 0.80 million from the
2024 budget
This action will support the provision of independent expertise in support of the design,
implementation and valorisation of EU research policy. Individual experts will work in the
following domains:
Future climate, energy and mobility -related research actions and programmes,
contribution to their impact assessment.
International cooperation in the field of climate, energy and mobility research and
innovation.
Analysis and valorisation of EU climate, energy and mobility research results in view of
contributing to the elaboration of policy reports (such as projects for policy, project
cluster reports, etc.).
Analysis of the contribution of the funded research to the EU policy objectives spanning
across all climate, energy and mobility modes and systems;
In addition to individual experts, this action could provide for Commission expert groups.
Indicative budget: EUR 0.60 million from the 2023 budget and EUR 1.00 million from the
2024 budget
Budget377
Calls
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-01 107.50
from 49.00
01.020250
from 58.50
01.020250 -
NGEU
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D1-02 10.00
from 10.00
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D1-01 103.00
from 103.00
01.020250
from 40.02
01.020250 -
NGEU
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D2-02 42.00
from 42.00
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-01 72.00
from 72.00
377
The budget figures given in this table are rounded to two decimal places.
The budget amounts are subject to the availability of the appropriations provided for in the general
budget of the Union for years 2023 and 2024.
378
To which EUR 7.00 million from the 'Digital, Industry and Space' budget will be added making a total
of EUR 111.70 million for this call.
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D2-02 39.00
from 39.00
01.020250
from 191.12
01.020250 -
NGEU
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-02 161.00
from 161.00
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D3-03 64.60
from 64.60
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-01 246.00
from 246.00
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D3-02 138.00
from 138.00
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-01 78.00
from 36.18
01.020250
from 41.82
01.020250 -
NGEU
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D4-02 44.00
from 44.00
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-01 36.00
from 36.00
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D4-02 50.00
from 50.00
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D5-01 217.00
from 95.49
01.020250
from 121.51
01.020250 -
NGEU
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D5-01 202.05
from 202.05
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2023-D6-01 108.50
from 108.50
01.020250
HORIZON-CL5-2024-D6-01 122.50
from 122.50
01.020250
Other actions